EIA Report for Addition in the Existing Plant by M/s. Deepak ...

DEEPAK PHENOLICS LIMITED

EIA Report for Addition in the Existing Plant by M/s. Deepak Phenolics Limited on Plot No. 12/B/1, GIDC Dahej, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch

JUNE 2017

Kadam Environmental Consultants w w w . ka d a m en v i r o . c o m

E n v i r o n m e n t f o r D e v e l o p m e n t

http://www.kadamenviro.com/

DEEPAK PHENOLICS LIMITED ADDITION IN THE EXISTING PLANT AT

DAHEJ GIDC QUALITY CONTROL

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JUNE 2017 2

DEEPAK PHENOLICS LIMITED

EIA Report for Addition in the Existing Plant by M/s. Deepak Phenolics Limited on Plot No. 12/B/1, GIDC Dahej, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch © Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam’), June, 2017

This report is released for the use of the M/s. Deepak Phenolics Limited, Regulators and relevant

stakeholders solely as part of the subject project’s Environmental Clearance process. Information provided,

unless attributed to referenced third parties, is copyrighted and shall not be used for any other purpose

without the written consent of Kadam.

QUALITY CONTROL

Name of

Publication

EIA Report for Addition in the Existing Plant by M/s. Deepak Phenolics Limited on Plot

No. 12/B/1, GIDC Dahej, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch

Project Number 1523088110 Issue No. 1 Revision No. 0 Released June, 2017

DISCLAIMER

Kadam has taken all reasonable precautions in the preparation of this report as per its auditable quality plan. Kadam

also believes that the facts presented in the report are accurate as on the date it was written. However, it is

impossible to dismiss absolutely, the possibility of errors or omissions. Kadam therefore specifically disclaims any

liability resulting from the use or application of the information contained in this report. The information is not

intended to serve as legal advice related to the individual situation.

DEEPAK PHENOLICS LIMITED ADDITION IN THE EXISTING PLANT AT DAHEJ

GIDC TABLE OF CONTENTS


TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION AND BACK GROUND ............................................................................................. 29

1.1 Purpose of the Report ........................................................................................................................ 29

1.2 Identification of the Project Proponent and the Project ......................................................................... 29

1.2.1 About Deepak Phenolics Limited. .................................................................................................. 29

1.2.2 The Project ................................................................................................................................. 29

1.3 Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project and its Importance to Country, Region ............. 30

1.3.1 Nature of the Project ................................................................................................................... 30

1.3.2 Size of the Project ....................................................................................................................... 30

1.3.3 Location...................................................................................................................................... 30

1.4 Importance of the Project to the Country/Region ................................................................................. 31

1.4.1 Investment ................................................................................................................................. 36

1.4.2 Direct Jobs .................................................................................................................................. 36

1.4.3 Indirect Jobs ............................................................................................................................... 36

1.5 Status of EC Process .......................................................................................................................... 36

1.6 Scope of the Study ............................................................................................................................ 36

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................. 46

2.1 Type of Project ................................................................................................................................. 46

2.2 Need for the project .......................................................................................................................... 46

2.3 Location (maps showing general location, specific location, project boundary & project site layout) ......... 46

2.4 Approach and Connectivity to Facility .................................................................................................. 52

2.5 Size or Magnitude of the Project ......................................................................................................... 53

2.5.1 Magnitude of the Project .............................................................................................................. 53

2.5.2 Cost of the Project ....................................................................................................................... 53

2.6 Best Available Technologies (BAT) ...................................................................................................... 53

2.7 Manufacturing Processes with Flow Diagram and Mass Balance ............................................................ 54

2.7.1 Phenol & Acetone ........................................................................................................................ 54

2.7.2 Cumene ...................................................................................................................................... 55

2.7.3 MIBK .......................................................................................................................................... 57

2.7.4 Cyclohexanone ............................................................................................................................ 58

2.7.5 Isopropyl Alcohol ......................................................................................................................... 60

2.7.6 Acetophenone ............................................................................................................................. 61

2.8 End use of Products........................................................................................................................... 62

2.9 Cleaner Production Technology .......................................................................................................... 62




2.10 Properties of Raw Materials .......................................................................................................... 64

2.11 Storage Details of Raw Materials & Products .................................................................................. 65

2.12 Transportation Details .................................................................................................................. 66

2.13 Infrastructure Facility ................................................................................................................... 67

2.13.1 Power ..................................................................................................................................... 67

2.13.2 Water Supply .......................................................................................................................... 67

2.13.3 Effluent Disposal Facility ........................................................................................................... 67

2.13.4 Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility ............................................................................................ 67

2.14 Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation for Proposed Expansion ........................................ 67

2.14.1 Wastewater Disposal ................................................................................................................ 71

2.14.2 Wastewater Treatment Scheme ................................................................................................ 71

2.14.3 Ultra-Filtration System ............................................................................................................. 74

2.14.4 Reverse Osmosis System .......................................................................................................... 74

2.14.5 Adequacy of proposed ETP ....................................................................................................... 77

2.14.6 Water Conservation Measures .................................................................................................. 78

2.14.7 Management Plan for effluent generated from spillage, leakages, vessel washing etc. .................. 78

2.15 Fuel Consumption ........................................................................................................................ 79

2.16 Stack Details ............................................................................................................................... 79

2.16.1 Air Pollution Control Measures .................................................................................................. 80

2.17 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management ...................................................................................... 83

2.17.1 Quantification, Classification, Collection, Transportation and Disposal of Solid / Hazardous Waste .. 83

2.17.2 Measures to be taken to Minimize Manual Handling .................................................................... 85

2.17.3 Methodology of de-contamination and disposal of discarded containers ....................................... 86

2.17.4 Other Solids Wastes ................................................................................................................. 86

2.18 Project scheduling ....................................................................................................................... 86

3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................... 87

3.1 General ............................................................................................................................................ 87

3.2 Methodology ..................................................................................................................................... 87

3.3 Study Area ........................................................................................................................................ 87

3.4 Land use / Land cover ....................................................................................................................... 87

3.4.1 Classification of Land use and Land cover ...................................................................................... 87

3.4.2 Study Area .................................................................................................................................. 88

3.4.3 Methodology of Land use Pattern Studies ...................................................................................... 88

3.4.4 Ground Survey ............................................................................................................................ 89

3.4.5 Land use and Land cover Pattern Studies ...................................................................................... 89




3.4.6 Class Wise Area Statistics ............................................................................................................. 92

3.5 Proximity to Sea / Water Body ............................................................................................................ 93

3.5.1 Important Features within the Study Area ..................................................................................... 94

3.6 Meteorology and Air Quality Modelling ................................................................................................ 94

3.6.1 Climate of the Study Area ............................................................................................................ 94

3.6.2 Site specific Meteorology .............................................................................................................. 95

3.7 Ambient Air Quality ........................................................................................................................... 97

3.7.1 Season and Period of Monitoring .................................................................................................. 97

3.7.2 Selected Sampling Stations .......................................................................................................... 97

3.7.3 Sampling Frequency .................................................................................................................... 98

3.7.4 Results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring .................................................................................... 101

3.8 Noise Environment .......................................................................................................................... 103

3.8.1 Monitoring Methodology of Noise Level ....................................................................................... 103

3.8.2 Noise Level Results .................................................................................................................... 103

3.9 Water Environment ......................................................................................................................... 105

3.9.1 Analysis Method Adopted ........................................................................................................... 105

3.9.2 Primary Data Collection .............................................................................................................. 106

3.9.3 Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations ............................................................................... 106

3.9.4 Quality of Surface water ............................................................................................................ 106

3.9.5 Observation of Surface water (Pond & River) quality .................................................................... 110

3.9.6 Groundwater Monitoring Methodology ......................................................................................... 110

3.9.7 Groundwater Sampling Location ................................................................................................. 111

3.9.8 Quality of Water (Physical, Chemical and Bacteriological) ............................................................. 112

3.9.9 Observations ............................................................................................................................. 114

3.10 Hydrology & Geology ................................................................................................................. 114

3.10.1 Methodology ......................................................................................................................... 114

3.10.2 Topography and Geomorphology ............................................................................................ 114

3.10.3 Regional Geology ................................................................................................................... 114

3.10.4 Geological and Hydrogeological conditions ............................................................................... 115

3.10.5 Seismicity.............................................................................................................................. 115

3.11 Soil ........................................................................................................................................... 116

3.11.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 116

3.11.2 Objectives ............................................................................................................................. 116

3.11.3 Methodology ......................................................................................................................... 116

3.11.4 Soil sample collection Methodology ......................................................................................... 116




3.11.5 Methodology of Soil Sample Analysis ....................................................................................... 117

3.11.6 Analysis Results of Soil ........................................................................................................... 117

3.11.7 Soil Quality............................................................................................................................ 118

3.11.8 Interpretation ........................................................................................................................ 118

3.12 Ecology and Biodiversity ............................................................................................................ 118

3.12.1 Scope, Aim and Objectives ..................................................................................................... 118

3.12.2 Study Area ............................................................................................................................ 119

3.12.3 Methodology ......................................................................................................................... 119

3.12.4 Terrestrial Ecosystem ............................................................................................................. 120

3.12.5 Agriculture and Horticulture .................................................................................................... 126

3.12.6 Aquatic Ecosystem ................................................................................................................. 126

3.13 Socio-Economics ....................................................................................................................... 126

3.13.1 Demographic Profile............................................................................................................... 127

3.13.2 Social Profile ......................................................................................................................... 127

3.13.3 Basic Infrastructure Facility .................................................................................................... 128

3.13.4 Economic Profile .................................................................................................................... 130

3.13.5 Historical and Cultural Profile .................................................................................................. 131

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES....................................... 132

4.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 132

4.2 Details of Investigated Environmental Impacts .................................................................................. 132

4.2.1 Methodology of Impact Assessment ............................................................................................ 132

4.2.2 Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Project ....................................................... 142

4.3 Land Environment ........................................................................................................................... 144

4.3.1 Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Expansion .................................................. 144

4.3.2 Indirect Impact ......................................................................................................................... 144

4.3.3 Mitigation Measure .................................................................................................................... 145

4.4 Air Environment .............................................................................................................................. 145

4.4.1 Operational Phase ..................................................................................................................... 145

4.4.2 Mitigation Measures ................................................................................................................... 151

4.4.3 Fugitive Emissions ..................................................................................................................... 151

4.4.4 Odour Control ........................................................................................................................... 152

4.4.5 Leak Detection and Repair Programme (LDAR) ............................................................................ 152

4.5 Traffic Survey ................................................................................................................................. 153

4.6 Noise Environment .......................................................................................................................... 153

4.6.1 Assessment of Noise using SoundPlan ......................................................................................... 156




4.6.2 Consideration during the analysis ............................................................................................... 156

4.6.3 Observations ............................................................................................................................. 159

4.6.4 Conclusion ................................................................................................................................ 159

4.6.5 Mitigation Measures ................................................................................................................... 160

4.7 Surface Water and Hazardous Waste ................................................................................................ 160

4.7.1 Impacts Scoring on Surface Water & Hazardous Waste Management ............................................ 160

4.7.2 Mitigation Measures for Impacts on Surface Water Sources and Quality ......................................... 161

4.8 Ground Water and Geology .............................................................................................................. 161

4.8.1 Impact...................................................................................................................................... 162

4.8.2 Mitigation ................................................................................................................................. 162

4.9 Ecology & Bio-diversity .................................................................................................................... 163

4.9.1 Likely Impacts on Flora fauna ..................................................................................................... 163

4.10 Soil Environment ....................................................................................................................... 164

4.10.1 Mitigation Measures ............................................................................................................... 164

4.11 Socio-economic Environment ...................................................................................................... 164

4.12 Occupational Health and Risk to Surrounding Communities ........................................................... 167

4.12.1 Hazard Identification and Proposed Safety Measures ................................................................ 167

5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology & Site) ...................................................................... 169

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ................................................................................ 170

6.1 Environmental Monitoring Programme .............................................................................................. 170

6.2 Regulatory Framework ..................................................................................................................... 171

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ................................................................................................................. 172

7.1 Public Consultation .......................................................................................................................... 172

7.2 Risk Assessment (Hazard Identification and Consequence Analysis) .................................................... 172

7.2.1 Background............................................................................................................................... 172

7.2.2 Key Definitions .......................................................................................................................... 172

7.2.3 Methodology for Risk Assessment ............................................................................................... 173

7.2.4 Hazard Identification ................................................................................................................. 173

7.2.5 Selection of Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios (MCLs’) ................................................................. 175

7.2.6 Simulation of Release and Development of Contours .................................................................... 177

7.2.7 Conclusion ................................................................................................................................ 190

7.2.8 Risk Assessment for Pipeline ...................................................................................................... 191

7.3 Disaster Management Plan ............................................................................................................... 192

7.3.1 Objective .................................................................................................................................. 192

7.3.2 Mode of Emergencies ................................................................................................................ 192




7.3.3 Fire & Explosion ........................................................................................................................ 193

7.3.4 Major Accident & Dangerous Occurrences ................................................................................... 193

7.3.5 Stages of an Emergency Plan ..................................................................................................... 194

7.3.6 Emergency Alert Codes .............................................................................................................. 196

7.3.7 Roles and Responsibilities during Emergency ............................................................................... 197

7.3.8 Standard Procedures for Evacuation ............................................................................................ 204

7.3.9 Emergency Control Centre ......................................................................................................... 205

7.3.10 About medical arrangements .................................................................................................. 207

7.3.11 Accounting for Personnel / Head count .................................................................................... 207

7.3.12 About Fire System ................................................................................................................. 208

7.3.13 Action at Site in case of Emergency ........................................................................................ 210

7.3.14 Antidotes .............................................................................................................................. 211

7.3.15 Emergency Do’s and Don’ts .................................................................................................... 212

7.4 Occupational Health Surveillance ...................................................................................................... 214

7.4.1 Purpose .................................................................................................................................... 214

7.4.2 Scope ....................................................................................................................................... 214

7.4.3 Responsibility ............................................................................................................................ 214

7.4.4 Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 214

7.4.5 Cross Reference ........................................................................................................................ 215

7.5 Social Impact Assessment. R&R Action Plans ..................................................................................... 216

8 PROJECT BENEFITS ...................................................................................................................... 217

9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ............................................................................... 218

10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP).......................................................................... 219

10.1 Purpose .................................................................................................................................... 219

10.2 Air Quality ................................................................................................................................. 219

10.3 Noise Environment .................................................................................................................... 220

10.4 Surface Water & Solid Waste Management .................................................................................. 221

10.5 Land and Soil Environment ......................................................................................................... 224

10.6 Ecological Management.............................................................................................................. 224

10.6.1 Green Belt Development ........................................................................................................ 224

10.6.2 Greenbelt Designing .............................................................................................................. 224

10.6.3 Locations of the Proposed Greenbelt ....................................................................................... 224

10.6.4 Plantation Technique and Care ............................................................................................... 226

10.7 Rainwater Harvesting ................................................................................................................. 226

10.8 Occupational Health Management Plan ....................................................................................... 227




10.8.1 Noise .................................................................................................................................... 227

10.8.2 Heat ..................................................................................................................................... 227

10.8.3 Dust, other Chemicals being suspended in the Environment ...................................................... 227

10.8.4 Occupational Hazards Specific Pre-placement and Periodic Monitoring ....................................... 227

10.9 Socio-Economic Environment ...................................................................................................... 228

10.9.1 Budgetary Provision ............................................................................................................... 229

10.10 Expenditure on Environmental Matter ......................................................................................... 230

10.11 Environmental Management Cell ................................................................................................. 230

11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS ................................................................................................. 232

11.1 Introduction and Background ..................................................................................................... 232

11.2 The Project ............................................................................................................................... 232

11.3 Regulatory Framework ............................................................................................................... 232

11.4 Project details ........................................................................................................................... 232

11.4.1 Cost of the Project ................................................................................................................. 232

11.4.2 Area Statement ..................................................................................................................... 232

11.4.3 Power Requirement ............................................................................................................... 233

11.4.4 Water Resources and Water Quality ........................................................................................ 233

11.4.5 Air Emission .......................................................................................................................... 233

11.4.6 Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility .......................................................................................... 233

11.5 Description of Environment ........................................................................................................ 233

11.5.1 Study Period ......................................................................................................................... 233

11.5.2 Study Area ............................................................................................................................ 233

11.5.3 Landuse of the Study Area ..................................................................................................... 234

11.5.4 Climatology ........................................................................................................................... 234

11.5.5 Noise .................................................................................................................................... 236

11.5.6 Ground Water Quality ............................................................................................................ 236

11.5.7 Surface Water Quality ............................................................................................................ 236

11.5.8 Soil ....................................................................................................................................... 237

11.5.9 Biological Environment ........................................................................................................... 237

11.5.10 Socio- Economics ................................................................................................................... 237

11.6 Environment Impact Identification, Prediction and Mitigation ........................................................ 237

11.6.1 Air Environment ..................................................................................................................... 237

11.6.2 Noise Environment................................................................................................................. 239

11.6.3 Surface Water ....................................................................................................................... 240

11.6.4 Ground Water and Geology .................................................................................................... 240




11.6.5 Land Environment ................................................................................................................. 240

11.6.6 Biological Environment ........................................................................................................... 241

11.6.7 Socio-Economic Environment .................................................................................................. 241

11.6.8 Hazard Identification and Consequence Analysis ...................................................................... 241

11.7 Project Benefits ......................................................................................................................... 241

11.8 Environmental Management and Monitoring Plant ........................................................................ 242

11.8.1 Environmental Management Plan ............................................................................................ 242

11.8.2 Environmental Monitoring Plan ............................................................................................... 242

11.9 Summary and Conclusion ........................................................................................................... 243

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ............................................................................................... 244

12.1 Brief Resume and Nature of Consultancy Rendered by Kadam Environmental Consultants .............. 244

12.2 EIA Team Members ................................................................................................................... 245




LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure 1: Terms of Reference Issued by SEIAA, Gujarat .............................................................................. 247

Annexure 2: Copy of Existing Environmental Clearance ................................................................................... 257

Annexure 3: Existing Consent to Established Issued by GPCB........................................................................... 268

Annexure 4: Licensor’s Note on Proposed Capacity Utilization .......................................................................... 276

Annexure 5: Land Possession Documents from GIDC ...................................................................................... 277

Annexure 6: Undertaking Provided by Deepak Phenolics Limited ...................................................................... 280

Annexure 7: Toposheet of the Project site with Demarcation of Nearest Habitation in 1: 50000 Scale ................. 281

Annexure 8: Toposheet of the Project site in 1: 50000 Scale ............................................................................ 282

Annexure 9: Map Showing Separate Entry, Exist and Tanker Movement at Site ................................................. 283

Annexure 10: Certificate of PESO, Nagpur ...................................................................................................... 284

Annexure 11: Land use/cover classification ..................................................................................................... 289

Annexure 12: Photo Documentation ............................................................................................................... 293

Annexure 13: Ambient Air Monitoring Results ................................................................................................. 296

Annexure 14: Long-term climatological Table, Surat (Gujarat) ......................................................................... 302

Annexure 15: Dispersion Modeling Results ...................................................................................................... 304

Annexure 16: Compliance of Consent to Establish ........................................................................................... 329

Annexure 17: Layout of Fire Water Network ................................................................................................... 338

Annexure 18: Map showing Gas Detectors Location ........................................................................................ 338

Annexure 19: Undertaking of Project Proponent on the Ownership of the Report .............................................. 340

Annexure 20: Existing EC Compliance ............................................................................................................ 341

Annexure 21: Certificate of Accreditation Issued by the NABET, QCI ................................................................ 405

Annexure 22: Application of Certified Compliance Report to MOEFCC, Bhopal ................................................... 406

Annexure 23: Agreement with Cement Manufacturing Unit .............................................................................. 407

Annexure 24: Equipment List of Various Process ............................................................................................. 408

Annexure 25: Environmental Policy of DPL ..................................................................................................... 413




LIST OF TABLES

Table 1-1: Production Capacity ........................................................................................................................ 29

Table 1-2: Project Status till Date .................................................................................................................... 36

Table 1-3: Compliance with the Proposed Terms of References .......................................................................... 37

Table 2-1: Product and importance. ................................................................................................................. 46

Table 2-2: Latitude and Longitude of Project Site .............................................................................................. 49

Table 2-3: Area Break up at Site ...................................................................................................................... 51

Table 2-4: Material Balance for Phenol and Acetone .......................................................................................... 55

Table 2-5: Material Balance for Cumene ........................................................................................................... 56

Table 2-6: Material Balance for MIBK ............................................................................................................... 58

Table 2-7: Material Balance for Cyclohexanone ................................................................................................. 59

Table 2-8: Material Balance for Isopropyl Alcohol .............................................................................................. 60

Table 2-9: Material Balance for Acetophenone .................................................................................................. 62

Table 2-10: End use of the Products ................................................................................................................ 62

Table 2-11: Properties of Raw Material ............................................................................................................. 64

Table 2-12: Details of Storage of Raw Materials ................................................................................................ 65

Table 2-13: Details of Storage of Products ........................................................................................................ 65

Table 2-14: Transportation Details of Raw Materials .......................................................................................... 66

Table 2-15: Details of Water Consumption........................................................................................................ 68

Table 2-16: Details of Wastewater Generation .................................................................................................. 68

Table 2-17: Stream Wise Quality of Wastewater Generated from Entire Plant ...................................................... 71

Table 2-18: Design Inlet & Outlet Characteristics of Proposed ETP ..................................................................... 72

Table 2-19: List of ETP Units with Sizing .......................................................................................................... 72

Table 2-20: Adequacy of ETP .......................................................................................................................... 77

Table 2-21: Details of Water Saving ................................................................................................................. 78

Table 2-22: Details of Fuel Consumption .......................................................................................................... 79

Table 2-23: Details of Flue Gas Stack ............................................................................................................... 79

Table 2-24: Details of Process Vents ................................................................................................................ 80

Table 2-25: Details of Air Pollution Control Measures ......................................................................................... 80

Table 2-26: Hazardous Waste Generation and disposal Details ........................................................................... 84

Table 3-1: Synopsis of Landuse / Landcover Classification Used for the Project ................................................... 87

Table 3-2: GPS readings within study area ....................................................................................................... 89

Table 3-3: Classification system ....................................................................................................................... 89

Table 3-4: Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area .............................................. 92




Table 3-5: Proximity to Sea / Water Bodies ...................................................................................................... 93

Table 3-6: Important Features and Sensitive Ecological Locations in the Study Area ............................................ 94

Table 3-7: Predominant Wind Direction ............................................................................................................ 95

Table 3-8: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data ................................................................................ 96

Table 3-9: Average Mean Meteorological Data for Summer Season 2017 ............................................................ 96

Table 3-10: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Details............................................................................................ 98

Table 3-11: Methodology for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring .............................................................................. 99

Table 3-12: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results ......................................................................................... 101

Table 3-13: Monitoring methodology .............................................................................................................. 103

Table 3-14: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise for Different Areas/Zones ................................... 103

Table 3-15: Noise Level distance, direction, lat./ long & Readings .................................................................... 104

Table 3-16: Analysis Methods Adopted for Surface Water Samples ................................................................... 105

Table 3-17: Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations ................................................................................. 106

Table 3-18: Analysis Result of Pond Water Samples ........................................................................................ 107

Table 3-19: Analysis Result of Estuary Water Samples ..................................................................................... 108

Table 3-20: Monitoring Methodology of Groundwater ...................................................................................... 110

Table 3-21: Groundwater Sampling Locations ................................................................................................. 111

Table 3-22: Groundwater analysis results ....................................................................................................... 112

Table 3-23: Soil Sampling Locations ............................................................................................................... 117

Table 3-24: Methodology of Soil Sample Monitoring ........................................................................................ 117

Table 3-25: Soil Analysis Results .................................................................................................................... 117

Table 3-26: Floral species reported from the proposed project site / Core Zone................................................. 120

Table 3-27: Flora Reported from Buffer Zone of the Study Area ....................................................................... 120

Table 3-28: Herpetofauna Reported from Buffer Zone ..................................................................................... 124

Table 3-29: Avifauna Reported from Core Zone / Project Site .......................................................................... 124

Table 3-30: Birds Reported from Buffer Zone .................................................................................................. 124

Table 3-31: Mammals Reported from the Buffer Zone ..................................................................................... 126

Table 3-32: Villages in Study Area with Households and Population .................................................................. 127

Table 3-33: Population and Sex ratio details in 2011 ....................................................................................... 127

Table 3-34: Schedule Caste and Schedule Tribe Population in 2011 .................................................................. 128

Table 3-35: Literacy Rate in Study Area in 2011 .............................................................................................. 128

Table 3-36 : Education Facility ....................................................................................................................... 129

Table 3-37: Medical Facility ........................................................................................................................... 129

Table 3-38: Medical Facility ........................................................................................................................... 129

Table 3-39: Communication Facility ............................................................................................................... 130




Table 3-40: Transport Facility ........................................................................................................................ 130

Table 3-41: Occupation Patterns .................................................................................................................... 131

Table 4-1: Overall Impact Scoring System due to Proposed Project – Consequence Assessment ......................... 134

Table 4-2: Magnitude Assessment (Ecology & Biodiversity) .............................................................................. 137

Table 4-3: Occurrence Frequency Assessment for EB ...................................................................................... 139

Table 4-4: Probability of Occurrence for Others .............................................................................................. 139

Table 4-5: Environmental Impact Significance Criteria ..................................................................................... 139

Table 4-6: Ecological Impact Significance Criteria ............................................................................................ 140

Table 4-7: Environmental Risk Categorization ................................................................................................. 140

Table 4-8: Ecological Risk Categorization ........................................................................................................ 141

Table 4-9: Environmental Impacts ................................................................................................................. 142

Table 4-10: Aspect – Impact Identification ..................................................................................................... 144

Table 4-11: Impact Scoring - Land use/cover ................................................................................................. 144

Table 4-12: Flue Gas Stack details and emission rate of pollutants after proposed expansion ............................. 147

Table 4-13: Process Vents details and Pollutant’s Emission Rate ....................................................................... 147

Table 4-14: 24 hr average Incremental Increase in GLC .................................................................................. 149

Table 4-15: Impact Scoring of Air Environment ............................................................................................... 151

Table 4-16: Details of Traffic Survey of 24 Hours ............................................................................................ 153

Table 4-17: Environmental Impact Scoring ..................................................................................................... 155

Table 4-18: Sources of noise with their sound pressure levels .......................................................................... 156

Table 4-19: Noise level at receptor locations ................................................................................................... 159

Table 4-20 Impact Scoring for Surface Water Management .............................................................................. 160

Table 4-21: Impact scoring Ground water ...................................................................................................... 162

Table 4-22: Activity-Aspect Based Determination of Impacting Ecological Components ...................................... 163

Table 4-23: Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures ................................................................................ 163

Table 4-24: Impact scoring for Soil ................................................................................................................ 164

Table 4-25: Socio-economic Impact Assessment ............................................................................................. 164

Table 4-26: Issues Raised During Community Consultation .............................................................................. 165

Table 4-27: Impact Scoring of Occupational Health, Community Health and Safety ........................................... 168

Table 6-1: Environment Monitoring Program ................................................................................................... 170

Table 6-2: Environmental Monitoring Plan-Soil Pollution .................................................................................. 170

Table 6-3: Applicable EHS Regulatory Requirements ....................................................................................... 171

Table 7-1: Important Hazardous Events ......................................................................................................... 173

Table 7-2 : Damage due to Radiation Intensity ............................................................................................... 174

Table 7-3: Overpressure Damage .................................................................................................................. 175




Table 7-4: Storage Details of Hazardous Material ............................................................................................ 176

Table 7-5: Scenario Selected for Simulation .................................................................................................... 176

Table 7-6: Failure Frequency for Storage Tanks .............................................................................................. 177

Table 7-7: Broadly Accepted Frequency .......................................................................................................... 177

Table 7-8: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Acetone ........................................................ 177

Table 7-9: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Acetone ................................................................. 178

Table 7-10: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Benzene ...................................................... 180

Table 7-11: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Benzene ............................................................... 180

Table 7-12: Distance to Equivalent Toxic Dose due to Release of Benzene ........................................................ 181

Table 7-13: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Phenol ........................................................ 183

Table 7-14: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Phenol .................................................................. 183

Table 7-15: Distance to Equivalent Toxic Dose due to Release of Phenol .......................................................... 183

Table 7-16: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Propylene .................................................... 186

Table 7-17: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Propylene ............................................................. 186

Table 7-18: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Cumene ...................................................... 188

Table 7-19: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Cumene ............................................................... 189

Table 7-20: Maximum Distance of 20 mm Leak ............................................................................................... 190

Table 7-21: Maximum Distance of Catastrophic Rupture .................................................................................. 191

Table 7-22: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Hydrogen .................................................... 191

Table 7-23: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Hydrogen ............................................................. 191

Table 7-24: Details of Alarms & Siren ............................................................................................................. 203

Table 7-25: Fire Water Storage & Pumping Capacity ....................................................................................... 208

Table 7-26: Fire Alarm Systems ..................................................................................................................... 209

Table 7-27: GAS Detection System................................................................................................................. 209

Table 7-28: Fire Extinguisher ......................................................................................................................... 209

Table 7-29: Auxiliary Equipment in Fire Station ............................................................................................... 209

Table 7-30: Details of Antidotes ..................................................................................................................... 211

Table 10-1: Environmental Management Plan for Air Quality ............................................................................ 220

Table 10-2: Environmental Management Plan for Noise Environment ............................................................... 221

Table 10-3 Details of Activities responsible for Impact on Water Environment and Management Plan .................. 222

Table 10-4: Environmental Management Plan -Soil Environment ...................................................................... 224

Table 10-5: Plant Species Suggested for Greenbelt and Landscaping at Various Locations .................................. 225

Table 10-6: Budget for Proposed Greenbelt Development within Project Site .................................................... 225

Table 10-7: Land Area Breakup and Estimation of Runoff ................................................................................ 226

Table 10-8: Enterprise Social Commitment (Initial 5 Years) .............................................................................. 229




Table 10-9: Expenditure on Environmental Matters ......................................................................................... 230

Table 10-10: Environment Management Cell ................................................................................................... 230




LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 2-1: Site Location Map .......................................................................................................................... 48

Figure 2-2: Map Showing Project Boundary ...................................................................................................... 48

Figure 2-3: Site Layout Map ............................................................................................................................ 50

Figure 2-4: Pie Chart of Area Break up at Site ................................................................................................... 52

Figure 2-5: Water Balance Diagram – After Proposed Expansion ........................................................................ 69

Figure 2-6: GIDC Permission for Water Supply, Power Supply and Drainage ........................................................ 70

Figure 2-7: Process Block diagram of ETP ......................................................................................................... 76

Figure 2-8: Diagram of Incineration ................................................................................................................. 81

Figure 2-9: Diagram of ESP ............................................................................................................................. 82

Figure 2-10: Diagram of Bag Filter ................................................................................................................... 83

Figure 2-11: Membership of Saurashtra Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd., Samkhyali ....................................................... 85

Figure 2-12: Project Scheduling for the Project ................................................................................................. 86

Figure 3-1: Landuse Map of the Study Area ...................................................................................................... 91

Figure 3-2: Pie Chart of Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area ........................... 93

Figure 3-3: Windrose Diagram for Summer season 2017 ................................................................................... 97

Figure 3-4: Sampling Location Map ................................................................................................................ 100

Figure 3-5: Earthquake zoning map of Gujarat ................................................................................................ 116

Figure 4-1: Isopleths for Incremental Noise Generated during Daytime ............................................................ 157

Figure 4-2: Isopleths for Incremental Noise Generated during Night Time......................................................... 157

Figure 7-1: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Acetone due to 10mm leak in Storage Tank at Weather

Condition 2/E ............................................................................................................................................... 179

Figure 7-2: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Acetone due to 20mm leak leak in Storage Tank at Weather

Condition 2/E ............................................................................................................................................... 179


Condition 2/E ............................................................................................................................................... 179

Figure 7-4: Late Explosion Consequence Contour of Acetone due to Catastrophic Rupture at Weather Condition 2/E

................................................................................................................................................................... 180

Figure 7-5: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Benzene due to 10mm leak in Storage Tank at Weather

Condition 5/D ............................................................................................................................................... 181

Figure 7-6: Late Explosion Consequence Contour of Benzene due to 10mm leak in Storage Tank at Weather

Condition 2/E ............................................................................................................................................... 182


Condition 5/D ............................................................................................................................................... 182


Condition 2/E ............................................................................................................................................... 182




Figure 7-9: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Phenol due to 10mm leak in Storage Tank at Weather Condition

5/D ............................................................................................................................................................. 184

Figure 7-10: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Phenol due to 20mm leak in Storage Tank at Weather

Condition 5/D ............................................................................................................................................... 184

Figure 7-11: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Phenol due to Catastrophic Rupture of Storage Tank at

Weather Condition 5/D ................................................................................................................................. 184

Figure 7-12: Late Explosion Consequence Contour of Phenol due to Catastrophic Rupture at Weather Condition 3/B

................................................................................................................................................................... 185

Figure 7-13: Risk contour for Maximum concentration of Phenol in the environment due to 10mm leak in Phenol

Storage tank at weather condition 2/E ........................................................................................................... 185

Figure 7-14: Risk contour for Maximum concentration of Phenol in the environment due to 20mm leak in Phenol

Storage tank at weather condition 2/E ........................................................................................................... 185

Figure 7-15: Risk contour for Maximum concentration of Phenol in the environment due to Catastrophic Rupture of

Phenol Storage tank at weather condition 2/E................................................................................................. 186

Figure 7-16: Jet Fire Consequence Contour of Propylene due to 10mm leak in Storage Tank at Weather Condition

2/E .............................................................................................................................................................. 187

Figure 7-17: Late Explosion Consequence Contour of Propylene due to 10 mm leak in Storage Tank at Weather

Condition 2/E ............................................................................................................................................... 187

Figure 7-18: Jet Fire Consequence Contour of Propylene due to 20mm leak in Storage Tank at Weather Condition

2/E .............................................................................................................................................................. 187


Condition 2/E ............................................................................................................................................... 188

Figure 7-20: Late Pool Consequence Contour of Cumene due to 10mm leak in Storage Tank at Weather Condition

5/D ............................................................................................................................................................. 189

Figure 7-21: Late Explosion Consequence Contour of Cumene due to 20 mm leak in Storage Tank at

Weather Condition 3/B ............................................................................................................................ 190

Figure 7-22: Late Explosion Consequence Contour of Cumene due to Catastrophic Rupture at Weather Condition

3/B .............................................................................................................................................................. 190

Figure 7-23: Types of Emergencies ................................................................................................................ 193

Figure 7-24: Stages of an Emergency Plan ..................................................................................................... 195




LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS

Photographs 1-1: Photographs Showing to the Project Site ................................................................................ 31

Photographs 10-1: CSR Activities ................................................................................................................... 229


GIDC ABBREVIATION & ACRONYMS


ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

AERMOD Atmospheric Dispersion Modelling System

BOD Biological Oxygen Demand

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

COD Chemical Oxygen Demand

CO Carbon Monoxide

DGVCL Dakshin Gujarat Vij Corporation Limited

DISH Department of Industrial Safety Health

DMP Disaster Management Plan

DPL Deepak Phenolics Limited

EC Environmental Clearance

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

ESMPs Environmental and Social Management Plans

EHS Environment, Health and Safety

EER Evacuate, Escape and Rescue Plan

EPRG Emergency Response Planning Guidelines

ECC Emergency Control Center

FMECA Failure Modes Effects and Criticality Analysis

GIDC Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation

GOI Government of India

GPCB Gujarat Pollution Control Board

GLC Ground Level Concentration

HAZOP Hazard and Operability Study

IAA Impact Assessment Authority

IMD Indian Meteorological Department

ICUN International Union for Conservation of Nature

IDLH Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health

KLD Kilo Liters per Day

LFT Liver Function Test

LEL Lower Flammability Limits

LCLo Lethal Concentration Low

MSIHC Manufacture, Storage, Import & Hazardous Chemical Rules

MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forests

MCLs’ Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios

MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet

NOC No Objection Certificate

NDT Non Destructive Testing

NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health

NOx Oxides of Nitrogen

OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration

PEL Permissible Exposure Limits

PM Particulate Matter

PPEs Personnel Protective Equipment

PDCR Plan, Do, Check, Act

SEIAA State Level Environmental Impact Assessment Authorities


GIDC ABBREVIATION & ACRONYMS


SS Suspended Solid

SOx Oxides of Sulphur

SPL Sound Pressure Level

SMC Site Main Controller

STEL Short Time Exposure Limit

ToR Terms of References

TCLo Toxic Concentration Low

TLV Threshold Limit Value

TDS Total Dissolved Solid

TSDF Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility

USEPA United States Environment Protection Agency

UFL Upper Flammable Limits

VOC Volatile Inorganic Carbon

ZSI Zoological Survey of India


GIDC GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED


GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED

ACCIDENT: An accident may be defined as “an undesirable and unplanned event with or without or major or

minor damage consequence to life and/or property.”

AMBIENT: Ambient temperature is temperature of the surrounding area.

AN INCIDENT: An incident is emergent situation of any critical deviation in the process control or otherwise that

may lead to a major accident / potential emergency and disaster.

ANEMOMETER: A device used to measure speed of wind or any other moving gas.

ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY: Atmospheric Stability is defined in terms of vertical temperature gradient in the

atmosphere. It is usually described using the system of categories developed by Pasquill. The categories of stability

class are identified by the letter A to F (or sometimes A-G)

Neutral stability occurs typically, when there is total cloud cover and is designed by category D (The temperature

gradient = adiabatic lapse rate) Unstable conditions occur when the sun is shining. The unstable conditions are

designated by the letters A-C with A is the least stable condition stable conditions occur on clear, calm nights, when

the air near the ground is stratified and free from turbulence and are designated by the letter E &F. Sometimes an

additional category G is used for exceptionally stable conditions. Neutral conditions correspond to a rate of decrease

in temperature with height of about 1°C per meters, vertically. For the dispersion study D & C stability class has

been considered.

BLEVE (BOILING LIQUID EXPANDING VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION):The event may have two folds, one;

flammable liquid under pressure rapidly spread in to the open area in form of vapour cloud, two; if this spreading

vapour cloud gets any source of ignition, then violently explosion took place produce missiles effect with secondary

fires and create heavy damages to the surrounding area. The phenomenon is called as BLEVE.

BUND/DYKE: Raised ground or a wall built around a tank or tank farm, to retain spills and prevent their spread,

thus reducing hazards.

BURNING RATE: The value is the rate (in millimeters per minute) at which the depth of a pool of liquid decreases

as the liquid burns.

CAS (CHEMICAL ABSTRACT SERVICE REGISTRY NUMBER): The unique identification number assigned each

compound/chemicals registered with the Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) is listed to aid in quick identification of

the compound.

CARCINOGEN: A substance capable of producing cancer (carcinoma).

CHRONIC: Of long duration or having frequent recurrence. Chronic health effects are those that become apparent

or continue for some time after exposure to hazardous chemicals.

Class ‘A’: Means petroleum having a flash point below 23°C. (e. g. Petrol, Hexane, Toluene, Naphtha)

Class ‘B’: Means petroleum having a flash point of23°C and above but below 65°C. (e. g. HSD, SKO, MTO etc.)

Class ‘C’: Means petroleum having a flash point of 65° C and above but below 93° C.

COMBUSTION PRODUCT: Material produced or; generated during the burning or oxidation of a material.

CONTAMINANT: A harmful, irritating or moisture material that is foreign to the normal atmosphere.

DANGEROUS OCCURRENCE: Dangerous Occurrences include bursting of vessel collapse of crane, derrick, hoist,

explosion, fire, leakage, escape of any molten metal / hot liquid, explosion of receiver /container, collapse of

building/ structure, as specified under schedule of Rule 103 of GFR 1995 and provision under section 88-A of the

Factories Act 1948, where in a factory any dangerous occurrence as specified occurs weather causing any bodily

injury or disability or not.




DENSITY: The mass of Unit Volume of a substance e.g. kg/m3

DISASTER:A disaster is catastrophic consequence of a major emergency / accident that leads to, not only

extensive damage to life and property but also disrupts all normal human activity for a pretty long time and

requires a major national and international effort for rescue and rehabilitation of those affected.

DISTRICT CRISIS GROUP (DCG): The District Crisis Group is the apex body in the district to deal with major

chemical accidents and to provide expert guidance for handling chemical accidents.

Ref; Schedule 7 of Rule 8 of Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response) Rule, 1996

DOMINO EFFECT: An effect by which a small hazardous incidence in a unit can escalate to surrounding area

causing heavy damages to man, properties &environment.

EMERGENCY: Emergency means a situation leading to a circumstance or set of circumstances in which there is

danger to the life or health of persons or which could result in big fire or explosion or pollution to the work and

outside environment, affecting the workers or neighborhood in a serious manner, demanding immediate action.

(Ref. Para 2(j) of Part I of Schedule XIX of Gujarat Factories Rules 1963(1995).

EMERGENCY INFORMATION PANEL: Every Goods carriage used for transporting any dangerous or hazardous

goods shall be legibly and conspicuously marked with an emergency information panel in each of three places of

the carriage.

ENDOTHERMIC PROCESS: A process accompanied by the absorption of heat.

EVACUATION: Removal of residents and other persons from an area of danger.

FIRE BALL: The burning of a flammable gas cloud, the bulk of which is initially over-rich i.e. (UFL). The whole

cloud appears to be on fire as combustion is taking place at eddy boundaries, when air is entrained.

FLAMMABILITY LIMITS (UFL- LFL): In fuel-air system a range of composition exists outside which a flame will

not propagate a substantial distance from an ignition source. The limiting fuel concentrations are termed the upper

flammable limit (UFL) and lower Flammable Limit (LFL)

FLASH FIRE: A burning of a flammable vapour cloud at very low flame propagation speed.

FLASH POINT: This is defined as the lowest temperature at which vapours above a combustible substance will

ignite in air when exposed to a flame.

Depending on the test method used, the values given are either Tag closed cup (C. C.) or Cleveland open cup (O,

C.) The values, along with those in 6.2 and 6.5 give an indication of the relative flammability of the chemical. In

general, the open cup value is about 10o to 15oF higher than the closed cup value.

HAZARD: Hazard may be defined as “the potential of an accident.” Hazard exists in man and the system of

materials and machines.

HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS: Any substance or material in a quantity or form which may be harmful to humans,

animals, crops, water systems, or other elements of the environment if accidentally released. Hazardous chemicals

include explosives, gases (compressed, liquefied or dissolved), flammable or combustible liquids, flammable solids

substance, toxic, corrosives, oxidizing substance, poisonous and insecticides substances.

“Hazardous Chemicals” means

Any Chemical, which satisfies any of the criteria, laid down in Part I of Schedule I and is listed in column 2 of Part II

of the schedule.

Any Chemical listed in Column 2 of Schedule 2.

Any Chemical listed in Column 2 of Schedule 3, as per provisions given below;

Rule 68J 1 (a) of GUJARAT FACTORIES RULES 1963 (Amended-1995)

Rule 2(e) of MANUFACTURE, STORAGE AND IMPORT OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL RULES, 1989.




Rule 2(b) of Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response) Rule, 1996.

HAZARDOUS PROCESS: Any process or activity in relation to an industry specified in the First Schedule under the

Section 2(cb) of the Factories Act 1948 (1987).

HAZCHEM CODES: The HAZCHEM code system was developed by the British Fire Service for use on vehicles

transporting dangerous substances. It consists or either two or three characters. The first character is a numeral in

the range of 1 to 4.

1 – Jets, 2 – Fog, 3 – Foam, 4 - Dry Agent

The second character is a letter selected from the range P, R, S, T, W, X, Y, Z.

Personnel Protection – 1The letter P, R, W or X indicate that a full chemical suit and breathing apparatus should be

warn. 2. The letters S, T, Y & Z indicate that breathing apparatus need only be warn if the substances are involved

in a fire.

Contain or dilute – The letters P, R, S, & T indicate dilution while W X Y & Z indicate containment.

The third character when appearing is E indicates that evacuation of persons in the neighboring areas must be

taken into consideration.

IC (INCIDENT CONTROLLER): He has to tackle the situation of operations on process/storage/event/occurrence

by taking technical decisions to control the emergency by responding the requisite experienced persons.

IDLH (IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND HEALTH): The level of concentration immediately

dangerous to life or health from which a worker could escape without any impairing symptoms or any irreversible

health effect (NIOSH/OSHA). The concentrations are reported either parts per million (ppm) or milligrams per cubic

meter (mg/m3).

IGNITION TEMPERATURE: This is the minimum temperature at which the material will ignite without a spark or

flame being present. Along with the values in 6.1 and 6.2 above, it gives an indication of the relative flammability of

the chemical. It is sometimes called “auto ignition temperature”.

LC50 (LETHAL CONCENTRATION): Lethal Concentration level for air Bourne toxic substance.

LD50 (LETHAL DOSE): The term LD50 signifies that about 50% of the animals given the specified dose by mouth

will die. Thus for a grade 4 chemical (below 50 mg/kg) the toxic dose for 50% of animals weighting 70 kg (150 lb)

is 70 50 = 3, 500 mg=3.5 gr or less than 1 tea spoonful, it might be as little as a few drops. For a Grade 1 chemical

(5 to 15 g/kg) the LD50 would be between a pint and a quart for a 150 lb man.

LOCAL CRISIS GROUP (LCG): It is body constituted by Government, in the industrial pocked to deal with

chemical accidents and co-ordinate efforts in planning, preparedness and mitigation of chemical accidents.

Ref: Schedule 8 of Rule 8 of Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response) Rule1996.

MAJOR ACCIDENT: Major Accident means an incident involving loss of the life inside or outside the site or ten or

more injuries inside and/or one or more injuries outside or release of toxic chemical or explosion or fire of spillage

of hazardous chemical result in ‘On Site’ or ‘Off Site’ emergencies or damage too equipment leading to stoppage of

process or adverse effects to the environment. (Ref. 1Rule 68(J)(1)(d) of Gujarat Factories Rules 1963(2004), 2.

Rule 2(j) of Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989. 3. Rule 2(f) of Chemical

Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response) Rule, 1996).

MAJOR ACCIDENT HAZARDOUS (MAH) INSTALL ION: Isolated storage and industrial activity at a site,

handling (including transport through carrier or pipeline) of hazardous chemicals equal to or in excess of the

threshold quantities specified in column 3 of Schedule 2 and 3 respectively.

Ref: Rule 2(g) of Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response) Rule1996.

ODOUR THRESHOLD: The lowest concentration of an air contaminant that can be detected by smell.




OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN: The objective of an Off Site Emergency Plan is to protect the life and property of

the neighborhood areas of the industrial unit. Off Site Emergency Plan shall be prepared by Government Authorities

as per Rule 14 of MSIHC Rules 1989 and follow the instruction under provision of CA(EPPR) Rules 1996.

ON SITE EMERGENCY PLAN: On Site Emergency Plan is to be prepared by occupier of industrial Units as per

Schedule 8A under Rule 68(J)(12) of Gujarat Factories Rules 1963(2004). Ref: Section 41(B)(4) of The Factories Act

1948, Schedule XI under Rule 13 of MSIHC Rules 1989, and Rule 5,7, & 9 of CA(EPPR) Rules 1996.

OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration – U. S. Federal Agency

OVER PRESSURE: Maximum pressure above atmosphere pressure experienced during the pressure of a blast

wave from an explosion.

PLUME: Hazardous gas / vapour / cloud resulting from a continuous source release.

PUFF: Plum is instantaneous release of a gas / vapour from the source.

POOL FIRE: A pool of flammable liquid burning with a stationary diffusion flame

RESPONSE: The efforts to minimize the risks created in an emergency by protecting the people, the environment

and the property, and the efforts to return the scene to normal pre-emergency conditions. Persons who perform

the various response functions are termed “RESPONDERS”.

RISK: Risk of an accident may be defined as “the chance or probability or likelihood of an accident being caused in

a given man-material-machine system.

SENSITIVE POPULATIONS: Groups of people that may be more susceptible than the general population to the

toxic effects of the release due to pre-existing health condition (patients in hospitals, pregnant women etc.) or age

(elderly people infants, handicaps).

SPILL: Spill is large liquid releases from a bulk storage tank/process vessel.

SMC (SITE MAN CONTROLLER): He is overall responsible for directing operations & decides the actions,

consulting with incident controller &seniors, and handle &control the emergency.

SHORT – TERM INHALATION LIMIT (STEL): The parts of vapour (gas) per million parts of contaminated air by

volume at 25OC (77OF) and at one atmosphere of pressure is given. The limits are given in milligrams per cubic

meter for chemical that form a fine mist or dust. The values given are the maximum permissible average exposures

for the time periods specified.

SPECIFIC GRAVITY: The specific Gravity of a chemicals is the ratio of the weight of the solid or liquid to the

weight of an equal volume of water at 4OC (or at some other specified temperature) If the specific gravity is less

than 1.0 (or less than 1.03 in sea water) the chemical will float, if higher it will sink.

TLV (THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE): TLV refer to airborne concentration of substances. There are three categories

of TLV.

TLV – TWA – Time Weighted Average.

TLV – STEL – Short term Exposure limit

TLV – for gases and vapour is usually expressed in PPM. (Part of the gas/vapour/million parts of air)

TOXIC CLOUD: Air borne mass of gases, vapours, fumes, dust or aerosols of toxic materials.

TOXICITY: The ability of a substance to cause damage to living tissue, impairment of the central nervous system,

serve illness or death when ingested, inhaled or absorbed by the skin.

VAPOUR CLOUD: Air borne dispersing hazardous vapours, which may or may not be visible as a “Cloud”


GIDC INTRODUCTION


1 INTRODUCTION AND BACK GROUND

1.1 Purpose of the Report

Products falling under project/activities listed within the Schedule to the EIA notification dated September 14th 2006

(amended till date) requires prior Environmental Clearance (EC) from the Impact Assessment Authority (IAA) at the

Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) (for Category A project) or the State Level

Environmental Impact Assessment Authorities (SEIAA) (for Category B projects).

The existing EC on the name of Deepak Phenolics Limited is No. SEIAA/GUJ/EC/5(f), 4(d) & 1(d)/634/2016 dated

29th October 2016 is attached as Annexure 2. This report is prepared for EC for proposed expansion of Schedule

5(f) and 5(e) namely “Synthetic Organic Chemical” and “Petrochemical based Processing” requiring Environmental

Clearance from SEIAA, Gujarat as the project site is located within Notified Industrial Area. So it is considered as B

category project.

1.2 Identification of the Project Proponent and the Project

1.2.1 About Deepak Phenolics Limited.

Deepak Phenolics Limited (formerly known as Deepak Clean Tech Limited) is a wholly owned subsidiary of Deepak

Nitrite Limited.

The proposed expansion of Cumene/Phenol project is located at existing site of Dahej, Gujarat INDIA. Technology

and engineering services are being provided by Kellogg, Brown & Root International Inc. (KBR), USA for Phenol and

by UOP LLC, USA for Cumene. The EPCM contractor is ThyssenKrupp Industrial Solutions India Pvt. Ltd. (formerly

known as UHDE, India) for both Phenol and Cumene. This is being set up as per MOU with the Government of

Gujarat during Vibrant Gujarat Summit 2011.

The company has also decided to put up Cyclohexanone plant, Methyl-Isobutyl-Ketone (MIBK) plant, Isopropyl

Alcohol (IPA) plant and Acetophenone Plant at Dahej, Gujarat within the same plot. This is being submitted for

Vibrant Gujarat Summit 2017.

1.2.2 The Project

The proposed project is an expansion project to expand the Cumene/Phenol plant and to put up Phenol and

Acetone derivative products like Cyclohexanone plant, Methyl-Isobutyl-Ketone (MIBK) plant, Acetophenone and iso-

propyl alcohol Plant as a part of downstream derivatives at the same location. The proposed expansion is located at

Plot No. 12/B/1, GIDC Dahej, Taluka Vagra, Dist. Bharuch, Gujarat. The estimated cost of the proposed expansion

is INR ~400 Crores. Total plot area is 1,63,645 m2. Out of that, 1,40,125.73 m2 is owned by Deepak Phenolics

Limited and balance 23,519.27 m2 area is taken on lease from Deepak Nitrite Limited. The detailed production

capacities are given as below in Table 1-1.

Table 1-1: Production Capacity

S. No.

Name of Product Production Capacity in MT/ Month

Remarks Existing Proposed Total

1 Phenol 16667 4723 21390 The design capacity and plant machinery

will remain same.

Amendment in capacities is

considered based on full utilization of

2 Cumene 25000 2807 27807

3 Acetone 10000 2834 12834

4 Propane Return Stream 0 4367 4367

5 Alpha Methyl Styrene (AMS) 500 313 813

6 Benzene Rich Cut 175 -48 127


GIDC INTRODUCTION


S. No.

Name of Product Production Capacity in MT/ Month


7 Recovery Column Bottoms / Heavies 730 1428 2158 design capacities considering design

margin.

A communication from licensor

confirming the proposed capacity

utilization is attached as Annexure 4.

8 Acetone Purge 0 17 17

9 Lights Hydrocarbon Purge 0 35 35

10 Poly- iso propyl Benzene (PIPB)

Drag 0 88 88

11

Hydrogenation Products : Cyclohexanone, cyclohexanol,

Methyl Iso-butyl Ketone (MIBK), Isopropyl Alcohol (IPA)

2650 14836 17486

12 Cyclohexanol Rich Stream 0 257 257

13 Acetone Rich Stream 0 289 289

14 Acetophenone 0 353 353

15 Wet IPA 0 250 250

Total 55722 32549 88271

16 Power (MW) 42 0 42

17 Steam (TPH) 100 100 200

1.3 Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project and its Importance to Country,

Region

1.3.1 Nature of the Project


Acetone derivative products like Cyclohexanone plant, Methyl-Isobutyl-Ketone (MIBK) plant and Acetophenone

Plant as a part of downstream derivatives at the same location. The estimated cost of the proposed project is INR

~400 Crores.

1.3.2 Size of the Project

The proposed project will cover a plot area of 1,63,645 m2. Out of that, 1,40,125.73 m2 is owned by Deepak

Phenolics Limited and balance 23,519.27 m2 area is taken on lease from Deepak Nitrite Limited. The Production

capacities are as mentioned in Table 1-1. Unit has consent to establish for existing facility which attached as

Annexure 3.

1.3.3 Location

The proposed project is located at plot no. 12/B/1 of GIDC Dahej, in Bharuch District of Gujarat state. Photographs

showing the project site are presented in Photographs 1-1.


GIDC INTRODUCTION


Photographs 1-1: Photographs Showing to the Project Site

1.4 Importance of the Project to the Country/Region

Phenol: Global market

In the next five years, global phenol capacity is expected to increase by a total of 12%, with Northeast Asia

accounting for about 72% of this capacity increase, to raise its share of total global capacity to 46% in 2020.

Overall, phenol production has increased at an average annual rate of 1.8% since 2010. Production growth is

expected to increase at a higher average rate of 2.7% per year. The following pie chart shows world consumption

of phenol globally.

Phenol: Domestic market

Phenol Market in India

Phenol Capacity: 85 KTA (HOC 45 KTA & SII 40 KTA)


GIDC INTRODUCTION


Phenol Production: 75 KTA

Phenol Demand: 300 KTA

Phenol Imports: 225 KTA

A key point to be noted is that the proposed phenol plant would substitute an equivalent volume which currently

being imported into India. Therefore, marketing uncertainties are minimal. This is import substitute product which

will save foreign exchange of 40 MMUSD/ Year and is truly in line with “Make in India” initiative.

India will be a very close second after China in terms of demand growth, with phenol consumption increasing at an

average rate of 7.7% per year over the next five years. Imports into India have also grown significantly, at 16%

per year over the past five years.

Phenol: Demand supply gap

In India there is a gap of 225 KTPA Phenol which is covered through import. Out of 300 KTPA Cumene produced,

about 270 KTPA will be captively used for phenol production and rest will be sold. There is enough gap in country

for this small quantity of Cumene sale.

Acetone: Global market

Globally, production growth of acetone is expected to increase at a higher average rate of 3.0 % per year. For Asia

region, Acetone growth rates will be 4% per year. The below figure shows the world acetone demand based on the

application.


GIDC INTRODUCTION


Source: RAJEEV M. PANDIA, “THE PHENOL-ACETONE VALUE CHAIN: PROSPECTS AND OPPORTUNITIES”, SEOUL,

2013

Acetone: Domestic market

The demand for acetone in the domestic market has almost doubled in the last decade. Due to static production

capabilities, the dependency of the country on imports has increased as domestic production struggles to keep up

with the demand. A huge disparity in domestic demand and supply status is visible due to lack of any planned

projects for acetone production. Since a majority of domestic acetone is fulfilled through imports from other

countries, acetone pricing is vulnerable to international demand, supply situation and volatility in the international

market. Acetone Market in India

Acetone Capacity: 51 KTA (HOC 27 KTA & SII 24 KTA)

Acetone Production: 45 KTA

Acetone Demand: 200 KTA

Acetone Imports: 180 KTA

Phenol Plant Clear Case for India

Phenol Demand in India – 300000 MT/ Annum

Acetone Demand in India– 200000 Mt / Annum

Expected growth of Phenol is 8%

No manufacturing facility for BPA& Polycarbonate in India

Import Duty on Phenol in India – 7.5%

Import duty on Cumene in India – 5%

Phenol and Acetone are key precursors to a host of other chemicals which are highly correlated to the GDP and

Income growth taking place in India. Expected growth rate in India of Phenol / Acetone will be around 8% CAGR

for next few years.

Acetone: Demand supply gap

Acetone demand in India is 200 KTPA against production of 45 KTPA and there is sufficient gap for production.

Acetone is also import substitute product and shall save foreign exchange of 15 MMUSD/year for the country.

Cyclohexanone: Global market

Cyclohexanone is captively consumed on site for the production of adipic acid and caprolactam (over 95%), so only

a small amount enters the world’s trade markets.

Less than 4% is consumed in markets other than nylon. This includes use as solvents for paints and dyes, in

pesticides, and as an intermediate for pharmaceuticals, films, soaps, and coatings.

The following pie chart shows world consumption of Cyclohexanone:


GIDC INTRODUCTION


Much of this demand is sustained by its consumption in caprolactam (69% of total demand in 2014), which is the

main precursor to supply the expansive nylon production. Other chemical demand includes cyclohexylamines;

isobornylcyclohexanol, which is used in the perfumery industry; polyester polyols; and other small chemical

applications.

Cyclohexanone: Domestic Market

Cyclohexanone Capacity: 0 KTPA

Cyclohexanone Production: 0 KTPA

Cyclohexanone Demand: 35 KTPA

Cyclohexanone Imports: 35 KTPA

Methyl-Isobutyl-Ketone (MIBK): Global market

Total consumption of MIBK grew at an average annual rate of almost 7% during 2011–14. World MIBC statistics

are difficult to estimate, but overall, MIBC will experience positive growth in lube oil applications and as a flotation

frother (especially in actively mined regions). Consumption of MIBC worldwide is forecast to grow at an average

annual rate of 2.5-3.0% during 2014-19.

The following pie chart shows world consumption of MIBK:


GIDC INTRODUCTION


Consumption of MIBK is expected to stay relatively flat in the developed regions. Its use in rubber antiozonants has

grown over the last three years (from approximately 25% of total MIBK consumption in 2011 to 32% in 2014 in the

major consuming countries/regions), driven by increased tire production Asia.

Stronger demand and higher feedstock costs helped boost prices for MIBK and MIBC throughout 2010 and 2011

after the economic downturn.

Methyl-Isobutyl-Ketone (MIBK): Domestic Market

MIBK Capacity: 0 KTPA

MIBK Production: 0 KTPA

MIBK Demand: 30 KTPA

MIBK Imports: 30 KTPA

Isopropyl alcohol (IPA): Global market

Consumption of industrial-grade IPA (as a direct solvent and for chemical derivatives) accounted for 77% of total

IPA demand in the major consuming regions in 2014, and direct solvent applications accounted for approximately

63% of total industrial-grade demand.

The following pie chart shows world consumption of isopropyl alcohol:

The IPA market will continue to be oversupplied during 2014-19, especially with global demand growing at an

estimated average annual rate of 1.9% through 2019 and capacity growing at an average annual rate of 2.9%.

Isopropyl alcohol (IPA): Domestic Market

IPA Capacity: 60 KTPA

IPA Production: 60 KTPA

IPA Demand: 130 KTPA

IPA Imports: 70 KTPA


GIDC INTRODUCTION


Acetophenone: Global Market

One of the key drivers for the global acetophenone market can be attributed to the application of precursor to

resins. Also, increasing demand from end use industries such as use in pharmaceuticals, food & beverages,

consumer goods (detergent, soaps, lotions and creams) are fuelling the growth of the acetophenone market.

The global acetophenone market is dominated by Asia Pacific (excluding Japan) region in terms of global

consumption of acetophenone. The emerging economies such as China and India witness an increased demand for

high end and luxury products as a result of increase in disposable income and living standard.

Acetophenone: Domestic Market

Acetophenone Capacity: 0.48 KTPA

Acetophenone Production: 0.48 KTPA

Acetophenone Demand: 3.5 KTPA

Acetophenone Imports: 3.02 KTPA

1.4.1 Investment

An investment of ~ INR 400 crores will be done in the project.

1.4.2 Direct Jobs

The employment generation due to the Phenol and Cumene project will be more than 150 people.

1.4.3 Indirect Jobs

During the construction and execution phase of the project, it is estimated that about ~2000 workers will be

involved for a period of about 24 months. During operation phase of the project, it is estimated that about ~250

workers will be involved.

1.5 Status of EC Process

The status of the progress of Deepak Phenolics’s EC application is provided in Table 1-2.

Table 1-2: Project Status till Date

S. No. Process Date

1 Submission of Form I along with Proposed ToR to SEAC, Gujarat 11th January 2017

2 Presentation for Terms of References (ToR) for EIA study at SEAC, Gujarat 17th February 2017

3 Receipt of ToR Letter from SEAC, Gujarat 24th April 2017

1.6 Scope of the Study

As per ToR letter No. SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/5(f)&5(e)/329/2017 dated 24th April,2017 issued by SEIAA, Gujarat, attached

as Annexure 1, the scope of work for this EIA includes collection of baseline data with respect to major

environmental components, viz. air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic components for three

months, undertake impact assessment using appropriate computational modelling and propose appropriate

Mitigation measures for any potential environmental impacts.

This EIA report complies with the directions of the Expert Appraisal Committee as per the approved Terms of

Reference. Summarized details of the same are provided in Table 1-3.


GIDC INTRODUCTION


Table 1-3: Compliance with the Proposed Terms of References

S. No.

ToR points Action plan

1 A tabular chart with index for point-wise compliance of below

mentioned TORs. It is provided in this table

2

Executive summary of the project – giving a prima facie idea of the objectives of the proposal, use of resources, justification, etc. In addition, it should provide a compilation of EIA report, including EMP and the post-project monitoring plan in brief.

Summary of the project is provided in Chapter 11, Page 232.

3 Justification for selecting the proposed product and unit size. Details are provided in Chapter 1, Section 1.3,

Page 30.

4 Land requirement for the project including its break up for

various purposes, its availability and optimization.

Land allotment letter from GIDC is given in Annexure 5. Break up of land at site is given in

Chapter 2, Figure 2-3 & Table 2-3, Page 50 & 51. GIDC letter for providing infrastructure to

Deepak Phenolics Limited is given in Chapter 2, Figure 2-6, Page 70.

5

Land possession documents. Copy of NA order showing permission to use the project land for industrial purpose. If

located in GIDC, copy of plot holding certificate obtained from GIDC Authority.

GIDC letter for providing infrastructure to Deepak Phenolics Limited is given in Chapter 2, Figure

2-6, Page 70.

6 Location of the project site and nearest habitats with distances

from the project site to be demarcated on a toposheet (1: 50000 scale).

Toposheet of the project site with demarcation of nearest habitation with distance is provided as

Annexure 7.

7 Topography details of the project area. Toposheet of the project site is provided as

Annexure 8

8 Geological features and geo-hydrological status of the study

area.

Geological features and geohydrological status of the study area is given in Chapter 3, Section

3.10, Page 114.

9

In case of project located outside notified area: Legal Undertaking stating that unit is complying the three conditions [i.e. water consumption less than 25 M3/day; Fuel consumption less than 25 TPD; and not covered in the category of MAH units

as per the Management, Storage, Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules (MSIHC Rules), 1989] as per the amendment to

EIA Notification, 2006 vide SO 1599 (E) dated 25/06/2014.

No application is required as unit is located in notified industrial estate

10 Present land use pattern of the study area shall be given based

on satellite imagery.

Landuse patter of the study area is given in Chapter 3, Figure 3-1, Table 3-4, Page 91 &

92 .

11

Layout plan of the factory premises clearly demarcating various units within the plant. Provision of separate entry & exit and

adequate margin all round the periphery for unobstructed easy movement of the emergency vehicle / fire tenders without

reversing back. Mark the same in the plant layout.

Site layout and its break up is provided in Chapter 2, Figure 2-3 & Table 2-3, Page 50 & 51.

Map showing separate entry, exist and tanker movement during emergency without reversing

back is provided as Annexure 9.

12 Technical details of the plant/s along with details on best

available technologies (BAT), proposed technology and reasons for selecting the same.

Details of BAT is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.6, Page 53.

13 Product spectrum (Proposed products along with production

Capacity) and processes.

Details of production capacity is given in Chapter 1, Section 1.3.2, Page 30.

Process description is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.5, Page 53.

14 Chemical name of each proposed product to be manufactured. Details on end use of each product. (Provide CAS number of all

the products & raw materials. In case of Dyes, CI number).

Name of products is given in Chapter 1, Table 1-1, Page 29.

End use of the product is given in Chapter 2, Table 2-10, Page 62.

15 Details on raw materials, source and storage within the

premises. Properties of raw material is given in Chapter 2,

Section 2.10, Page 64.


GIDC INTRODUCTION


S. No.


Source of material is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.12, Page 66.

Storage of raw material and products are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.11, Page 65.

16

Details of complete manufacturing process / operations of each product along with chemical reactions, process flow diagram describing each unit processes and unit operations along with

material balance, consumption of raw materials etc.

Process description along with flow diagram and material balance is given in Chapter 2, Section

2.5, Page 53.

17 Details on strategy for the implementation of cleaner

production activities. Implementation of cleaner production activities are

given in Chapter 2, Section 2.9, Page 62.

18 Assessment of source of the water supply with adequacy of the same to meet with the requirements for the project. Permission obtained from the concern authority for supply of raw water.

GIDC permission for water supply is given in Figure 2-6, Page 70.

19 Undertaking stating that no bore well shall be dug within the premises (If project is located within the Industrial estate).

Undertaking stating that no bore well shall be dug within premises is given as Annexure 6.

20 Details on water balance including quantity of effluent generated, recycled & reused. Details of methods to be

adopted for the water conservation.

Water balance showing effluent generation, recycled and reuse is given in Chapter 2, Figure

2-5, Page 69.

21 Explore the possibilities for Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) or

Efforts to minimize effluent discharge and to maintain quality of receiving water body.

ZLD is not applicable

Water conservation will be proposed to reduce fresh water demand given in Chapter 2, Section

2.14.6, Page 78.

22

Segregation of waste streams, characterization and quality with specific treatment and disposal of each stream including action plan for maximum recycle of treated waste water and minimum

discharge for effluent.

Wastewater characterization is given in Chapter 2, Table 2-17, Page 71.

23

Capacity of ETP in KL/day. Details of ETP including dimensions of each unit along with schematic flow diagram. Inlet,

transitional and treated effluent qualities with specific efficiency of each treatment unit in reduction in respect of all

concerned/regulated environmental parameters. Inlet effluent quality should be based on worst case scenario considering

production of most polluting products that can be manufactured in the plant concurrently.

Details of ETP is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.14.2, Page 71.

24

In case of discharge into GIDC drainage / Pipeline:

I. Copy of permission letter with quantity (KL/day) from the concern authority of drainage network / pipeline with confirmation for spare capacity available to take

additional effluent.

II. Characteristics of the combined effluent and treated water to be sent to Common pipeline with reference

to the MoEFCC/CPCB/GPCB discharge norms.

I. GIDC permission for use of drainage is given in Figure 2-6, Page 70.

II. Combine inlet quality and treated water quality is given in Chapter 2, Table 2-18, Page 72.

25

In case of wastewater sent to Common Facilities (CF) like CETP, MEE, Spray Dryer etc. Details of Common facilities including;

1) Total capacity of the CF

2) Copy of CC&A of the CF.

3) Actual load at present (Qualitative and Quantitative – KL per day)

4) Booked quantity & Spare capacity of CF

5) Copies of XGN generated Inspection reports with analysis reports of the water/ Air/ Hazardous samples collected by GPCB (Last 2 year). Copies of instructions issued by GPCB in last 2 year and point wise compliance thereof.

6) Copies of Show- cause notices, closure notices etc. served by the GPCB and its compliance

Not applicable as unit will not sent wastewater to common facilities.


GIDC INTRODUCTION


S. No.


7) Recommendations and suggestions of the last two Environment Audit reports of CETP and its compliance report.

8) Common Facility Upgradation scheme, if any.

26

In case of Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) :

i. Action plan for ‘Zero’ discharge of effluent shall be included. Notarized undertaking for assuring that underground drainage connection will not be taken in the unit.

ii. Economical and technical viability of the effluent treatment system to achieve Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD).

iii. Certification of adequacy of proposed ZLD scheme through credible institutes of National repute.

iv. To estimate & monitor ground water quality & its contamination status, piezometer wells, one on up gradient of the groundwater flow and other three on the down gradient side of the ground water flow of the proposed project at different depth based on available ground water depth shall be established and all the parameters mentioned in IS 10:500 for potable water standard shall be monitored.

Not applicable as unit is not ZLD

27

In case of in-house MEE for waste water treatment: Capacity of MEE in KL/hr. Technical details of MEE including evaporation capacity, steam required for evaporation, adequacy of the

proposed boiler to supply steam for evaporation in addition to the steam required for the process etc. Techno-economical

viability of the evaporation system. Control measures proposed for the evaporation system in order to avoid/reduce gaseous

emission/VOC from evaporation of industrial effluent containing solvents & other chemicals.

Not applicable as unit will not installed MEE in-house

28 Technical details of ATFD/Crystallizer/Dryer, RO/NF system etc.

(If any).

Unit will not install ATFD, Crystallizer, Dryer, NF. Unit will install RO. Details of RO System is

provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.14.4, Page 74.

29 Undertaking stating that a separate electric meter will be

provided for the waste water treatment system viz. ETP, RO, MEE, Spray dryer etc. (Whichever is applicable)

Undertaking provided stating that separate Electric meter will be provided is given as Annexure 6

30 Economical and technical viability of the effluent treatment

system.

The scheme of effluent treatment is used based on treatability study by selecting best techno

commercial option of treatment.

31

Plans for management, collection and disposal of waste streams to be generated from spillage, leakages, vessel

washing, used container washing etc. Measures proposed for preventing effluent discharge during unforeseen circumstances.

Spill control mechanism is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.14.7, Page 78.

32

Action plan for reuse of waste streams like Spent acids, Poly Aluminium Chloride etc. within premises to convert into

valuable products instead of sending outside to actual end-users.

Spend acids and poly aluminium chloride will not be generated. Hence, action plan for the same is not

applicable.

33 One season Site-specific micro-meteorological data using

temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall should be incorporated.

One season Site-specific micro-meteorological data of summer season is given in Chapter 3, Section

3.6, Page 94.

34

Anticipated environmental impacts due to the proposed project/production may be evaluated for significance and based

on corresponding likely impacts VECs (Valued Environmental Components)

may be identified. Baseline studies may be conducted within the study area for all the concerned/identified VECs and likely

impacts will have to be assessed for their magnitude in order to identify mitigation measures.

Anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures are given in Chapter 4, Page 132.


GIDC INTRODUCTION


S. No.


35

One complete season base line ambient air quality data (except monsoon season) to be given along with the dates of monitoring. The parameters to be covered shall be in

accordance with the revised National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) as well as project specific parameters like NH3, HCl, CL2, HBr, VOC etc. Locations of the monitoring stations should be so decided so as

to take into consideration the pre-dominant downwind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors. There should

be at least one monitoring station in the upwind direction. There should be

at least one monitoring station in the pre dominant downwind direction at a location where maximum ground level

concentration is likely to occur.

Monitoring was done in summer 2017. Details of AAQM are provided in Chapter 3, Section 3.7,

Page 97.

36

Modeling indicating the likely impact on ambient air quality due to proposed activities. The details of model used and input parameters used for modeling should be provided. The air

quality contours may be shown on location map clearly indicating the location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the

habitation. The wind rose showing pre-dominant wind direction should also be indicated on the map. Impact due to vehicular

movement shall also be included into the prediction using suitable model. Results of Air dispersion modeling should be superimposed on satellite Image /geographical area map.

Detail of air dispersion modelling is given in Annexure 15.

37 Base line status of the noise environment, impact of noise on

present environment due to the project and proposed measures for noise reduction including engineering controls.

Baseline status of noise monitoring is provided in Chapter 3, Section 3.8. Page 103.

Impact of noise is given in Chapter 4, Section 4.6, Page 153.

38

Specific details of

a) Process gas emission from each unit process with its quantification.

b) Air pollution Control Measures (APCM) proposed for process gas emission. Adequacy of the air pollution control measures (APCM) for process gas emission

measures to achieve the GPCB norms.

c) Details of the utilities required.

d) Type and quantity (MT/hr & MT/Day) of fuel to be used for each utility.

e) Flue gas emission rate emission from each utility.

f) Air Pollution Control Measures (APCM) proposed to each of the utility along with its adequacy

g) List the project specific sources of fugitive emission along with its quantification and proposed measures to control

it.

h) Details on tail gas treatment.(If any)

a) Process gas emission with its quantification is given in Chapter 4, Section 4.4, Page 145.

b) Details of APCM is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.16.1, Page 80.

c) Details of the utilities are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.13, Page 67.

d) Fuel used is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.15, Page 79.

e) Flue gas emission details are given in Chapter 4, Section 4.4, Page 145

f) Adequacy of stack is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.16, Page 79.

g) Details of fugitive emission is given in Chapter 4, Section 4.4.3, Page 151.

h) Details of tail gas treatment: There will not be generation of tail gas hence treatment is not

required.

39 Action plan for odour control to be submitted. Details of odour control is given in Chapter 4,

Section 4.4.4, Page 152.

40

Management plan for solid/hazardous waste including storage, handling, utilization and safe disposal as per the Hazardous and

Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules 2016. CPCB guidelines in respect of specific treatment,

such as solar evaporation, incineration, etc., need to be followed. How the manual handling of the hazardous wastes

will be minimized. Methodology of de-contamination and disposal of discarded containers and its record keeping

Details of hazardous waste management is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.17, Page 83.

41 Membership of Common Environmental Infrastructure like

TSDF, Common Incineration Facility (CHWIF) etc. Membership of SEEPL is given in Chapter 2,

Figure 2-11, Page 85.


GIDC INTRODUCTION


S. No.


42

Name and quantity of each type of solvents to be used for proposed production. Details of in-house solvent recovery

system including mass balance, solvent loss, recovery efficiency (% recovery), feasibility of reusing the recovered solvents etc.

for each type of solvent.

Not applicable

43 Appropriate monitoring network has to be designed and

proposed, to assess the possible residual impacts on VECs. Monitoring Plan is given in Chapter 6, Section

6.1, Page 170.

44

A detailed EMP including the protection and mitigation measures for impact on human health and environment as well

as detailed monitoring plan and environmental management cell proposed for implementation and monitoring of EMP. The EMP should also include the concept of waste minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, energy conservation, and

natural resource conservation. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum earmarked for environment pollution control

measures.

Detailed EMP is given in Chapter 10, Page 219.

Cost on environment matter is given in Chapter 10, Table 10-9, Page 230.

45 Details of in-house monitoring capabilities and the recognized

agencies if proposed for conducting monitoring.

a) Continuous online monitoring system will be installed on the flue gas and process stacks to monitor the pollutant concentration with an arrangement to reflect the online monitoring result on the company's server, which can be accessed by the GPCB on real time basis. Typical parameters will be monitored as per GPCB norms.

b) Wastewater quality monitoring for all GPCB parameters will be done through in-house laboratory.

c) LDRA surveys for fugitive emission controls.

d) Benzene monitoring with dragger tubes will be carried out.

e) All the measuring instruments shall be GPCB approved type.

f) Unit will do third party monitoring on periodic basis or as per the requirement of regulatory authority.

46 Permission from PESO, Nagpur for storage of solvents, other

toxic chemicals, if any. PESO approval is provided as Annexure 10

47

Occupational health impacts on the workers and mitigation measures proposed to avoid the human health hazards along

with the personal protective equipment to be provided. Provision of industrial hygienist and monitoring of the

occupational injury to workers as well as impact on the workers. Plan for periodic medical check-up of the workers

exposed. Details of work place ambient air quality monitoring plan as per Gujarat Factories Rules.

Details of impact on occupational health of the workers are given in Chapter 10, Section 10.8,

Page 227.

Competent personnel will be hired for the monitoring of the occupational injury to the

workers.

Periodic and pre- employment medical check- up of the workers is carried out. List of the tests are given in Chapter 7, Section 7.4, Page 214.

Periodic work place monitoring will be carried out as per the Gujarat Factories Rules.

48

Details on volatile organic compounds (VOCs) from the plant operations and occupational safety and health protection measures. Proposal for Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR)

program as per the CPCB guidelines.

Details of LDAR is given in Chapter 4, Section 4.4.3, Page 152.

49

Risk assessment including prediction of the worst-case scenario and maximum credible accident scenarios should be carried out. The worst-case scenario should take into account the

maximum inventory of storage at site at any point of time. The risk contours should be plotted on the plant layout map clearly showing which of the facilities would be affected in case of an accident taking place. Based on the same, proposed safeguard

Consequence analysis is given in Chapter 7, Section 7.2, Page 172.

Disaster management plan is given in Chapter 7, Section 7.3, Page 192.


GIDC INTRODUCTION


S. No.


measures including On-Site / Off-Site Emergency Plan should be provided.

50 MSDS of all the products and raw materials. MSDS is given in the soft copy

51

Details of hazardous characteristics and toxicity of raw materials and products to be handled and the control measures proposed to ensure safety and avoid the human health impacts.

This shall include the details of Antidotes also.

Details of control measures to handle chemicals are given in Chapter 4, Section 4.4.3, Page 151. And detail of antidotes are given in Chapter 7,

Table 7-30, Page 211.

52

Details of quantity of each hazardous chemical (including solvents) to be stored, Material of Construction (MoC) of major

hazardous chemical storage tanks, dyke details, threshold storage

quantity as per schedules of the Manufacture, Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules of major hazardous chemicals, size of the biggest storage tank to be provided for each raw

material & product etc. How the manual handling of the hazardous chemicals will be minimized?

Storage details are given in the Chapter 2,


All the storage tanks are provided with adequate

safety measures to prevent any fugitive emissions,

spillage, and any accident related to the handling of

chemicals. Manual handling of the chemicals shall

be minimized by having a closed system of transfer

of materials through pipelines which shall be

properly metered. Hazard identification and

proposed safety measures are given in Chapter 4,

Section 4.12.1, Page 167.

53

Details of the separate isolated storage area for flammable chemicals. Details of flame proof electrical fittings, DCP

extinguishers and other safety measures proposed. Detailed fire control plan for flammable substances and processes showing hydrant pipeline network, provision of DG Sets, fire pumps,

jockey pump, toxic gas detectors etc.

DPL shall employ a dedicated firefighting system covering all the sections of the plant feeding to

various hydrants, monitors and deluge water spray systems. Total of 6 (4+2) fire pumps and 2 jockey pumps shall be employed. Out of the 6 fire pumps 3 shall be diesel engine driven and other 3 shall be

motor driven. The entire fire water system is designed for a minimum pressure of 7 kg/cm2 (g).

Details related to Firefighting system is given in Chapter 7, Section 7.3.12, Page 208.

Proper fire network layout, gas detectors locations are attached as Annexure 17 and Annexure 18

respectively.

Fire alarm points, fire hydrants, foam pourers, CO2 cylinders will also be provided.

54 Submit checklist in the form of Do’s & Don’ts of preventive

maintenance, strengthening of HSE, manufacturing utility staff for safety related measures.

List of Do’s and Don’ts are given in Chapter 7, Section 7.3.15, Page 212.

55

Detailed five year greenbelt development program including annual budget, planning schedule, species, width of

plantations, number of trees to be planted, area under green belt development [with map], budgetary outlay etc. along with

commitment of the management to carry out the tree plantation activities outside the premises at appropriate places

in the nearby areas and elsewhere.

Detailed five year greenbelt development program is given in Chapter 10, Table 10-6, Page 225.

56 Action plan for the greenbelt development – species, width of plantations, planning schedule, etc., in accordance to CPCB

published guidelines.

Detail of greenbelt is given in Chapter 10, Section 10.6.1, Page 224.

57

Detailed socio-economic development measures including community welfare program most useful in the project area for the overall improvement of the environment. Submit a detailed

plan for social corporate responsibilities, with appropriate budgetary provisions for the next five years and activities

proposed to be carried out; specific to the current demographic status of the area.

Detailed socio-economic development measures are given in Chapter 10, Section 10.9, Page 228.


GIDC INTRODUCTION


S. No.


58

a) Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be

detailed in the EIA report.

b) Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any

infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the

EIA.

Environment policy is given as Annexure 25

59

What is the hierarchical system or administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the EC conditions. Details of this system may be given.

Hierarchical system to deal with the environmental issues is given in Chapter 10, Section 10.11,

Page 230.

60

Does the company have a system of reporting of non- compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board

of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism should be

detailed in the EIA Report.

As unit have reporting mechanism, the non-compliance report goes to board of director & stack

holders of the company as and when required.

61 Phase wise project implementation schedule with bar chart and

time frame, in terms of site development, infrastructure provision, EMS implementation etc.

Bar chart of project implementation is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.18, Page 86.

62 Certificate of accreditation issued by the NABET, QCI to the environmental consultant should be incorporated in the EIA

Report.

Certificate of accreditation issued by the NABET, QCI is attached as Annexure 21

63

An undertaking by the Project Proponent on the ownership of the EIA report as per the MoEF&CC OM dated 05/10/2011 and

an undertaking by the Consultant regarding the prescribed TORs have been complied with and the data submitted is

factually correct as per the MoEF&CC OM dated 04/08/2009.

Undertaking of PP on the ownership of the report is attached as Annexure 19

64

In case of Expansion of the project

a. Need for the proposed expansion should be justified in detail.

b. Records of any legal breach of Environmental laws i.e. details of show- cause notices, closure notices etc. served

by the GPCB to the existing unit in last five years and actions taken then after for prevention of pollution.

c. Copies of Environmental Clearances obtained for the existing plant, its point wise compliance report.

d. Environmental audit reports for last 3 years and compliance of its recommendations/Suggestions. (Include

latest audit report and its compliance.)

e. Copy of Consent to Operate (CC&A) obtained along with point wise compliance status of all the conditions

stipulated therein.

f. Compliance of MoEFCC circulars vide No: J-11011/618/2010-IAII (I) dated 30/05/2012 and J-

11013/41/2006-IA-II (I) dated 20/10/2009.

g. Copies of XGN generated Inspection reports with analysis reports of the water/Air/Hazardous samples collected by

GPCB (Last 2 year). Copies of instructions issued by GPCB in last 2 year and point wise compliance thereof.

a. Need for the proposed expansion is given in Chapter 1, Section 2.2, Page 46.

b. There is no any litigation pending.

c. Existing EC is given in Annexure 2 and compliance of the same is given in Annexure 20.

d. Unit yet not have Consent to Operate. So environmental audit is not applicable.

e. Unit yet not have Consent to Operate.

f. Unit had applied for Certified compliance report to MoEFCC, Bhopal. Inward letter for the same is

attached as Annexure 22.

g. Not applicable as unit has just obtained consent to establish


GIDC INTRODUCTION


S. No.


65

In case of project is located in Ankleshwar-Panoli, Vatva- Narol & Vapi GIDC.

A. Compliance of MOEFCC’s OM no. J-11013/5/2010-IA.II (I) dated 25/11/2016 regarding lifting of moratorium on the consideration of projects for environmental clearance.

B. Compliance of direction under section 18 (1) (b) of the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) act, 1974

issued by CPCB dated 31/03/2016 regarding compliance of CETP.

a) Action initiated by GPCB, if any, against proposed unit regarding non-compliance of prescribed standards

under the various environmental laws.

b) Performance of CETP with respect to current hydraulic load & prescribed standards with No Objection

Certificate of CETP regarding incorporation of the proposed unit for acceptance of waste water.

c) Performance of TSDF site with respect to current load & prescribed standards with No Objection Certificate of TSDF site regarding incorporation of the proposed

unit for acceptance of hazardous waste to the common infrastructure.

d) Copies of quarterly action report taken for the above points submitted to the CPCB.

e) Report of GPCB which have conducted monitoring as per the said direction by CPCB dated 31/03/2016.

Not applicable as unit is not located in Ankleshwar, Panoli, Vatva, Narol & Vapi GIDC

A SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES FOR

SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY

1 Details on solvents to be used, measures for solvent recovery

and for emissions control Not applicable

2 Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its

arrangement to control Details of APCM is given in Chapter 2, Section

2.16.1, Page 80.

3 Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other process-specific pollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*,

HF*,etc.,(*-as applicable)

Monitoring will be done in summer 2017. Details of AAQM are provided in Chapter 3, Section 3.7,

Page 97.

4 Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals Unit will do third party monitoring on periodic basis or as per the requirement of regulatory authority.

5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation of

effluent streams for units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge Details of ETP is given in Chapter 2, Section

2.14.2, Page 71.

6 Action plan for odour control to be submitted SO2 from boiler stack will be controlled by

neutralisation of lime. No other control measures are required

7 A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with

cement manufacturers indicating clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

Agreement with cement manufacturing unit is given as Annexure 23.

8 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in

CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any Membership of SEEPL is given in Chapter 2,


9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts Not applicable as MEE/ dryers salts is not installed

at site

10 Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being

used/will be used MSDS is given in the soft copy

11 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous

waste in TSDF Membership of SEEPL is given in Chapter 2,


12 Details of incinerator if to be installed Details of incinerator is given in Chapter 2,

Section 2.16.1, Page 80


GIDC INTRODUCTION


S. No.


13 Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous

chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated

Storage of raw material and products are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.11, Page 65.

Details of control measures to handle chemicals are given in Chapter 4, Section 4.4.3, Page 151.

14 Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers

engaged in handling of toxic materials Handle chemicals are given in Chapter 4, Section

4.4.3, Page 151

B

SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES FOR PETROCHEMICAL BASED PROCESSING (PROCESSES

OTHER THEN CRACKING AND REFORMATION AND NOT COVERED UNDER THE COMPLEXES)

1 Details on requirement of raw material, its source of supply and

storage at the plant. Transportation of raw material is given in Chapter

2, Section 2.12, Page 66.

2 Complete process flow diagram for all products with material

balance.

Product details with flow diagram and material balance is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.7, Page

54.

3 Details on requirement of auxiliary chemicals, solvents,

catalysts, reactors and utilities to support the unit processes.

Raw materials details are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.11, Page 65.

Details of utilities provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.13, Page 67.

Equipment list is given as Annexure 24.

4 Brief description of equipments for various process. Equipment list is given as Annexure 24.

5 Details of proposed source- specific pollution control schemes

and equipments to meet the national standards. Details of APCM is given in Chapter 2, Section

2.16.1, Page 80.

6 Details on VOC emission control system from vents, stacks,

fugitive emissions and flare management, etc. Details for VOC emission control system is provided

in Chapter 4, Section 4.4.3, Page 151.

7 Details on proposed LDAR protocol. LDAR will be carried out fortnightly basis. Details are provided in Chapter 4, Section 4.4.4, Page

152.

8 Ambient air quality should include hydrocarbon (methane and

non-methane), VOC and VCM (if applicable). Details of AAQM are provided in Chapter 3,


9 Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan

Consequence analysis is given in Chapter 7, Section 7.2, Page 172.

— Identification of hazards

— Consequence Analysis

— Measures for mitigation of risk.


GIDC PROJECT DESCRIPTION


2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

This chapter provides a condensed description of those aspects of the project likely to cause environmental effects.

Details are described in following sections with regards to type, need, location, size or magnitude of project

operations, technology and other related activities.

2.1 Type of Project

The proposed project is an expansion project to expand the Cumene/Phenol-Acetone plant and to put up Phenol

and Acetone derivative products like Cyclohexanone plant, Methyl-Isobutyl-Ketone (MIBK) plant, Iso-propyl alcohol

(IPA) and Acetophenone Plant as a part of downstream derivatives at the same location. This project activity is

covered under Category 5(f), 4(d) & 1(d) “B” projects of SEIAA, Gujarat, as per new EIA Notification vide gazette

no. S.O. 1533 dated 14th September 2006 and its amendments till date.

2.2 Need for the project

The following products will be manufactured. All these products are import substitution and will make the country

self-reliant and shall serve to save huge foreign exchange for the country.

Table 2-1: Product and importance.

S. No Product Application

1 Phenol Building Block for Phenolic, Resins, BPA, Epoxy resins, Agrochemicals, Alkyl Phenol,

Pharmaceuticals

2 Acetone Building Block for BPA, MIBK, MIBC, IPA, Pharmaceuticals

3 AMS Used as a co-monomer in polymerization process, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS)

resins, perfumes, antioxidants, drying oils and lubricating oils, For production of low molecular weight polymers

4 Cyclohexanone Consumed in production of precursors to Nylon 6,6 and Nylon 6. for production of adipic

acid, for production of Cyclohexanone Oxime

5 Methyl-isobutyl-ketone

Used as a chemical intermediate, a solvent for manufacturing paints, rubbers, pharmaceuticals, other chemicals, and industrial cleaners, used in the semiconductor

industry, Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-approved indirect food additive for adhesives, paper and paperboard, and polymers

6 Isopropyl Alcohol Used as a solvent for coatings or for industrial processes, pharmaceutical applications, used as a chemical intermediate, used as a gasoline additive, used as a cleaning fluid, A major

ingredient in "gas dryer" fuel additives, As a biological specimen preservative

7 Acetophenone Used for fragrance in soaps and perfumes, as a flavoring agent in foods, solvent for plastics

and resins, Used as a flavoring, solvent, and polymerization catalyst

2.3 Location (maps showing general location, specific location, project boundary & project site

layout)

Proposed project is located at Plot No. 12/B/1 of GIDC Dahej in District Bharuch of Gujarat State. The general

location of the proposed project in India is presented in




Figure 2-1.

Map showing the project boundary on Google image is shown as Figure 2-2, whereas the site co-ordinates are

shown in Table 2-2. Similarly the site layout map is presented as Figure 2-3 and area breakup at site is given in

Table 2-3.




Figure 2-1: Site Location Map

Figure 2-2: Map Showing Project Boundary




Table 2-2: Latitude and Longitude of Project Site

Legend Latitude Longitude Legend Latitude Longitude

A 21°41'55.86"N 72°35'32.70"E K 21°41'55.61"N 72°35'39.55"E

B 21°41'56.39"N 72°35'35.22"E L 21°41'55.09"N 72°35'39.53"E

C 21°41'56.58"N 72°35'40.91"E M 21°41'55.08"N 72°35'38.83"E

D 21°41'57.18"N 72°35'44.70"E N 21°41'51.31"N 72°35'38.65"E

E 21°41'56.93"N 72°35'49.13"E O 21°41'51.31"N 72°35'37.77"E

F 21°41'41.67"N 72°35'50.85"E P 21°41'50.39"N 72°35'33.35"E

G 21°41'42.14"N 72°35'38.94"E Q 21°41'52.55"N 72°35'33.38"E

H 21°41'52.28"N 72°35'39.32"E R 21°41'52.51"N 72°35'36.14"E

I 21°41'52.12"N 72°35'41.83"E S 21°41'54.59"N 72°35'36.35"E

J 21°41'55.52"N 72°35'42.07"E T 21°41'54.80"N 72°35'32.72"E

DEEPAK PHENOLICS LIMITED ADDITION IN THE EXISTING PLANT AT DAHEJ GIDC PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Figure 2-3: Site Layout Map




Table 2-3: Area Break up at Site

S. No. Area After Proposed Expansion Area in m2 % of Plot Area

1 Production 27395 16.74

2

Storage

Product Storage 12145 7.42

Raw Material

Mounded Bullets 8653 5.29

Drum Storage 774 0.47

3 Boiler (including C&A handling and STG) 11325 6.92

4 Substation 1269 0.78

5 DG Room 77 0.05

6 Security Room 570 0.35

7 Office

8 Cooling Tower 1350 0.82

9 Effluent Treatment Plant 2377 1.45

10 Road & open area 32435 19.82

11 Green belt Area 50935 31.13

12 Fire water tank 2260 1.38

13 Raw Water 5367 3.28

14 Flare 180 0.11

15 Process water/ DM water 461 0.28

16 Chilled water 168 0.28

17 CCR 452 0.28

18 Engg Store / Warehouse 560 0.34

19 Coal storage 2877 1.76

20 N2 storage 300 0.18

22 Chemical Store 420 0.26

23 Other 1295 0.79

Total 163645 100.00




Figure 2-4: Pie Chart of Area Break up at Site

2.4 Approach and Connectivity to Facility

Proposed Project Site is located at GIDC- Dahej, Taluka Vagra, and District Bharuch in south Gujarat. Dahej has

now become a well-known industrial region and developing very fast, it has also a PCPIR region. Bharuch, is a

district Headquarter as well as major Town and proposed site is located at an aerial distance of 38 km towards E

direction.

By Road

SH 6 is the main approach road from Bharuch to Project site. It is six lane state highway from Bharuch up to Dahej.

Dahej Village is main center of this industrial region, at an aerial distance of about 1.87 km towards NW direction

from site. Dahej is well connected to Bharuch by State Transport Buses and Private vehicles.




By Rail

Site is also approachable by railway which connected Bharuch and Dahej via Samni & Vagra. Dahej is nearest

railway station at an aerial distance of about 1.43 km in NW direction from project site. District Head Quarter

Bharuch is a Major railway station lies on Mumbai-Vadodara mainline, at an aerial distance of about of 42 km in E

direction from projects site. Bharuch is well connected with various parts of the country.

By Air

Nearest domestic airport from proposed project site is located at Vadodara, at an aerial distance of about 95 km

towards NE direction. Vadodara is well connected with Mumbai and Delhi with daily multiple flights.

Ahmedabad Airport (Domestic as well as international) is located at about 151 km towards N direction from project

site. Regular flights to all aver India and abroad are available from here.

By Water

Dahej is a port Village lying on the Bay of Cambay, having a small jetty under maritime board. There are several

other private jetties developed by industries.

2.5 Size or Magnitude of the Project

2.5.1 Magnitude of the Project



Plant as a part of downstream derivatives at the same location. Production capacity is given in Table 1-1.

2.5.2 Cost of the Project

The estimated cost of the project is ~ INR 400 crores.

2.6 Best Available Technologies (BAT)

Phenol Plant

Licensor: - M/s KBR

During technology selection 4 licensors were scrutinized out of which finally KBR was selected because of inherent

technology advantages from HSE point of view and almost 55% market share globally. The process inherently has

environmental control features like integrated vent scrubber system and oxidizer relief drum to care during any

abnormalities, incineration of oxidation off-gas during normal operation and efficient dephenolation and waste

water management systems. M/s KBR has developed new and improved safety systems leveraging continuous

advances in process automation and control system capabilities.

KBR phenol plant comprises of 2 main sections;

1. Front End, where cumene is oxidized to form cumene hydroperoxide (CHP) which is subsequently concentrated

and cleaved to produce phenol and acetone.

2. Back End, which employs fractionation to recover and purify phenol and acetone products as per the desired

specifications.

Cumene Plant

Licensor: - M/s UOP




M/s UOP is a globally known player in the supply of process technology, catalysts, engineered products and services

to the petroleum refining and petrochemical industries. Currently, 13 plants globally are using UOP’s Q-Max process

for producing cumene. The design incorporates improved yield, selectivity, greater reliability and latest control

systems making the process inherently safe from personnel and environment point of view.

The overall Q-Max unit consists of 3 main sections: - feed pre-treatment, reaction and fractionation. In the feed

pre-treatment section guard beds are used for removing contaminants from the propylene and benzene feed which

are detrimental to the downstream reactor catalyst. After pre-treatment benzene and propylene are reacted in an

alkylation reactor following which the reactor effluent is fractionated to recover cumene as a final product.

2.7 Manufacturing Processes with Flow Diagram and Mass Balance

2.7.1 Phenol & Acetone

Cumene is oxidized with air at high efficiency to produce Cumene hydro peroxide (CHP). CHP is then concentrated

and cleaved to phenol and acetone in the presence of an acid catalyst. Once the acid catalyst is neutralized &

decomposition completed, the decomposed mixture is fractioned to produce high-purity products phenol & acetone.

The process produces extremely high-quality phenol and acetone suitable for all applications. The fractionation train

can be designed to either separate alpha methyl styrene (AMS) as a pure co-product or hydrogenate AMS to

Cumene for recycle to oxidation. Phenol and, optionally, co-product Acetophenone (AP) are recovered from a

heavy’s stream, which is a useful fuel. The aqueous effluent is pre-treated to allow efficient bio treatment of plant

wastewater.

The plant is designed also for recovery of 0.03 MT of Alpha Methyl Styrene (AMS) per MT of Phenol.

If AMS is recovered and sold, the Cumene feed consumption will proportionately increase.

Chemical Reaction

Process Flow Diagram




Table 2-4: Material Balance for Phenol and Acetone

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product Phenol + Acetone

Raw Materials Quantity (MT)

1 Cumene 1.39

2 Oxygen (Air) 1.876

3 Hydrogen 0.00116

4 Caustic Soda (30% wt) 0.0244

5 Sulfuric Acid (as 98% H2SO4) 0.0082

6 Process Water & Steam 0.27924

7 Absorbed Nitrogen 0.001

8 Process Nitrogen 0.00916

9 N2 Purge/ Diluents 0.003

10 Column Air Leak 0.003

11 Resin 0.0001

12 Activated Carbon 0.00007

13 MSHP Catalyst 0.00001

Total (Ton) 3.60

S. No.

Output/MT of Product Phenol + Acetone

Remark Product

Liquid Effluent

Air Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Phenol 1 Sale

2 Acetone 0.6090 Sale

3 Recovery column bottoms/heavies

0.0776 sale

4 Alpha Methyl Styrene (AMS) 0.0380 Sale

5 Acetone Purge 0.0008 Sale

6 Lights Hydrocarbon Purge 0.0016 Sale

7 Waste Water 0.38 Sent to ETP

8 Spent Air 1.4920 Sent to Incinerator

9 Spent Resin 0.0001 Sent to TSDF

10 Spent Carbon 0.00007 Sent to TSDF

11 Spent Catalyst 0.00001 Sent for metal

recovery

Total (Ton) 0.38 1.492 1.72703 0.00018 -

3.60

2.7.2 Cumene

Benzene is Alkylated with Propylene in the Alkylation reactor to produce Iso Propyl Benzene or Cumene.

Zeolite catalyst is used as the catalyst for the Alkylation reaction. Reaction takes place in liquid phase. Benzene and

Propylene are fed to the reactor with a molar ratio of 2:1 Excess Benzene is recycled to the reactor through

Benzene column .Di Iso Propyl Benzene (DIPB) and Tri Iso Propyl Benzene (TIPB) are also formed as side reaction

products in the reactor. These are collectively called PIPB.

DIPB is formed by the reaction of Propylene with Cumene and TIPB is formed by the reaction of Propylene with

DIPB.

Both DIPB and TIPB are converted to Cumene in the Transalkylation reactor by reaction with Benzene.




Chemical Reaction


Table 2-5: Material Balance for Cumene

Input/MT of Product

S. No.


1 Propylene 0.510

2 Benzene 0.657

3 N2 purge for vacuum system 0.0005

4 Air Leak into system 0.00016

5 Adsorbent/ Clay 0.0005

6 Catalyst 0.000007

Total (Ton) 1.17

S. No.

Output/MT of Product Cumene

Remark Product

Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Cumene 1 To be used as feed for phenol plant.

2 Propane Return Stream 0.157 Sale

3 Benzene Rich Cut 0.00455 Sale

4 Poly- iso propyl

Benzene (PIPB) Drag 0.00326 Sale

5 Off gases 0.00233 Sent to Flare

6 Water 0.00092 Sent to ETP

7 Spent Adsorbent 0.0005 Sent to TSDF

8 Spent Catalyst 0.000007 Sent to TSDF

Total (Ton) 0.00092 0.00233 1.16481 0.000507 -

1.17 -




2.7.3 MIBK

Raw material: Acetone, Hydrogen

Process Description

Methyl-Isobutyl-ketone (MIBK) is produced by reacting acetone and hydrogen over a palladium doped resin catalyst

in multi-tubular trickle bed reactor. The reaction effluent consisting MIBK product, by-products and unreacted

reactants are further sent at DMK recovery section. The unconverted acetone is recycled back to reaction section

and crude MIBK stream is sent to MIBK purification section. Pure MIBK product stream is drawn off as a side

stream from the overhead section of the distillation column while heavies are obtained as bottom product. Water

phase from DMK recovery & crude MIBK section is treated in water stripping and by-product fractionation section to

strip out all hydrocarbons i.e. lights & thus obtaining a waste water stream adequate to be disposed off to battery

limit in order to be treated in a conventional waste water treatment system to match with any environmental

requirement.

Chemical Reaction





Table 2-6: Material Balance for MIBK

Input/MT of Product

S. No.


1 Acetone 1.31

2 Hydrogen 0.025

3 Catalyst 0.00028

Total (Ton) 1.34

S. No.

Output/MT of Product MIBK

Remark Product

Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 MIBK 1 Sale

2 Acetone Rich stream 0.029 Sale

3 Heavies 0.0629 Send to Authorized Vendor / CHWIF

4 Gaseous Effluents

0.0037 Sent to

Flare/Incinerator


6 Spent Catalyst 0.00028 Sent for metal recovery

Total (Ton) 0.2421 0.0037 1.0919 0.0003 -

1.34 -

2.7.4 Cyclohexanone

Raw material: Phenol, Hydrogen

Process Description

Hydrogen and phenol, preheated using reaction effluents, are sent to the phenol evaporators and then to the

hydrogenation reactors with a well-defined molar ratio. The effluent from the reactor is then cooled and sent to the

separators where the liquid phase is fed to the main distillation unit. The gas phase, less the vents necessary to

eliminate inert introduced with fresh hydrogen, is recycled to reactors. The lights removal column is fed with

effluents from reaction section. Light products and water is removed from top and bottom stream consisting

cyclohexanone, cyclohexanol, phenol and heavies is sent to cyclohexanone column. Pure cyclohexanone from top is

stored in storage tank while bottom stream consisting cyclohexanol, phenol and heavies with some cyclohexanone

is sent to cyclohexanol column. The top stream consisting of cyclohexanol with some cyclohexanone is recycled to

cyclohexanone column. The pure cyclohexanol is taken out as side stream and is stored in the storage tank. The

phenol recovery column is fed with bottom stream of cyclohexanol column. Top product of phenol recovery column

i.e. phenol with some cyclohexanol is recycled to hydrogenation unit. Bottom stream i.e. heavies

Chemical Reaction

Main Reaction

(Phenol)

(Cyclohexanone)




Side Reaction


Table 2-7: Material Balance for Cyclohexanone

Input/MT of Product

S. No. Raw Materials Quantity (MT)

1 Phenol 1.055

2 Hydrogen 0.05099

3 Catalyst 0.000074

Total (Ton) 1.1

S. No.

Output/MT of Product Cyclohexanone

Remark Product

Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Cyclohexanone 1 Sale

2 Cyclohexanol 0.035 Sale

3 Heavies 0.024 Sale

4 Gaseous Effluents 0.0090 Sent to

Incinerator/Flare/Scrubber





6 Spent Catalyst 0.000074 Sent for metal recovery

Total (Ton) 0.0712 0.0090 1.059 0.000074 -

1.1 -

2.7.5 Isopropyl Alcohol

Raw material: Acetone, Hydrogen

Process Description

The hydrogenation reactor operates in mixed phase, in trickle bed flow regime, and is operated at a moderately

high pressure. Higher pressures aid the hydrogenation reaction by increasing hydrogen solubility in acetone.

Acetone feedstock is mixed with the effluent recirculation. Hydrogen feedstock is compressed to the required

pressure using a two-stage reciprocating compressor. The combined reactor feed is heated against the effluent and

fed to the top of the reactor. A cooling water cooler helps remove the heat of reaction from the effluent, which is

then directed to a vapor/liquid separator where unreacted hydrogen is recovered for recycle back to the reactor. An

IPA Column recovers commercial grade IPA from the hydrogenation reactor effluent, removing impurities such as

water, acetone, methanol etc. Hydrogenation reactor effluent flows to the IPA column. Wet IPA purge is removed

as distillate under reflux drum level control, and is routed to battery limits. IPA product is recovered as bottoms

liquid and it is cooled in a cooling water exchanger prior to being routed to battery limits.

Chemical Reaction


Table 2-8: Material Balance for Isopropyl Alcohol

Input/MT of Product


1 Acetone 0.9863

2 Catalyst 0.00012

3 Hydrogen 0.0348

Total (Ton) 1.02




S. No.

Output/MT of Product Isopropyl Alcohol

Remark Product

Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Isopropyl Alcohol 1 Sale

2 Wet IPA 0.0208 Sale

3 IPA vapor vent 0.00373 Sent to Flare

4 Spent Catalyst

0.00012 Sent for metal recovery/

TSDF

Total (Ton) 0 0.00373 1.0208 0.00012 -

1.02 -

2.7.6 Acetophenone

Raw material: Recovery column bottoms/heavies, Sulfuric acid

Process Description

Acetophenone (AP) is produced as a by-product in the oxidation and cleavage reactions of the phenol process. The

salts and sodium phenates is removed by washing with acid and steam condensate in a wash drum. The aqueous

phase from wash drum is purged to dephenolation feed tank in the phenol plant. The washed heavies product is

sent to distillation. In the AP heavies removal column, heavies are removed from bottom as a purge and

hydrocarbon exits as an overhead product. Water obtained from the wash system is removed from reflux drum

boot and from vent condenser to a drain. The distillate from AP heavies removal column is further treated under

atmospheric pressure in the AP Light Stripping Column to remove phenol and other light components. This light

stream is sent to light storage tank in the phenol plant. The bottom product is sent to the next column for further

treatment. Dimethyl Benzyl Alcohol (DMBA) in the stream is close boiling to AP and thus is difficult to be

fractionated from AP. Therefore, it is removed in an AP Purification Reactor using acidic type catalyst. This reactor

takes feed from a total trap-out tray from AP Light Stripping Column and returns the product to the tray below.

Lights, water, and heavies are formed from the reaction. Water is removed from the boot of reflux drum. The

bottom stream of AP Lights removal column, containing approximately 90% of AP, is further purified in the AP

product column. AP product is withdrawn as a side draw from a tray near top of the column. Bottom stream

containing azeotrope of phenol/AP is recycled back to AP Heavies Removal Column for recovery of AP





Table 2-9: Material Balance for Acetophenone

Input/MT of Product


1 Recovery column bottoms/heavies 5.7

2 Sulfuric acid (98 %wt ) 0.1

3 Catalyst 0.00085

4 Steam condensate 0.8

Total (Ton) 6.60

S. No.

Output/MT of Product Acetophenone

Remark Product

Liquid Effluent

Air Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Acetophenone 1 sale

2 Heavies from Acetophenone

process 3.9

Send to Authorized Vendor / CHWIF

3 Lights from Acetophenone

process 0.8

4 Aqueous purge 0.9 Sent to ETP

5 Spent Catalyst 0.00085 Sent to TSDF

Total (Ton) 0.9 0 5.7 0.00085 -

6.60 -

2.8 End use of Products

End use of the proposed products are listed as below;

Table 2-10: End use of the Products

S. No Product Application

1 Phenol Building Block for Phenolic, Resins, BPA, Epoxy resins, Agrochemicals, Alkyl Phenol,

Pharmaceuticals

2 Acetone Building Block for BPA, MIBK, MIBC, IPA, Pharmaceuticals

3 AMS Used as a co-monomer in polymerization process, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS)

resins, perfumes, antioxidants, drying oils and lubricating oils, For production of low molecular weight polymers

4 Cyclohexanone Consumed in production of precursors to Nylon 6,6 and Nylon 6. for production of adipic

acid, for production of Cyclohexanone Oxime

5 Methyl-isobutyl-ketone

Used as a chemical intermediate, a solvent for manufacturing paints, rubbers, pharmaceuticals, other chemicals, and industrial cleaners, used in the semiconductor

industry, Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-approved indirect food additive for adhesives, paper and paperboard, and polymers

6 Isopropyl Alcohol Used as a solvent for coatings or for industrial processes, pharmaceutical applications, used as a chemical intermediate, used as a gasoline additive, used as a cleaning fluid, A major

ingredient in "gas dryer" fuel additives, As a biological specimen preservative

7 Acetophenone Used for fragrance in soaps and perfumes, as a flavoring agent in foods, solvent for plastics

and resins, Used as a flavoring, solvent, and polymerization catalyst

2.9 Cleaner Production Technology

Vent Chillers and activated carbon bed adsorber system is employed as a part of the process to recover

most of the VOC’s and improve yield of the process.

Use of advanced zeolite based catalysts to improve the yield in Cumene process and overall utility

consumption.




Use of self-cleaning type side stream filters which reduces the water consumption for backwashing.

Heat integration is employed wherever possible in the process to reduce the steam consumption.

No open draining of process chemicals

No vending of process chemicals in open

Benzene tanks- Internal floating roof with double seal

Hazardous chemicals pumps with double mechanical seals

Hydrocarbon and toxic gas detectors are provided at strategic locations



2.10 Properties of Raw Materials

The properties of raw materials are given in Table 2-11.

Table 2-11: Properties of Raw Material

S. No.

Raw Materials/ Products

CAS No. Formula State Odour Mol. Wt. (g/mole)

Flash Point

(˚C)

Melting Point

(˚C)

Boiling Point

(˚C)

IDLH (ppm)

Stability Hazard Color Sp. Gr (g/cc)

UEL %

LEL %

Odour Thresold (ppm)

Raw Material

1 Benzene 71-43-2 C6H6 Liquid aromatic 78.1 -11.11 5.56 80 500 Stable Flammable Colorless to light-yellow

0.88 7.8 1.2 4.68

2 Caustic soda Lye 1310-73-2 NaOH Solid Odourless 40 NA 12 1390 2.5 Stable Non

combustible Colorless to

white 2.13 NA NA NA

3 Hexa-methylenamine

(Dytek or HMDA 100-97-0 C6H12N4 Solid Odourless 140.19 250 260 Sublimes Stable Combustible Coloureless 1.35 NA

4 Propylene 115-07-1 CH2CHCH3 Gas aromatic 42.081 -162 -185 -48 2000 Stable Flammable Colorless 0.5 9.5 2.1 39.6-116.27 mg/m3

5 Sulphuric acid (98%) 7664-93-9 H2SO4 Liquid Odourless 98.1 NA 10.31 290 15

mg/m3 Stable

Non-Combustible

Colorless to dark-brown

1.84 NA NA 1.0 mg/m3

6 HCl (30 %) 7647-01-0 HCL Liquid Strong Tarry 36.458 100 -114.22 -85.1 50 Pale Yellow

Products

1 Cumene 98-82-8 C6H5CH(CH3)2 Liquid Characteristic 120.195 31 -96 152 900 Volatile Flammable Colourless 0.86 6.5 0.9 0.012

2 Acetone 67-64-1 CH3-CO-CH3 Liquid Characteristic 58.08 -16.99 -95 56 2500 Stable Flammable Colourless 0.78 12.8 2.6 20

3 Alpha Methyl Styrene

(AMS) 98-83-9 C9H10 Liquid Characteristic 118.179 45 -23 164 700 Stable Flammable Colourless 0.91 6.1 1.9 5.20 X 10-2

4 Light Hydrocarbon Purge

5 Acetone Purge 67-64-1 CH3-CO-CH3 Liquid Characteristic 58.08 -16.99 -95 56 2500 Stable Flammable Colourless 0.78 12.8 2.6 20

6 Poly- iso propyl Benzene

(PIPB) Drag

7 Phenol 108-95-2 C6H5OH Liquid Characteristic 94.113 79 40.9 182 250

Prone to redden on exposure to air and light, hastened by

presence of alkalinity.

Flammable Colourless 1.06 8.6 1.8 0.006-0.024

8 Recovery Column Bottoms / Heavies

9 Propane return stream 115-07-1 CH3CH2CH3 Liquid Characteristic 44.097 -104 -189.7 -42 2100 Stable Flammable Colourless 0.5 9.5 2.5 5,000-20,000

10 Benzene Rich Cut 71-43-2 C6H6 Liquid aromatic

odour 78.1 -11.11 5.56 80 500 Stable Flammable

Colourless to light-yellow

0.88 7.8 1.2 4.68

11

Hydrogenation Products

Cyclohexanone 108-94-1 C6H10O Liquid Characteristic 98.145 44 -31 156 700 Stable Flammable Colourless 0.95 8.1 1.2 0.88

Cyxlohexanol 108-93-0 C6H11OH Liquid Characteristic 100.161 68 25.4 161 400 Stable Flammable Colourless 0.96 NA NA 0.07

Methyl Iso-butyl Ketone 108-10-1 C6H12O Liquid Characteristic 100.161 14 -84 116.5 500 Stable Flammable Colourless 0.8 7.5 1.4 0.1

Isopropyl Alcohol 67-63-0 C3H8O Liquid Pleasant 60.096 11.7 -90 83 2000 Stable Flammable Colourless 0.79 12 2 20-40

Cyclohexanol Rich Stream

108-93-0 C6H11OH Liquid Characteristic 100.161 68 25.4 161 400 Stable Flammable Colourless 0.96 NA NA 0.07

Acetophenone 98-86-2 C8H8O Liquid Characteristic 120.151 77 20 203 ND Stable Flammable Colourless 1.03 6.7 1.1 65

Acetone Rich Stream 67-64-1 CH3-CO-CH3 Liquid Characteristic 58.08 -16.99 -95 56 2500 Stable Flammable Colourless 0.78 12.8 2.6 20

Wet IPA 67-63-0 C3H8O Liquid Pleasant 60.096 11.7 -90 83 2000 Stable Flammable Colourless 0.79 12 2 20-40

https://pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/search/#collection=compounds&query_type=mf&query=C6H12N4&sort=mw&sort_dir=asc



2.11 Storage Details of Raw Materials & Products

Information about the means of storage of raw materials and products are provided in Table 2-12 & Table 2-13 respectively.

Table 2-12: Details of Storage of Raw Materials

S. No. Raw Materials / Product State Consumption, MTPM Mode of Storage Capacity of each

storage in m3 No. of Tanks/Bullets Total Capacity (m3)

Storage Condition

Temp, °C Press, atm

As per EC received

1 Propylene Liquid 7916 Mounded Bullet 2100 4 8400 Atm. 18-22

2 Benzene Liquid 14666 Tank 2800 2 5600 Atm. Ambient

3 Caustic soda Lye Liquid 165 Tank 43 1 43 Atm. Ambient

4 Sulphuric acid 98% Liquid 206 Tank 34 1 34 Atm. Ambient

5 Hexa-methylenamine (Dytek or HMDA) Liquid 16 Tank 6 1 6 Atm. Ambient

6 Cumene Liquid 1316 Tank 50 3 150 Atm. Ambient

Amendment Required for

1 Propylene Liquid 14188 Mounded Bullet 4293 2 8586 Ambient 18-22

2 Benzene Liquid 18274 Tank 3418 2 6836 Ambient Atm.

3 Caustic soda Lye Liquid 347 Tank 127 1 127 Ambient Atm.

4 Sulphuric acid 98% Liquid 175 Tank 53 1 53 Ambient Atm.

5 HCl (30 wt%) Liquid 39 Tank 22 1 22 Ambient Atm.

6 Hydrogen (Through pipeline Gaseous 578 Cylinder battery 0.270 MT 1 0.270 MT Ambient 100 bar

Table 2-13: Details of Storage of Products

S. No. Chemicals State Consumption (MT/Month) Hazard Involved Means of Storage Operating Condition (Storage) Capacity of Vessel

in m3 No. of Vessels

Storage Capacity (m3) Press Kg/Cm2 Temp ºC

As per EC received

1 Cumene Liquid 23000 Flammable Atm. storage tank Ambient Atm. 6872 3 20616

2 Phenol Liquid 16666 Toxic Atm. storage tank Ambient 50 5409 2 10818

3 Acetone Liquid 10000 Flammable Atm. storage tank Ambient Atm. 4523 2 9046

Amendment Required

1 Cumene Liquid 27807 Flammable Tank Atm. Ambient 6927 1 6927

2 Phenol Liquid 21390 Toxic Tank Ambient 55 4276 2 8552

3 Acetone Liquid 12834 Flammable Tank Atm. Ambient 3079 2 6158

4 Propane return stream Liquid 4367 Flammable Mounded Bullet 13.6 Ambient 2875 1 2875

5 Alpha Methyl Styrene (AMS) Liquid 813 Flammable Tank Atm. Ambient 225 1 225

6 Benzene Rich Cut Liquid 127 Flammable Vessel Atm. Ambient 40 1 40

7 Recovery Column Bottoms /

Heavies Liquid 2158 Flammable Tank Atm. 95 456 1 456

8 Light Hydrocarbon Purge Liquid 35 Flammable Vessel Atm. 50 12 1 12

9 Acetone Purge Liquid 17 Flammable Vessel Atm. 5.4 6.2 1 6.2

10 Poly- iso propyl Benzene (PIPB)

Drag Liquid 88 Flammable Tank Atm. Ambient 26 1 26

11

Hydrogenation Products

Cyclohexanone Liquid 10695 Flammable Tank Ambient Atm. 992 2 1984

Cyxlohexanol Liquid 374 Flammable Tank Ambient Atm. 319 2 638

Methyl Iso-butyl Ketone Liquid 3209 Flammable Tank Ambient Atm. 518 2 1035

Isopropyl Alcohol Liquid 3209 Flammable Tank Ambient Atm. 518 2 1035

12 Cyclohexanol Rich Stream Liquid 257 Flammable Tank Ambient Atm. 83 1 83

13 Acetophenone Liquid 353 Flammable Tank Ambient Atm. 114 1 114



S. No. Chemicals State Consumption (MT/Month) Hazard Involved Means of Storage Operating Condition (Storage) Capacity of Vessel

in m3 No. of Vessels

Storage Capacity (m3) Press Kg/Cm2 Temp ºC

14 Acetone Rich Stream Liquid 289 Flammable Tank Ambient Atm. 93 1 93

15 Wet IPA Liquid 250 Flammable Tank Ambient Atm. 81 1 81

2.12 Transportation Details

Transportation details of raw materials are given in Table 2-14.

Table 2-14: Transportation Details of Raw Materials

Raw Material Consumption(MTPM) Source Mode of Transport

As per EC received

Propylene 7916 Indigenous Sea/Pipeline/Road

Benzene 14666 Indigenous Sea/Pipeline/Road

Caustic soda Lye 165 Indigenous Road

Sulphuric acid 98% 206 Indigenous Road

Hexamethylenamine (Dytek or HMDA) 16 Indigenous Road

Cumene 1316 Captive/ Export/ Domestic Sea/Pipeline/Road

Amendment Required for

Propylene 14188 Refineries Road tanker / Pipe line/ Sea

Benzene 18274 Refineries Road tanker / Pipe line/ Sea

Cumene 27807 Captive/ Export/ Domestic Sea/Pipeline/Road

Caustic soda Lye 347 Manufacturer Road tanker

Sulphuric acid 98% 175 Manufacturer Road tanker

HCl (30 wt%) 39 Manufacturer Road tanker

Hydrogen 578 Neighboring industry Pipeline




2.13 Infrastructure Facility

2.13.1 Power

DPL has applied for 19 MW (20 MVA) power connection to Dakshin Gujarat Vij Company Ltd. (DGVCL). A captive

power plant of 42 MW (Existing) is also there. Existing 1 DG Set of Capacity of 1500 kVA is used as a backup in

emergency. Another 1 DG Set of Capacity of 1500 kVA is proposed in amendment.

2.13.2 Water Supply

For the proposed expansion, main source of water is available from GIDC Dahej. Existing water requirement is 2048

KLD (Environment Clearance received) which will be increased up to 8481 KLD after proposed expansion. Out of

8481 KLD, fresh water used will be 7099 KLD and 1382 KLD will be recycled water. Source of water for proposed

amendment will be GIDC water supply. The permission letter is given in Figure 2-6.

2.13.3 Effluent Disposal Facility

Existing wastewater generation as per Environment Clearance received is 949 KLD. Additional wastewater

generation will be 1417 KLD which will be recycled. So after amendment total wastewater generation will be 2366

KLD out of which 1417 KLD will be recycled and 949 KLD will be discharged to GIDC drain for final disposal.

2.13.4 Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility

Due to proposed amendment hazardous waste generation will increase. Hazardous waste generated will be

disposed in nearby Waste Management landfill facility. The unit has membership of M/s. Saurastra Enviro Projects

Pvt. Ltd. (SEPPL) for Integrated Common Hazardous Waste Management Facility.

2.14 Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation for Proposed Expansion

In the proposed paint manufacturing unit, the water will be mainly used for following areas:

Process & Washings

Utilities

Domestic Usage

Gardening and fire fighting

Existing water requirement is 2048 KLD (Environment Clearance received) which will be increased up to 8481 KLD

after proposed expansion. Out of 8481 KLD, 7099 KLD fresh water will be used and 1382 KLD will be recycled water

from RO & UF. Source of water for proposed amendment will be GIDC water supply.


generation will be 1417 KLD which will be recycled. So after expansion total wastewater generation will be 2366


Domestic wastewater of 50 KLD will be treated separately in STP and treated sewage will be used for on land

irrigation (gardening).

The breakup of water consumption and wastewater generation from the proposed unit is described in Table 2-15

and Table 2-16 the water balance diagram is presented in Figure 2-5.

.




Table 2-15: Details of Water Consumption

S. No.

Description Water Consumption in KLD

Existing Proposed Total

1 Raw water to DM Plant 677 485 1162

a Process 177 103 280

b Boiler 500 230 730

2 Cooling & Chilling 1299 5979 7278

3 Washing 35 -25 10

4 Domestic 12 0 12

5 Gardening 25 -6 19

6 Total Gross 2048 6433 8481

7 Recycle water from RO 0 1382 1382

8 Total Fresh water

Consumption 2048 5051 7099

Table 2-16: Details of Wastewater Generation

S. No.

Description Waste water generation in KLD


1 Process 405 172 577 To ETP

2 Boiler 144 0 111 35 KLD Not accounted as it shall

be used internally for dust suppression and 111 KLD to ETP.

3 CPU Regeneration 0 139 139 To ETP

4 Backwash from Raw

Water Treatment Plant 0 324 324 To ETP

5 DM Regeneration & 0 152 102

50 KLD UF back wash Not accounted as it shall be used for cooling Tower Make up and 102

KLD to ETP

6 Cooling & Chilling 354 654 1008

To ETP 7 Washing 35 -25 10

8 Domestic 10 0 10

9 Total Wastewater

Generation 948 1417 2366

85 KLD directly Recycle and rest 2281 KLD to ETP

10 Recycle water from RO, UF & Boiler blow down

0 1417

(1332 + 50 + 35)

11 Final discharge to

GIDC drain 948 0 949 Discharge to GIDC Drain



Figure 2-5: Water Balance Diagram – After Proposed Expansion




Figure 2-6: GIDC Permission for Water Supply, Power Supply and Drainage




2.14.1 Wastewater Disposal

After proposed expansion 949 KLD will be discharged to GIDC drain for final disposal.

2.14.2 Wastewater Treatment Scheme

The Effluent Treatment Unit is basically a bio-treatment system consisting of an equalization tank, aeration basins

and clarifiers to reduce the BOD, COD and the phenol contents to the acceptable levels before discharging it to

common GIDC facility.

Also, a recycle system post ETP is considered to meet the discharge limit requirements and to optimize the fresh

water intake.

Since the process effluents have a high COD/BOD ratio, provision of dilution with cooling tower blow-down or

DM/CPU regeneration waste is there for meeting the bio-treatability requirements.

Quality of Wastewater Generated from Manufacturing Process & Utilities

The wastewater generated from the manufacturing process and other utility areas are described below.

Table 2-17: Stream Wise Quality of Wastewater Generated from Entire Plant

S. No. Name of plant Phenol Plant Cumene Plant Hydrogenated Phenol Plant

1 pH 5.0 5.5 5.5

2 COD (mg/l) 11754 4000 1000

3 BOD (mg/l) 4352 - -




S. No. Name of plant Phenol Plant Cumene Plant Hydrogenated Phenol Plant

4 TDS (mg/l) 33194 - -

5 Phenol (mg/l) 40 - -

Design Inlet & outlet Characteristics of ETP

The design base inlet and outlet characteristics of the wastewater are presented in below table.

Table 2-18: Design Inlet & Outlet Characteristics of Proposed ETP

S. No. Parameters Unit ETP Inlet ETP Outlet

1 pH pH unit 5.5 6.5-8.0

2 BOD mg/l 1421 100

3 COD mg/l 3929 250

4 TSS mg/l 101 100

5 TDS mg/l 11709 -

6 Phenol mg/l 13 5

Wastewater Treatment Units with Capacity

The list of ETP units with sizing is given in below table.

Table 2-19: List of ETP Units with Sizing

S. No. Unit No. Name of the Unit No.

Inside size (m) x SWD (m)/

Inside size (m) x Height (m)

Dimensions (L x B x H)

(m x m x m) Total Capacity (m3)

1 T-02 Reaction Tank - 1 1 - 2.75 x 2.75 x 2.0 15

2 N-01 Primary Clarifier 1 4 x 3 - 113

3 T-03/04 Equalization Tank 2 - 9.2 x 8.7 x 5.0 800

4 T-01 Collection Tank - 1 with Oil Trap 1 - 2.0 x 1.9 x 2.5 10

5 T-05 Extended Aeration Tank - 1 1 - 25.9 x 18.0 x 6.0 2830

6 N-02 Secondary Clarifier - 1 1 11 x 3.5 - 332

7 T-06 Extended Aeration Tank - 2 1 - 18.0 x 8.2 x 6.0 890

8 N-03 Secondary Clarifier - 2 1 11 x 3.5 - 332

9 T-07 Collection Tank - 2 1 - 5.8 x 3.0 x 3.5 33

10 N-04 Lamella Clarifier 1 - - 331

11 T-08 SMFT 1 - - 32

12 T-09 Clarified Water Tank 1 - 9.7 x 3.3 x 3.5 113

13 F-01 A/B Multi Grade Filter 2 2.6 x 1.875 - 20

14 F-02 A/B Activated Carbon Filter 2 2.8 x 2.5 - 31

15 T-10 Filtered Water Tank 1 3.2 x 3.0 - 24

16 T-11 Guard Pond + RO Reject Tank 1 - 13 x 3.0 x 4.0 156

17 T-12 UF Feed Tank 1 - 6.0 x 5.0 x 3.8 114

18 T-13 RO Feed Tank 1 - 6.5 x 5.0 x 2.5 85

19 T-15 RO Permeate Tank 1 - 9.0 x 9.0 x 3.0 243

20 T-16 Sludge Sump 1 - 3.0 x 1.5 x 4.5 10

21 T-17 Sludge Drying Bed - 1 1 - 13 x 6.5 x 1.0 85

22 T-18 Sludge Drying Bed - 2 1 - 13 x 6.5 x 1.0 85




Process Description of ETP

Effluent generated from the industrial use will be treated in proposed ETP followed by RO. Stage wise process

description is given as below.

Primary Treatment

The process effluent is led to the reaction tank where lime dosing is done to increase the pH from 5.5 to 7-8.

Addition of lime results in the formation of sludge which is removed in the primary clarifier. The sludge formed due

to lime is settled at the bottom of the primary clarifier which will be separated and pumped to the sludge sump.

The clarified effluent flows to the equalization tank.

The oil bearing streams from the plant will be pumped to the Oil Trap Tank to separate the free oil following which

it is mixed with other streams in the equalization tank.

Two Equalization Tanks are provided which operate on a fill and draw principle. Part flow of the cooling tower blow-

down or DM-CPU regeneration waste is directed to the Equalization Tank to dilute the process effluent for reducing

the TDS to ~ 12000 ppm for the sake of bio-treatability.

Secondary Treatment

The Equalized effluent is transferred to Extended Aeration Tanks system for biological treatment where the organic

matter is degraded aerobically by the microbes. It’s a two stage Extended Aeration Process working in series. The

equalized effluent is introduced into the Extended Aeration Tank-1 where aerobic bacterial culture is maintained in

suspension in the form of bio-sludge. The reactor contents are referred to as mixed liquor. In the reactor the

bacterial culture carries out the conversion as:

COHNS + O2 + NUTRIENTS CO2 + NH3 + C5H7NO2 + Degraded Colour

C5H7NO2 + 5O2 5CO2 + 2H2O + NH3 + energy

Diffused aeration system is used for providing the desired oxygen to microbes which also serves to maintain the

reactor contents in a completely mixed regime & Dissolve Oxygen (DO) level of 2 ppm. At the end of the aeration

period the wastewater biological mass mixture (mixed liquor) reaches the effluent end of the chamber and flows in

a trough to the Secondary Clarifier-1 for the separation of sludge and liquid. In order to ensure required population

of bacteria in extended aeration System, i.e., Mixed Liquor Suspended Solids (MLSS) and also Food to Micro-

organisms ratio (F/M), part of the settled sludge from the Secondary Clarifier-1 is re-circulated back to Extended

Aeration tank-1 while the liquid effluent overflows over weir into Extended Aeration System II.

Here, further reduction in BOD takes place as per the mechanism described above.

A part of the separated solids is returned to the Extended Aeration tank-II as return sludge while the liquid

overflows over weir into Collection Tank-II where other streams like cooling tower blow-down and DM-CPU

regeneration waste are mixed with it.

Tertiary Treatment

The Mixed Liquor from Collection Tank II enters the Lamella Clarifier for separation of sludge and liquid via SMFT

(Static Mixer and Flocculation Tank). Flocculant and Coagulant is added in SMFT. The main purpose of this tank is

to mix the FeCl3 and Polymer with the effluent so that flocs will be formed in Lamella Clarifier which will help in

settling suspended solids. The clarified water from the lamella clarifier is taken to the clarified water tank which also

acts as a chlorine contact tank. Here hypochlorite dosing is done to further reduce the BOD for preventing bio-

fouling in downstream filters.

The effluent from clarified water tank is pumped into Multi Grade filter (MGF) for the reduction of suspended solids

& turbidity before taking the effluent to downstream membrane systems. This unit works on the phenomenon of




surface filtration. At a pre-determined pressure drop the backwash of filter is initiated to clean the filter bed.

Backwash cycle can also be manually initiated.

The effluent from Multi Grade filter is the fed to Activated Carbon filter (ACF) to ensure reduction in excess chlorine,

colour, residual recalcitrant & organics. Activated carbon is a porous material, mainly consisting of elementary

carbon in a graphite-like structure. The internal surface area typically amounts to 500 up to 1500 m2/g.

Treated water from ACF will be collected in filtered water tank which will act as collection tank, from where one

stream will go to Guard Pond + RO Reject Tank and the other stream will go to for processing in the UF-RO

system.

Ultra Filtration system: Ultra-filtration is a low pressure membrane process for the removal of colloidal silica and

colloidal particles (measured in terms of Silt Density Index). The feed water flows from the inside of the fibres,

permeates through the membrane and is removed as the product from the shell side.

In Ultra-filtration, small molecules such as water, monosaccharide, simple alcohol and all ionic species pass through

the membrane while larger molecules, colloidal particulate matter and bacteria are retained.

Ultra-filtration is the best pre-treatment technique for cost effective performance of the Reverse Osmosis System as

it leads to increased RO membranes life and reduced cleaning frequency. This ultimately reduces the operating

expenditure incurred on the RO system.

2.14.3 Ultra-Filtration System

Ultrafiltration is a pressure driven unit operation often employed upstream of the RO system to increase the RO

membrane life and reduce the cleaning frequency of the same thereby reducing the operating costs for RO system.

UF will remove suspended solids, colloids and macromolecules from liquid streams by using a porous semi-

permeable membrane. The treated water from the UF will be collected in the RO feed tank and will be pumped to

the RO unit for further treatment as well as used for cleaning the UF system.

Technical features:

Description Value

No. of skids 2

Recovery 86%

Feed flow rate 48.5 m3/hr

No. of membranes 12 in each skid

Skid dimensions L = 3815 mm

W = 1276 mm

The treated water from Ultra-filtration system will be collected in the RO feed tank for temporary storage & the

treated water will be transferred to Reverse Osmosis System through pump for further treatment as well as will be

used during cleaning of Ultra-filtration system.

2.14.4 Reverse Osmosis System

The treated water from the RO feed tank is subjected to sodium Bi-sulphite (SBS) and Antiscalant dosing prior to

feeding in the cartridge filter. The Antiscalant Dosing System is provided to prevent precipitation of sparingly

soluble salts and hence to inhibit scale formation on RO membranes.

The SBS (sodium bisulphite) Dosing System is provided to remove traces of chlorine present in raw water to protect

the membranes. Also provision of shock dosing of SBS is made in case of any excess free chlorine coming in to safe

guard RO membranes. The RO unit comprises of cartridge filters & high pressure pump.

Technical Details




Effluent stream from UF system will be stored temporarily in RO feed tank from where it will be pumped to RO

system for further reduction of dissolved solids. The RO system comprises of cartridge filters and high pressure

pumps. Prior to cartridge filters Sodium- metabisulfite (SMBS) and antiscalant will be dosed for efficient operation of

the RO unit. SMBS dosing removes traces of chlorine in the feed water to protect the membranes while antiscalant

serves to inhibit the scale formation on the membranes. The cartridge filters will reduce the suspended solids

further to a level acceptable to the downstream RO membranes. From the cartridge filters effluent will be fed to the

RO skid comprising of 2 trains. Permeate from the RO unit will be stored in the RO permeate tank while the reject

will be stored in the RO reject tank.

Cartridge Filters are used to further reduce suspended solids to a level acceptable to the downstream

Reverse Osmosis Membranes

High pressure pumps are used to feed the Reverse Osmosis skid which is an integrated assembly of high-strength

thermally cured fibre glass reinforced epoxy pressure tubes housing the RO membrane elements, feed, product and

concentrate piping, all mounted on a high-strength steel structure. The skid comprises of two trains having a total

of 108 modules. The operation of each RO train shall be semi-automatic with a provision for membrane cleaning by

chemical re-circulation if the pressure drop across the system exceeds a pre-set value.

The RO is designed for 70% recovery and will be PLC operated. The RO reject is sent to the Guard Pond + RO

Reject Tank from where it will be pumped to GIDC common treatment facility. The RO permeate or the recovered

water will be recycled back for internal usage.

Technical features

Description Value

No. of trains 2

Recovery 74%

Feed flow rate 75 m3/hr

No. of RO tubes 9 in each train, Total 18

No. of membranes 54 in each train, Total 108

Skid dimensions L = 4156 mm

W = 1800 mm

Sludge Treatment

Sludge from Lamella Clarifier, primary clarifier, Secondary Clarifier I and II shall be collected in sludge sump and

pumped to Filter Press for further treatment. The filtrate from the Filter Press is sent back the Equalization Tank

while the sludge cake formed will be disposed of as landfill. Additionally sludge drying beds are provided for drying

the sludge cake formed from the Filter Press.



Figure 2-7: Process Block diagram of ETP



2.14.5 Adequacy of proposed ETP

The adequacy of the proposed Effluent Treatment Units is presented in below table.

Table 2-20: Adequacy of ETP

S. No ETP Treatment Units No of Unit Volume (m3) Total Volume (m3) Flow (m3/day) Retention time (hrs) Retention time (day)

1 Reaction Tank - 1 1 15 15 577 - -

2 Primary Clarifier 1 113 113 577 4.7 -

3 Equalization Tank 2 800 1600 1633 23.5 -

4 Collection Tank - 1 with Oil Trap 1 10 10 - - -

5 Extended Aeration Tank - 1 1 2830 2830 1633 - 1.7

6 Secondary Clarifier - 1 1 332 332 1633 4.9 -

7 Extended Aeration Tank - 2 1 890 890 1633 13.1 -

8 Secondary Clarifier - 2 1 332 332 1633 4.9 -

9 Collection Tank - 2 1 33 33 564 1.4 -

10 Lamella Clarifier 1 331 331 564 14.1 -

11 SMFT 1 32 32 - - -

12 Clarified Water Tank 1 113 113 2197 1.2 -

13 Multi Grade Filter 2 20 40 2197 - -

14 Activated Carbon Filter 2 31 62 2197 - -

15 Filtered Water Tank 1 24 24 2197 0.3 -

16 Guard Pond + RO Reject Tank 1 156 156 949 3.9 -

17 UF Feed Tank 1 114 114 - - -

18 RO Feed Tank 1 85 85 - - -

19 RO Permeate Tank 1 243 243 - - -

20 Sludge Sump 1 10 10 - - -

21 Sludge Drying Bed - 1 1 85 85 - - -

22 Sludge Drying Bed - 2 1 85 85 - - -




2.14.6 Water Conservation Measures

Adequate measures are taken to reduce fresh water demand by following measures;

Use of treated water by installing recycling RO which will reduce the fresh water demand.

Explore the possibility condensate recovery from the boiler.

Use of equipment washing water for further cleaning.

Use of high pressure wash systems, reducing wash waters.

Use of drip irrigation system for gardening to conserve water.

Table 2-21: Details of Water Saving

S. No.

Area of water Usage

Initial estimation

of Total Water

demand in ToR (KLD)

Action taken for water

conservation

Total Reduction in

water demand (KLD)

Total Water demand after efforts made

for water conservation

(KLD)

Remarks

1 Raw Water Make up in DM Plant

1724 Condensate

recovery from the boiler

562 (32%) 1162

Condensate recovery will be taken at

maximum extent upto 90 % and same will be

reused for steam generation. So make up demand for DM plant will Reduced.

2 Cooling Tower 7278

Reuse of treated water from RO & UF

for cooling tower make up

323 (5%) 6955

Total water demand will be reduced by

recycling and reuse of treated water from RO

& UF

3 Domestic 12 - 0 12 -

4 Gardening 25 Drip irrigation technology

7 (28%) 18 Drip irrigation system

will be proposed

5 Washing area 35

Optimum use of water,

Recycling of washing water

25 (71%) 10

Washing wastewater will be again reused for

drum, vessel and reactor cleaning to reduce fresh water

demand

7 Water Make up in

Raw Water Treatment plant

0 - 0 324 -

8 Total Water

Consumption 9074 - 8481 -

9 Recycled water from RO & UF

1260 Increase the

Recovery 122 (2%) 1382 -

10 Net water Demand

7814 - 1039 7099 Total saving water will be 9% of initial

water demand

2.14.7 Management Plan for effluent generated from spillage, leakages, vessel washing etc.

Underground trenches are provided periphery of every plant as well as total plot, whatever the waste water

generated from spillage, leakage, equipment washing etc. will be disposed into trenches and all these trenches are

connected by a collection pit and then waste water is to be treated in proposed ETP with other streams.




2.15 Fuel Consumption

Details of fuel consumption are given in Table 2-22.

Table 2-22: Details of Fuel Consumption

S. No.

Stack Attached to

Capacity Stack Nos.

Stack Height

Type of Fuel used

Fuel consumption

(Kg/hr.)

Air Pollution Control Measures

As per EC received

1 Cogen Plant

Boiler 100 TPH 1 81

Indian/Imported Coal

17300/11500 ESP & Adequate

Stack Height

2 Boiler for phenol & Cumene

100 TPH 1 81 Indian/Imported

Coal 21000/14000

ESP with adequate stack height will be

provided

3 Incinerator for 304 Nm3/hr.

Vent gas

304 Nm3/hr.

1 30 Gas 25 m3/ hr. Adequate Stack Height will be

provided

4 DG Set (1 no.) 1500 KVA 1 25 HSD 500 lit/hr. Adequate Stack Height will be

provided

Amendment Required for (Total after amendment)

1 Boiler-1 100 TPH

1 81

Indian/Imported Coal/

Imported Coal+ Lignite

46000/42000/ 16000+38000

ESP & Adequate Stack Height

2 Boiler-2 with

Power Generator

100 TPH

3 Incinerator 36440

Nm3/hr. 1 30 Gas 29

Adequate Stack Height will be

provided

4 DG Set 1500 KVA 1 30 HSD 500 lit/hr. Adequate Stack Height will be

provided

5 DG Set 1500 KVA 1 30 HSD 500 lit/hr. Adequate Stack Height will be

provided

2.16 Stack Details

Details of flue gas stacks and process vent emissions are provided as below;

Table 2-23: Details of Flue Gas Stack

S. No.

Stack Attached to Capacity Stack Nos.

Stack Height


As per EC received

1 Cogen Plant Boiler 100 TPH 1 81 ESP & Adequate Stack Height

2 Boiler for phenol &

Cumene 100 TPH 1 81

ESP with adequate stack height will be provided

3 Incinerator for 304 Nm3/hr. Vent gas

304 Nm3/hr. 1 30 Adequate Stack Height will be provided

4 DG Set (1 no.) 1500 KVA 1 25 Adequate Stack Height will be provided

Amendment Required for (Total after Amendment)

1 Boiler-1 100 TPH

1 81 ESP & Adequate Stack Height 2

Boiler-2 with Power Generator

100 TPH

3 Spent air Incinerator 36440 Nm3/hr. 1 30 Adequate Stack Height will be provided




S. No.

Stack Attached to Capacity Stack Nos.

Stack Height


4 DG Set- 1 1500 KVA 1 30 Adequate Stack Height will be provided

5 DG Set- 2 1500 KVA 1 30 Adequate Stack Height will be provided

Note: DG Sets will be used only during Power failure.

Table 2-24: Details of Process Vents

Stack Attached to Nos. of Stack

Stack Height in m

Pollutants Emitted Air Pollution Control Measure

As per EC received

Process vent 1 30 VOC Incinerator

Amendment required for (Total after Amendment)

Process vent 1 30 VOC Incinerator

Process Emergency Relief (Intermittent)

1 65 HC Flare

Coal Handling-1

(Crusher House) 1 17 PM Bag Filter

2.16.1 Air Pollution Control Measures

Details of air pollution control measures are given in Table 2-25.

Table 2-25: Details of Air Pollution Control Measures

APCM Attached with Process

Plant Frequency of emission Description of APCM

Incinerator Phenol Continuous Regenerative type thermal incinerator

with destruction efficiency of 98%.

Flare Cumene Continuous / Intermittent Derrick supported, steam assisted flare

with 20% smokeless capacity

Incinerator / Flare

Cyclohexanol, MIBK, IPA Continuous / Intermittent -

Bag Filter Coal Handling-1

(Crusher House) Continuous / Intermittent -

ESP Boiler Continuous / Intermittent Efficiency will be 99.928 %

Incinerator

Incinerators are an important Air Pollution Control Measure (APCM) used to restrict the emission of volatile organic

compounds (VOC) in the environment. VOCs are the common air pollutants emitted by the chemical and

petrochemical industries. Emissions of VOCs originate from breathing and loading losses from storage tanks,

venting of process vessels, leaks from piping and equipment, waste water streams and heat exchange systems.

Incinerators destruct the VOCs in the vent streams by oxidation which can be thermal oxidation or catalytic. M/s

DPL shall employ regenerative type thermal oxidizers for destructing the VOCs. The entire assembly consists of 3

tanks filled with ceramic media for the exchange of heat, combustion chamber with burner system and related air

ducting system equipped with valves and fan. The tanks are connected via a combustion chamber.

The solvent laden air is driven through the RTO by the fan and led, in sequence via time controlled valves to one or

other of the regeneration tanks. The solvent laden air flows through the hot heat exchanger material (ceramic bed)

bottom to top and gets pre heated, in the process undergoing oxidation here itself. Further oxidation takes place in

the combustion chamber. From here the hot purified air flows through other tanks transferring its heat to the

ceramic packing. In this manner the entire cycle continues. The solvent free air is discharged through a stack of

adequate height to the environment. On the stack are attached analysers for SOx, NOx, THC and CO.




Figure 2-8: Diagram of Incineration

Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP)

Electrostatic precipitators (ESP) are commonly used on coal fired boilers to remove and collect suspended particles

from the flue gas coming from the boiler and helps limit particulate emission at the stack outlet to a required

minimum.

The ESP uses electrical forces to move the particles out of the flowing gas stream and onto the collector electrodes.

The SPM in the incoming flue gas are given an electric charge by forcing them to pass through a corona, a region in

which the gaseous ions flow. A strong electric field exists due to the discharge electrodes held at a high voltage.

This electric field forces the charged particles to the walls which are further removed from the surface.

M/s DPL shall use (4+1) field electrostatic precipitator for keeping a check on the suspended matter. The ESP shall

be designed for maximum continuous rating of the boiler and 70% Lignite + 30% Imported coal case which shall

be the governing case. Also, the ESP shall be designed for outlet dust concentration (ODC) of 30 mg/Nm3.

Basic components of the system shall be;

Housing

Funnels

Ash hoppers

Gas distribution screens

Emitting electrodes

Collecting electrodes

Rapping system




Figure 2-9: Diagram of ESP

Bag Filter

Bag filters are a reliable, efficient and economic dust extraction system employed in the coal handling area to

capture any dust emanating during coal transportation. The suspended particles in the dust laden stream are

deposited on the filter media due to combined activity of diffusion and electrostatic attraction and eventually the

particles get separated by gravity settling.

Bag filters consist of numerous vertical bags. They are suspended with open ends attached to a manifold. The

hopper at the bottom serves as a collector for the dust. The gas entering through the inlet duct strikes a baffle

plate, which causes the larger particles to fall due to gravity. The carrier gas then flows to the tubes and then

outward through the fabric leaving the particulate matter as a cake on the bag surface.

M/s DPL shall install bag filter with a design capacity of 6300 m3/hr. with inlet load to the tune of 15-20 gm/m3.

Typical components shall include:

Housing assembly

Inlet duct

Outlet duct

Hopper

Rotary valve with motor

Bag plate assembly

Efficiency of the above system shall be to the tune of 99.8%.




Figure 2-10: Diagram of Bag Filter

2.17 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

2.17.1 Quantification, Classification, Collection, Transportation and Disposal of Solid / Hazardous

Waste

The solid / Hazardous Waste will be collected and temporarily stored in Hazardous Waste Storage Area as per

hazardous waste rules within the plant premises. The details of the solid and hazardous waste generation,

quantification, classification, collection, transportation and disposal facility as per Hazardous Waste Rules 2016 and

its amendment are mentioned in Table 2-20. Hazardous waste will be disposed to M/s. Saurastra Enviro Projects

Pvt. Ltd. (SEPPL) for Integrated Common Hazardous Waste Management Facility. Acceptance letter is given as

Figure 2-11.



Table 2-26: Hazardous Waste Generation and disposal Details

S. No.

Type of Waste

Hazardous Waste Category Waste Quantity in MTPA

Treatment / Disposal As per Rule 2008

As per Rule 2016

As per EC received

Addition Amendment

Required

1 ETP Sludge 34.3 35.3 3120 -2553 567 Collection, Storage, Transportation and Disposal at TSDF

site. Salt Sale/ TSDF Site

2 Used Oil 5.1 5.1 3000 0 3000 L Collection, storage, Transportation & Disposal by selling to

Registered Re-processor

3 Boiler Ash 36.2 37.2 48396 100782 149178 Collection, storage, Transportation & Disposal by selling to

brick manufacturer or cement industry

4 Spent Carbon from process &

from DM/CPU/ETP 35.3 36.2 66 -25 41

Collection, Storage, Transportation and Disposal at TSDF site.

5 Discarded Container/ bags 33.3 33.1 240000 0 240000 Collection, decontamination, storage, transportation & sell

to registered vendor

6 Spent Resin 19.1 35.2 0 9 9 Collection, Storage, Transportation and Disposal at TSDF

site.

8 Spent Catalyst/ Adsorbent 35.1 19.2 0 163 163 Collection, Storage, Transportation and Disposal at TSDF

site.

9 Heavies from MIBK plant H 3 C 1 0 2424 2424 Send to Authorized Vendor / CHWIF

10 Heavies from Acetophenone

plant H 3 C 1 0 50 50 Send to Authorized Vendor / CHWIF

11 Lights from Acetophenone

plant H 3 C 1 0 10 10 Send to Authorized Vendor / CHWIF

12 Spent resin from DM/CPU 34.2 35.2 0 7 7 Collection, Storage, Transportation and Disposal at TSDF

site.




Figure 2-11: Membership of Saurashtra Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd., Samkhyali

2.17.2 Measures to be taken to Minimize Manual Handling

The Solid/ Hazardous waste will be collected and stored in Hazardous waste storage area within the plant in the line

of Hazardous waste management rules.

Solid Wastes will be properly handled in closed containers and properly stored in hazardous waste storage areas as

per rules having suitable lining and also bunding to avoid overflow of spillage waters which can contaminate the

surroundings.




All waste is being handled with proper PPEs ensuring safety of the individuals working with the solid waste

handling.

The wastes are handed in drums and HDPE Bags and further transferred at the storage location in the Solid cum

Hazardous Waste Storage.

Kitchen/Canteen wastes and other biodegradable wastes will be sent to Vermi-composting

2.17.3 Methodology of de-contamination and disposal of discarded containers

The procedure of shifting empty drums and carboys from the Plant to the hazardous scrap yard and final disposal

to an authorized/approved scrap dealer will be as follows. All required PPE must be worn by the person during the

entire process of the decontamination of the drums and carboys. (i.e. suitable hand gloves, chemically resistant

boots, safety helmet, chemical splash goggles, a face shield, etc.

2.17.4 Other Solids Wastes

Bio-medical Wastes

Occupational Health Center is provided at site. It is managed by qualified Doctor and Nursing staff round the clock.

Very small quantity of waste comprises of discarded medicines, soiled waste such as dressing, bandages and

material contaminated with blood will be generated. The generated waste will be periodically handed over to

authorized vendors as per SPCB regulations and biomedical waste management rules 1998.

Electronic Wastes

E-waste/ Electronic waste will mainly be generated from the computer lab and administrative buildings. E-Waste

comprises of discarded computers, copiers, fax machines, inverters, cell phones, CD’s, LAN Cables, Keyboards,

Mouse, SMPS, Fuses, Data cables, mobile/laptop peripherals like earphones, chargers, circuit boards, printer

cartridges etc. Electronic wastes will be handled as per the provisions of the E-Wastes (Management and Handling)

Rules, 2011

2.18 Project scheduling

Project schedule is given as following;

Figure 2-12: Project Scheduling for the Project


GIDC DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT


3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 General

This chapter describes of the existing environmental status of the study area with reference to the prominent

environmental attributes. The study area covers 10 km radius around the project site. The landuse and socio-

economic aspects were studied with respect to 10 km radius around the site.

The existing environmental setting is considered to adjudge the baseline conditions which are described with

respect to climate, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality, ecology, socio-economic profile, landuse and

places of archaeological importance.

3.2 Methodology

The methodology for conducting the baseline environmental survey obtained from the guidelines given in the EIA

Manual of the MoEF. Baseline information with respect to air, noise, water and land quality in the study area was

collected by conducting primary sampling/field studies during the summer season i.e. March, 2017- May, 2017.

3.3 Study Area

The study area is considered to be the area within 10 km radius of the site. The EIA guidelines of the MoEF

mandate the study area in this manner for EIA’s.

3.4 Land use / Land cover

3.4.1 Classification of Land use and Land cover

The National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Government of India, conducted a land use survey using Remote

Sensing Techniques in the year 1988-89 at the behest of the Planning Commission for classifying land by visual

interpretation techniques and digital techniques. NRSA’s output resulted in a two-level system of classification,

comprising seven first level of classification of land use / landcover categories. Some of these categories required

further classification, leading to a second level of classification that resulted in further sub-categories.

This system of classification has been the basis for Kadam’s landuse / landcover studies. Whilst these categories are

generally found relevant with respect to describing landuse and landcover classes in the Indian context, sometimes

modifications are required, and made, to include additional sub-categories which are more relevant in describing

the landuse and landcover for a particular study. Such sub-categories are defined, in any case.

A synopsis of the above discussion is summarized and presented in Table 3-1.

Table 3-1: Synopsis of Landuse / Landcover Classification Used for the Project

S. No. First Level Classification Second Level Classification

1. Built-up Land or Habitation Residential / Commercial

Industrial

2. Agricultural Land

Crop Land

Fallow Land

Plantations

3. Forests

Evergreen / Semi-Evergreen Forests

Deciduous Forests

Degraded Forest or Scrub




S. No. First Level Classification Second Level Classification

Forest Blank

Forest Plantations

Mangroves

4. Wastelands

Salt-Affected Land

Waterlogged Land

Marshy / Swampy Land / Mud Land Area

Gullied / Ravenous Land

Land without Scrub

Sandy Area (Coastal and Desertic)

Barren Rocky / Stony Waste / Sheet Rock Area

5. Water Bodies Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks

River Beds

6. Others

Shifting Cultivation

Salt pan

Grassland / Grazing Land/ Grass cover

Snow Covered / Glacial Area

Mining Area

7. Vegetation Cover

Scrub

Open vegetation

Close vegetation

3.4.2 Study Area

The study area has been defined as an area covering the buffer distance of 10 km of project site at Dahej, Gujarat.

3.4.3 Methodology of Land use Pattern Studies

The methodology employed for preparation of Land use/ cover map included:

Data Collection

Interpretation of satellite data

Ground truth study

Final Map preparation

Data Collection

Downloading of Google Earth images.

Topographical maps as base map.

Quick reconnaissance survey of the study area to get a feel of the entire ground area which can aid in the

preliminary interpretation of the data.

Interpretation of Satellite Data

The downloaded Google Earth images was interpreted considering the basic elements of interpretation such as

tone, size, shape, texture, pattern, location, association, shadow, aspect and resolution along with ground truth and

ancillary information collected during the preliminary reconnaissance survey the interpretation was accomplished.

Ground truth study

The aim of ground truth studies is to confirm whether the interpreted landuses are correct thus improving the

quality of the output. It also allows interaction with local parties and stakeholders, thereby giving background

information on the landuse.




Final Map preparation

The proportional presence of different land uses and land cover in terms of statistical percentages was derived for

the study area. Appropriate legends were used to represent the various categories of land use and land cover, and

were then written on the prepared land use and land cover maps.

3.4.4 Ground Survey

The field survey was carried out around radial distance of 10 km from the project site. The survey consisted of

traversing the study area, cross-checking of identified features with those represented on the map. Field notes

were kept in the form of log sheets that recorded information pertaining to co-ordinates, photographs and identified

landuses. Additional features identified or remarks made against existing interpretation were also recorded.

GPS readings were taken during the surveys wherever it was felt that additional confirmation in interpretation of

the data and also observations of land features were noted. Additionally, spot checks were also done to confirm the

land use / land cover interpretation even where confidence of interpretation was high. Table 3-2 enumerates the

land features and its corresponding GPS readings of all the ground truthing locations selected.

Table 3-2: GPS readings within study area

S. No. Latitude (N) Longitude (E) Location Classes

1 21° 41’ 41.9” 72° 35’ 50.5” Ambetha Project site - Deepak Phenolics

2 21° 44’ 39.0” 72° 40’ 11.4” Samatpore Agricultural land - Sorghum grown for fodder

3 21° 40’ 48.9” 72° 35’ 40.3” Ambetha Mudflat

4 21° 41’ 06.4” 72° 38’ 31.5” Suva Barren land

5 21° 41’ 03.1” 72° 39’ 56.4” Rahiyad Agricultural land

6 21° 45’ 07.6“ 72° 38’ 40.9” Wav Water body

3.4.5 Land use and Land cover Pattern Studies

The land use and land cover of the above mentioned study area comprises of various categories. The features

identified have been presented, considering the discussion provided in Table 3-3.

Table 3-3: Classification system

S. No. Primary Classification Secondary Classification

1. Built-up Land or Habitation Residential / Commercial

Industrial

2. Agricultural Land Crop/Fallow Land1

Plantation

3. Wastelands Land without Scrub

Mudflat

4. Water Bodies

Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks

River Beds

Creeks

Sea

5. Vegetation Cover

Scrub

Open Vegetation

Close Vegetation

Marshy Vegetation

Mangroves

6. Forest Scrub (Forest)

1 Fallow land was not separately identified owing to its seasonal nature.




S. No. Primary Classification Secondary Classification

Open Forest

Close Forest

7. Others Salt Pans

The images classified into the above-mentioned classes for different regions of interest are given in Figure 3-1. It

was observed that the landuses generally exhibit similar characteristics across the region, whilst certain land uses

differs. Land use/ cover classification is given in Annexure 11.

DEEPAK PHENOLICS LIMITED ADDITION IN THE EXISTING PLANT AT DAHEJ GIDC DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT


Figure 3-1: Landuse Map of the Study Area




3.4.6 Class Wise Area Statistics

The area statistics of these classes are presented in Table 3-4.

Table 3-4: Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area

S. No.

Primary Classification

Secondary Classification Area, Secondary Class Area, Primary Class

km2 Ha. ~% km2 Ha. ~%

1 Built-up Land or

Habitation

Residential / Commercial 2.9 290 0.874 20.1 2010 6.06

Industrial 17.2 1720 5.186

2 Agricultural Land Crop Land/Fallow Land 24.96 2496 7.526

25.13 2513 7.58 Plantation 0.17 17 0.051

3 Wastelands Land without Scrub 19.03 1903 5.738

72.57 7257 21.88 Mudflat 53.54 5354 16.143

4 Water Bodies

Reservoir/Lakes/Ponds/ Tanks 2.94 294 0.886

95.81 9581 28.89 River Beds 72.54 7254 21.872

Sea Area 19.17 1917 5.78

Creeks 1.16 116 0.35

5 Vegetation Cover

Scrub 45.82 4582 13.815

84.51 8451 25.48

Open Vegetation 20.82 2082 6.278

Close Vegetation 4.55 455 1.372

Marshy Vegetation 1.93 193 0.582

Mangroves 11.39 1139 3.434

6 Forest Area

Scrubs (Forest) 1.14 114 0.344

4.71 471 1.42 Open Forest 1.24 124 0.374

Close Forest 2.33 233 0.703

7 Others Salt Pans 28.83 2883 8.693 28.83 2883 8.69




Figure 3-2: Pie Chart of Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area

The most observed category in the region was agriculture followed by Scrub, as per area covered. This concludes

the land use identification and description component of study. Photographs showing ground truth survey done at

project site and within study area is given in Annexure 12.

3.5 Proximity to Sea / Water Body

The proximity to sea / water bodies for the study area is tabulated in Table 3-5.

Table 3-5: Proximity to Sea / Water Bodies

Sea / Water Body Aerial Distance from the Centre of the Project Site

Bay of Cambay ~7.0 km in W

Narmada Estuary ~1.80 km in S

Ambheta Pond ~1.43km in SSW

Dahej Pond-1 ~1.90 km in NW

Dahej Pond -2 ~2.21 km in NW

Suva Pond ~6.03 km in ESE

Jolwa Pond ~5.98 km in NE

Vadadla Pond ~5.26 km in NE

Lakhigam Pond ~4.49 km in W

Vav Pond ~8.0 km in NE

Source: Google Earth and Ground Truth Survey




3.5.1 Important Features within the Study Area

Important Features within the Study Area

Details of the important features along with other sensitive ecological locations in the study area are provided in

Table 3-6.

Table 3-6: Important Features and Sensitive Ecological Locations in the Study Area2

S. No.

Sensitive Ecological Features Location Distance (~km)

Direction

1. National Park/Wildlife Sanctuary No - -

2. Tiger Reserve/Elephant Reserve /

Turtle Nesting Ground No - -

3. Core Zone of Biosphere Reserve No - -

4. Habitat for migratory birds Narmada Estuary 1.80 S

5. Reserved / Protected / Social Forests Reserve Forest 5.90 W

6.

Lakes / Reservoir / Dams / Canals / Ponds

Ambheta Pond 1.43 SSW

Dahej Pond-I 1.90 NW

Dahej Pond-II 2.21 NW

Suva Pond 6.03 ESE

Jolwa Pond 6.19 ENE

Vadadla Pond 5.26 NE

Lakhigam Pond 4.49 W

Kadodara Pond 9.0 NE

Vav Pond 8.0 NE

7. Stream/Rivers/Drains Narmada River 1.2 S

8. Estuary/Sea/Mangroves

Narmada Estuary 1.80 S

Bay of Cambay 7 W

Mangroves- Nr. Dahej Coast 7 W

9. Mountains/Hills No - -

10. Notified Archaeological sites No - -

11. Any other Archaeological sites No - -

12. Defense Installations No - -

13. Densely populated or built-up area Dahej 1.87 NW

14. Airports Vadodara 95 NE

15. Railway Station Dahej Railway Station 1.43 NW

3.6 Meteorology and Air Quality Modelling

3.6.1 Climate of the Study Area3

The general agro-climatic zone of the study area is Semi-Arid.

Information presented in subsequent paragraphs is from the Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), Long Term

Climatological Tables, 1981-2010, Surat. These tables give useful information about a region’s weather, since they

are collected over a 30-year period. A copy of the long-term climatological data is enclosed as Annexure 14.

2 All information is based on satellite imagery and ground truth survey, Source of Table: Questionnaire by

MoEF

3 Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), Long Term Climatological Tables, 1981-2010, Surat.




Temperature

Mean daily maximum temperature is recorded in the month of April at 33.4 °C.

January is generally the coldest month, with a minimum temperature of 11.4 °C.

During the post-monsoon months of October and November, day temperatures remain between 18-24 ºC. In

winters, i.e. December, January and February, average day temperatures remain between 11.4-12.6 ºC.

Wind

The first, second and third predominant wind direction are shown in Table 3-7. It shows that Northwest (NW) is

predominant wind direction during daytime and during night time/evening time.

Table 3-7: Predominant Wind Direction

Month

Predominant Wind Direction (From)

First Second Third

Morning Evening Morning Evening Morning Evening

January N NW NE N NW NE

February N NW NE N NW W

March N NW NE W NW N

April SW SW N W S NW

May SW SW W W S S

June SW SW W S S W

July SW SW W W S S

August SW SW W W S S

September SW SW W W S S

October NE NW E SW S W

November NE NW E NE SE N

December NE NW N N E NE

Rainfall

The total rainfall in year is observed to be 459.2 mm. Distribution of rainfall by season is 0.8 mm in winter

(December, January, February), 1.5 mm in summer (March, April, May), 286.7 mm in monsoons (June, July,

August, September) and 24.4 mm in post-monsoons (October - November).

Cloud Cover

The area remains cloudy between July-August, which is the active period of the monsoon season. Generally cloud

cover ranges up-to 13-17 OKTAS during this monsoon season. During post-monsoon season, cloud cover almost

becomes 0 OKTAS occasionally going to 3-5 OKTAS. In the summer season cloud cover is predominantly 0 OKTAS.

Humidity

Most humid conditions are found in the monsoons, followed by summer, post-monsoons, and winter in that order.

Mornings are more humid than evenings and humidity ranges from a high of 64-86% in monsoon mornings to a

low of 33-80% in winter evenings. During post-monsoon season, in morning humidity remains between 65-83 %

and in the evening it remains between 43-70%.

3.6.2 Site specific Meteorology

Site-specific meteorological data for Summer season, 2017 has been collected at the site of M/s. Deepak Phenolics

Limited, Dahej located adjacent to the proposed site. The parameters for which data has been collected are:




Wind Speed

Wind direction

Temperature

Relative Humidity

Cloud Cover

Monitoring Methodology for Meteorological data is given in Table 3-8.

Table 3-8: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data

S. No.

Env. Component

Location Parameters Period Frequency Methodology

1. Meteorology Dahej SEZ

Wind speed, wind direction,

temperature and rainfall

March 2017 – May 2017

Hourly for all parameters

EPA 454.

Cloud cover is done by visual interpretation of the

sky by the observer.

Site Specific Data of Season

Site specific meteorological data shows that average wind speed in summer season of year 2017 is 3.5 m/s

and maximum wind speed of 8.3 m/s.

Wind rose diagram prepared for the same is shown as Figure 3-3.

It can be observed that in summer season, wind blows mostly from West South West sector.

Average temperature recorded for summer season was 33.2°C with maximum temperature of 44°C and

minimum of 11°C which is a characteristic of this study area.

The data obtained has been compiled to obtain average data. Compiled mean meteorological data is represented in

Table 3-9.

Table 3-9: Average Mean Meteorological Data for Summer Season 2017

Hour Temperature

(°C) Relative

Humidity (%) Wind Speed

(m/sec) Wind Direction

(from) Cloud Cover,

(Oktas)

Rainfall in Total,

(mm)

1 29.0 47.8 3.0 WSW 0.0 0.0

2 29.6 49.8 3.1 WSW 0.0 0.0

3 29.3 49.5 3.2 W 0.0 0.0

4 29.3 49.7 3.1 WSW 0.0 0.0

5 29.4 49.7 2.9 WSW 0.0 0.0

6 29.7 49.5 2.9 WSW 0.0 0.0

7 31.2 48.0 2.9 WSW 0.0 0.0

8 32.7 45.0 3.0 WSW 0.0 0.0

9 33.4 40.3 3.0 WSW 0.0 0.0

10 34.7 38.9 3.1 WSW 0.0 0.0

11 36.1 35.0 3.1 WSW 0.0 0.0

12 36.7 29.7 3.3 WSW 0.0 0.1

13 36.9 30.6 3.3 WSW 0.0 0.0

14 37.2 30.2 3.6 WSW 0.0 0.0

15 37.1 29.2 4.2 WSW 0.0 0.0

16 36.8 33.1 4.3 WSW 0.0 0.0




Hour Temperature

(°C) Relative

Humidity (%) Wind Speed

(m/sec) Wind Direction

(from) Cloud Cover,

(Oktas)

Rainfall in Total,

(mm)

17 35.8 36.8 4.4 WSW 0.0 0.0

18 35.2 36.4 4.5 WSW 0.0 0.0

19 34.9 40.7 4.2 WSW 0.0 0.0

20 33.7 44.9 4.2 WSW 0.0 0.0

21 32.7 47.9 4.0 WSW 0.0 0.0

22 32.0 48.0 3.9 WSW 0.0 0.0

23 31.1 49.0 3.7 WSW 0.0 0.0

Average/ Predominant

33.2 41.7 3.5 WSW 0.0 0.0

Figure 3-3: Windrose Diagram for Summer season 2017

3.7 Ambient Air Quality

3.7.1 Season and Period of Monitoring

The ambient air monitoring work was carried out in month of from March, 2017 to May, 2017.

3.7.2 Selected Sampling Stations

Depending upon the purpose of the study IS: 5182 (Part XIV) lays down various criteria for selecting sampling

stations. For this EIA, the purpose is to ascertain the baseline pollutant concentrations in ambient air. Accordingly,

the criterion was selected to ascertain quality of air at important human settlement. The annual wind direction has

been considered for selecting AAQM stations. The annual first predominant wind direction would be from WSW,




second would be from W, third would be NW, fourth would be from N. Locations selected for ambient air quality

monitoring are presented in Table 3-10 . Sampling location is given in Figure 3-4.

Table 3-10: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Details

AAQM Station

Location Latitude Longitude

Distance from Project

Site in Km

Direction w. r. t. Project

Site

Justification for selection of station

AA01 At DPL Project

Site 21°41’48.01”N 72°35’44.32”E 0.00 Base Selected as Base station

AA02 Ambheta Village

21°41’11.86”N 72°35’29.08”E 0.85 SSW Adjusent Habitation from the project site Downwind station

AA03 Lakhigam

Village 21°41’24.10”N 72°33’16.25”E 3.86 W

Habitation from the project site upwind station. Area is

also having a GIDC industrial estate as well as transport

hub.

AA04 Dahej Village 21°41’51.85”N 72°34’57.52”E 1.64 NW Downwind station. Purely rural habitation having agriculture land area.

AA05 Suva Village 21°41’16.98”N 72°39’14.84”E 6.00 ESE Downwind station on the border of industrial area.

AA06 Expanded Site 21°43’4.20”N 72°36’18.25”E 2.11 NNE Upwind station having

industrial area & habitation.

AA07 Vajapura Village

21°45’18.95”N 72°36’39.37”E 6.4 NNE Upwind station having

industrial area, Habitation and Agriculture lands.

AA08 Vadadla Village

21°43’44.70”N 72°38’2.44”E 4.93 NE

Crosswind Station having rural habitation with

commercial as well as agriculture land use.

3.7.3 Sampling Frequency

The frequency of monitoring was 24 hrs twice a week at each station spread over the season, with gaseous

samples being changed six times (at 48-hour intervals).

Parameters Monitored and Methods Used

The parameters monitored were Particulate Matter (PM10), Particulate Matter (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides

of Nitrogen (NOX), Hydrocarbon (HC) and Carbone Monoxide (CO). The detailed monitoring methodology for

ambient air quality is given in Table 3-11.



Table 3-11: Methodology for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

S. No.

Env. Component

Sampling location

Total Sampling

Period

Sampling Frequency

Sampling Parameters

Sampling equipment

Sample Analysis

Method Analytical Equipment

Sensitivity Detection

Limit

1. Ambient Air

Quality

8

Locations

March, 2017 – May, 2017

Two 24 –hour samples every week at each

station

PM10 Respirable Dust Sampler (RDS)

APM - 460

Electronic balance

0.001 mg 1 μg Gravimetric (HVS) –

IS: 5182: Part 4, with cyclone

PM2.5 Fine particulate

sampler AAS- 127 Electronic balance

0.001 mg 1 μg WINS Impactor

Method

SO2

Gaseous Flow Meter with

impinger module (attached to RDS)

Spectro-photometer

1.27 µg/m3 8 μg IS: 5182:

Part 3

NOX

Gaseous Flow Meter with

impinger module (attached to RDS)

Spectro-photometer

0.19 µg/m3 10 μg IS: 5182:

Part 6

CO & HC Bladder with

pump Gas

chromatograph 1 ppm 1 ppm

Gas Chromatography method



Figure 3-4: Sampling Location Map



3.7.4 Results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Complied average results of ambient air monitoring are presented in Table 3-12. Detailed AAQM results at 8 locations are given in Annexure 13.

Table 3-12: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results

Station Code

Sampling Location

NAAQM Standards

[CPCB]

Average Pollutant Concentration (All units are in µg/m3 except CO in mg/m3 and VOC in ppm)

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX NH3 HBr HCL Cl2 HCs CO VOC

[24 Hours] [1 Hour] [8 Hours] [1 Hour]

100 60 80 80 400 NS NS NS NS 2 NS

AAQ001 DPL

Project Site

Maximum 108 48 10.3 23.6 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1510 <1.142 <1.0

Minimum 58 21 <8.0 13.4 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1187 <1.142 <1.0

Average 82 33 <8.0 17.2 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1327 <1.142 <1.0

98%tile 105 48 10.2 22.9 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1494 <1.142 <1.0

AAQ002 Ambheta Village

Maximum 125 60 9.6 24.5 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1501 <1.142 <1.0

Minimum 58 18 <8.0 13.5 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1163 <1.142 <1.0

Average 83 32 <8.0 18.5 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1282 <1.142 <1.0

98%tile 119 55 9.4 23.8 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1485 <1.142 <1.0

AAQ003 Lakhigam

Village

Maximum 150 63 25.9 27.9 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1681 <1.142 <1.0

Minimum 76 28 9.0 17.0 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1435 <1.142 <1.0

Average 98 43 14.5 20.4 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1567 <1.142 <1.0

98%tile 146 61 23.6 26.6 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1679 <1.142 <1.0

AAQ004 Dahej Village

Maximum 126 52 9.4 31.7 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1432 <1.142 <1.0

Minimum 73 21 <8.0 16.4 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1137 <1.142 <1.0

Average 91 37 <8.0 22.2 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1334 <1.142 <1.0

98%tile 123 51 9.3 30.9 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1431 <1.142 <1.0

AAQ005 Suva

Village

Maximum 107 39 10.9 20.2 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1305 <1.142 <1.0

Minimum 58 18 <8.0 14.3 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 992 <1.142 <1.0

Average 77 27 <8.0 17.8 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1185 <1.142 <1.0

98%tile 103 38 10.6 20.1 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1295 <1.142 <1.0

AAQ006 Maximum 91 35 10.3 23.6 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1510 <1.142 <1.0

Minimum 44 15 <8.0 13.4 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1187 <1.142 <1.0



Station Code

Sampling Location

NAAQM Standards

[CPCB]




100 60 80 80 400 NS NS NS NS 2 NS

EPL Project

Site

Average 71 26 <8.0 17.2 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1327 <1.142 <1.0

98%tile 91 35 10.2 22.9 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1494 <1.142 <1.0

AAQ007 Nr.

Vajapura Village

Maximum 76 34 10.6 18.6 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1252 <1.142 <1.0

Minimum 47 18 <8.0 <10.0 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 987 <1.142 <1.0

Average 65 25 8.5 12.8 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1114 <1.142 <1.0

98%tile 75 33 10.4 18.2 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1243 <1.142 <1.0

AAQ008 Vadadla Village

Maximum 103 43 18.9 44.6 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1164 <1.142 <1.0

Minimum 62 25 <8.0 19.3 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 972 <1.142 <1.0

Average 81 32 11.0 30.9 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1075 <1.142 <1.0

98%tile 101 41 18.5 44.4 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1164 <1.142 <1.0

Observations

The above results with the value range indicators provided by CPCB for Industrial, residential, rural & other area indicates:

In summer season an average concentration;

PM10 was observed to be varying from 65 to 98 µg/ m3. An average concentration of PM10 levels are well within the permissible limits for all locations.

PM2.5 levels was observed to be in range of 25 to 43 µg/m3 which is less than the permissible limits for all locations.

SO2 and NOX is observed to be within the specified limit of CPCB.

HC is observed to be in range of 1075 to 1567 µg/m3.




3.8 Noise Environment

3.8.1 Monitoring Methodology of Noise Level

Monitoring of noise is done by identifying suitable number of noise quality monitoring locations. Background noise

quality is monitored in dB (A) Leq (d) and dB (A) Leq (n) at the selected locations

Methodology for Noise level analysis

Identification of sources of noise and vibrations at proposed project.

Identification of baseline monitoring station within study area.

Noise sampling during study period and report its results.

To run SoundPLAN software for assessment of noise levels.

Determining possible impacts of Noise & Vibrations on the environment.

Checking whether the increase of SPL in the locations surrounding the project.

Suggestions of mitigation measures of Noise/Vibrations and to reduce noise/vibrations of sources exceeding the

allowable limits of SPL.

Table 3-13: Monitoring methodology

Env. Component

Sampling location

Sampling Frequency

Methodology

Sample collection Sampling

Parameter Sampling equipment

Detection Limit

Ambient Noise 8

Locations

Once during the study (Hourly

reading for 24 hours at each

location)

Sound Level Measurement

(SLM)

Noise Level Meter

0.1 dB (A) Decibels –

dB (A)

The standard for monitoring ambient noise level as per CPCB guidelines is as given in Table 3-14.

Table 3-14: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise for Different Areas/Zones

Ambient Air Quality Standards in Respect of NOISE

Area Code

Category Limits in dB(A) Leq*

Day Time Night Time

THE NOISE POLLUTION (REGULATION AND CONTROL) RULES,

2000

A Industrial 75.0 70.0

B Commercial 65.0 55.0

C Residential 55.0 45.0

D Silence 50.0 45.0

Note: Day Time: 6:00 AM to 10:00 PM; Night Time: 10:00 PM to 6:00 AM

dB(A) Leq*: denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which is relatable to human hearing.

3.8.2 Noise Level Results

Locations for noise monitoring were identify by desktop study and fix the location during field survey at 2 km

maximum from the source of noise generation and at sensitive locations ambient noise monitoring i.e. habitation

area. The average noise level are presented in Table 3-15.



Table 3-15: Noise Level distance, direction, lat./ long & Readings

Location Code

Location Date Category Distance (km) Direction Lat./ Long CPCB Limits in dB (A)

Average Noise levels in dB (A)

Day Time Night Time Day Time Night Time

NL01 At project Boundary (NE) 11-Apr-17 Industrial - - 21°41'55.08"N 72°35'47.70"E

75.0 70.0 69.0 60.9

NL02 At project site (ETP) 11-Apr-17 Industrial - - 21°41'55.29"N 72°35'42.66"E

75.0 70.0 69.1 66.0

NL03 At Project boundary (East) 09-Apr-17 Industrial - - 21°41'48.93"N 72°35'48.95"E

75.0 70.0 65.5 63.7

NL04 Admin Office 10-Apr-17 Industrial - - 21°41'42.40"N 72°35'42.59"E

75.0 70.0 65.5 63.7

NL05 Nr. DG Set 09-Apr-17 Industrial - - 21°41'45.40"N 72°35'42.17"E

75.0 70.0 69.7 65.5

NL06 Main gate 10-Apr-17 Industrial - - 21°41'42.06"N 72°35'50.29"E

75.0 70.0 69.8 65.4

NL07 Ambetha village 12-Apr-17 Residential 0.80 SW 21°41'17.88"N 72°35'31.30"E

55.0 45.0 55.5 44.9

NL08 Dahej village 12-Apr-17 Residential 1.63 NW 21°42'37.18"N 72°34'58.86"E

55.0 45.0 54.8 45.1

Observations

Noise level during day time & night time, in Industrial area & Residential area was observed within CPCB standards i.e. Industrial area (75 dBA (d) & 70 dBA (n)) and

residential area (55 dBA (d) & 45 dBA (n)).




3.9 Water Environment

3.9.1 Analysis Method Adopted

Surface and Ground water samples are collected using manual grab sampling technique.

The samples were further analysed as per the APHA Standard Methods (22nd Edition). Table 3-16 below describes

analytical methodology for parameters to be analysed and with minimum detection limit of the instruments

available at KEC laboratory.

Table 3-16: Analysis Methods Adopted for Surface Water Samples

S. No

Parameters Methodology Minimum

Detection Limit

1 pH APHA: 4500-H+ B (22nd Edition), pH meter 1

3 Temperature APHA: 2550 B (22nd Edition), Standard Thermometer 1 °C

4 Turbidity APHA: 2130 B (22nd Edition), Nephelometric <0.1 NTU

5 TDS APHA: 2540C (22nd Edition), Gravimetric 20 mg/l

6 Electrical conductivity APHA: 2510 B (22nd Edition), Conductivity meter 1µmoh/cm

7 COD APHA: 5220 B(22nd Edition), Titrimetric Open reflux method <5 mg/l

8 BOD IS: 3025(part-44), Iodometric <3 mg/l

9 Chlorides APHA:4500Cl- B (22nd Edition), Titrimetric 1.5 mg/l

10 Phenol APHA: 5530-D(22nd Edition), colorimetric 0.001 mg/l

11 Sulphates APHA:4500-E as SO4 2-(22nd Edition), Turbid metric < 1 mg/l

12 Total Hardness APHA: 2340-C (22nd Edition), Titrimetric(EDTA method) < 10 mg/l

13 Ca++ Hardness APHA: 3500-B-Ca (22nd Edition) Titrimetric,(EDTA method) < 4 mg/l

14 Mg++ Hardness APHA: 3500-B-Mg (22nd Edition), By difference 8 mg/l

15 Total Alkalinity APHA: 2320 B (22nd Edition), Titrimetric <10 mg/l

16 Nitrate IS:3025 (part-34),3.3, colorimetric <0.1 mg/l

17 Fluoride APHA:4500 F-D(22nd Edition), Colorimetric <0.1 mg/l

18 Sodium APHA:3500 Na-B (22nd Edition), Flame emission Photometric <1 mg/l

19 Potassium APHA: 3500 K-B (22nd Edition) Flame emission Photometric <1 mg/l

20 Calcium APHA Edition 22 (3500 Ca- B) Titrimetric (EDTA Method) 1 mg/l

21 Magnesium APHA Edition 22 (3500 Mg- B), by difference 3 mg/l

22 Salinity APHA: 2520 B (22nd Edition), Electrical Conductivity method -

23 Total Nitrogen APHA: 4500 N Org, Micro Kjeldahl Distillation (22nd Edition),Titrimetric 0.06 mg/l

24 Total Phosphorous APHA: 4500 P-C (22nd Edition), colorimetric <1 mg/l

25 Dissolved Oxygen APHA: 4500O-C(22nd Edition), Iodometric 0.5 mg/l

26 Ammonical Nitrogen APHA: 4170-B (22nd Edition)/ IS:3025 (part-34), 1988, Distillation &

colorimetric <0.01 mg/l

27 SAR Flamephotmetric & EDTA method -

28 Heavy Metals

a Arsenic (as As) APHA: 3500-As-A (22nd Edition)/ APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition) <0.002 mg/l

b Cadmium (as Cd) APHA: 3500-Cd-A (22nd Edition)/ APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition <0.003 mg/l

c Chromium (as Cr) APHA: 3500-Cr-B(22nd Edition), colorimetric <0.003 mg/l

d Copper (as Cu) APHA: 3500-Cu-A (22nd Edition)/ APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition)

IS:3025(part 42):1992 <0.05 mg/l

e Cyanide (as CN) APHA: 4500 CN- D & E (22nd Edition), colorimetric 0.003 mg/l




S. No

Parameters Methodology Minimum

Detection Limit

f Iron (as Fe) APHA: 3500-Fe-B (22nd Edition), colorimetric <0.1 mg/l

g Lead (as Pb) APHA: 3500-Ld-A (22nd Edition)/ APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition) <0.01 mg/l

h Mercury (as Hg) APHA: 3500-Hg-A (22nd Edition)/ APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition) <0.001 mg/l

i Manganese (as Mn) APHA: 3500-Mn-A (22nd Edition)/ APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition) <0.04 mg/l

j Nickel (as Ni) APHA: 3500-Ni-A (22nd Edition)/ APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition <0.02 mg/l

k Zinc (as Zn) APHA: 3500-Zn-A (22nd Edition)/ APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition) <0.08 mg/

l Boron (as B) APHA: 4500 B-C (22nd Edition), colorimetric <0.02 mg/l

29 Total Coliform APHA: 9221-B (22nd Edition), Multiple Tube Fermentation Absent

30 Fecal Coliform APHA: 9221-E (22nd Edition), Multiple Tube Fermentation Absent

3.9.2 Primary Data Collection

Water samples were collected during the Baseline study period. The details of ground water and surface water

sampling, analysis results and observations of baseline water quality is given in further details.

3.9.3 Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations

Surface water sampling locations are selected based on review of land use plan, surface drainage pattern/ground

water flow direction & nearby site habitation village /locations in 10 km radius of project.

The details of surface water sampling locations are presented in below table

Table 3-17: Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations

Code Location Source Date of

Sampling

Latitude

(N) Longitude (E)

Justification of Sample collection

SW 1 Vadadala Pond 27.04.17 21°43'48.09" 72°37'55.85" To check water quality of the stagnant water body coming in the study area

SW 2 Vav Pond 27.04.17 21°45'10.04" 72°38'45.36" To check water quality of the stagnant water body coming in the study area

SW 3 Kadodara Pond 27.04.17 21°45'50.47" 72°38'45.68" To check water quality of the stagnant water body coming in the study area

SW 4 Narmada river

(D/s) near Ambeta Estuary 27.04.17 21°40'47.69" 72°35'44.56"

To check water quality of the flowing water body

coming in the downstream of the study

area

SW 5 Narmada river

(U/s) near Suva Estuary 27.04.17 21°40'48.66" 72°39'33.87"

To check water quality of the flowing water body coming in the upstream

of the study area

Photographs of surface water sampling locations are given in Annexure 12.

3.9.4 Quality of Surface water

Analytical results of the surface water /Pond /River (Estuary) water samples are presented in Table 3-18 & Table

3-19.



Table 3-18: Analysis Result of Pond Water Samples

S. No.

Parameters Unit

Classification for Inland Surface Water4 Surface water Quality

A B C D E SW1

Vadadala Pond

SW2

Vav Pond

SW3

Kadodara Pond

1 pH pH Scale 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.0 to 9.0 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 7.9 8.1 8.19

2 Total Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 NS 3.8 3.2 3.5

3 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500.0 NS 1500.0 NS 2100 512 488 421

4 Electrical Conductivity μmohs/cm NS NS NS 1000 2250 493 817 745

5 BOD mg/l 2.0 3.0 3.0 NS NS 5 8 6

7 Total Hardness mg/l 300 NS NS NS NS 160 300 150

8 Ca++ Hardness mg/l 200 NS NS NS NS 46 56 100

9 Mg++ Hardness mg/l 100 NS NS NS NS 114 244 50

10 Copper mg/l 1.5 NS 1.5 NS NS <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

11 Iron mg/l 0.3 NS 50 NS NS <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

12 Manganese mg/l 0.5 NS NS NS NS <0.04 <0.04 <0.04

13 Chlorides (as Cl) mg/l 250 NS 600 NS 600 106 169 178

14 Sulphates mg/l 400 NS 400 NS 1000 5 13 19

15 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 20 NS 50 NS NS 36.92 25.61 23.84

16 Fluoride mg/l 1.5 1.5 1.5 NS NS 0.52 0.71 0.50

17 Phenolic Compound mg/l 0.002 0.005 0.005 NS NS <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

18 Free Ammonia mg/l NS NS NS 1.2 NS Nil Nil Nil

19 Mercury mg/l 0.001 NS NS NS NS <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

20 Cadmium mg/l 0.01 NS 0.01 NS NS <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

21 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 NA 0.2 NS NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

22 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 NS NS <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

23 Lead mg/l 0.1 NS 0.1 NS NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

24 Zinc mg/l 15 NS 15 NS NS <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

25 Chromium mg/l 0.05 1 0.05 NS NS <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

26 Boron mg/l NS NS NS NS 2 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

4 IS 2296 – 1982 Inland Surface Water Standards



S. No.

Parameters Unit

Classification for Inland Surface Water4 Surface water Quality

A B C D E SW1

Vadadala Pond

SW2

Vav Pond

SW3

Kadodara Pond

27 Sodium Absorption Ratio mg/gm NS NS NS NS 26 1.54 1.87 3.08

28 Total Coliform MPN/100ml 50 500 5000 NS NS 2700 3300 3100

Note: Ns- Not Specified

Table 3-19: Analysis Result of Estuary Water Samples

S. No.

Parameters

Unit

Water Quality Standards for Coastal Waters Marine Outfalls

SW4- Nr. Ambeta Village

SW5- Nr. Suva

Narmada Estuary (D/s)

Narmada Estuary (U/s) SW-I SW-II SW-III SW-IV SW-V

1 pH - 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.0 to 9.0 6.0 to 9.0 7.41 7.21

2 Total Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.2 4.5

3 Colour and Odour - No Colour No Odour

No Colour No Odour

No Colour No Odour

No Colour No Odour

No Colour No Odour

No Colour No Odour

No Colour No Odour

4 Floating Matters mg/l None None None 10 NS None None

5 Suspended Solids mg/l None from Sewage or Industrial waste Origin

NS NS NS NS 39 26

6 Turbidity NTU NS 30 30 NS NS 2.8 1.7

7 BOD mg/l NS 3 NS 5 NS 5 7

8 Oil and Grease

(including Petroleum Products) mg/l 0.1 NS NS NS NS <0.4 <0.4

9 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 NS NS NS NS <0.001 <0.001

10 Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.001 NS NS NS NS <0.01 <0.01

S. No. Class Intended Use

1 A Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after disinfection

2 B Outdoor bathing (organized)

3 C Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection

4 D Propagation of wild life, fisheries

5 E Irrigation, industrial cooling etc.



S. No.

Parameters

Unit

Water Quality Standards for Coastal Waters Marine Outfalls

SW4- Nr. Ambeta Village

SW5- Nr. Suva

Narmada Estuary (D/s)

Narmada Estuary (U/s) SW-I SW-II SW-III SW-IV SW-V

11 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.01 NS NS NS NS <0.001 <0.001

12 Dissolved Iron (as Fe) mg/l NS NS 0.5 NS NS <0.1 <0.1

13 Dissolved Manganese (as Mn) mg/l NS NS 0.5 NS NS <0.04 <0.04

14 Faecal Coliform ml (MPN) NS 100/100 500/100 500/100 500/100 43 48

15 Sludge Deposits, Solid refuse floating Solids, Oil Grease and

Scum NS NS NS NS NS

None except for treated Sewage and Industrial waste Effluent

None None

Classification of Coastal/Marine Waters for Designated Best Uses

Class Designated Best Use

SW-I Salt

SW-II Bathing, Contact Water Sports and Commercial Fishing

SW-III Industrial Cooling, Recreation (Non-contact) and Aesthetics

SW-IV Harbor

SW-V Navigation and Controlled Waste Disposal




3.9.5 Observation of Surface water (Pond & River) quality

The baseline quality of water based on the results of the surface water quality monitoring within the study area, it

is observed that;

Pond water: Quality of pond water can be compared with class D as per classification of Inland Surface Water and

use for propagation of wild life and fisheries. If there is no alternate source for potable water then it can be used

for drinking purpose with suitable treatment

Estuary Water: The Quality of Narmada estuary is nearly matching with class SW-II as per costal water marine

standards.

3.9.6 Groundwater Monitoring Methodology

Monitoring methodology for groundwater is given in Table 3-20. The grab samples were manually collected and

analysed as per APHA Standard Methods (22nd Edition, 1998) for the parameters given in the EIA Manual of MoEF

(January 2001).

Table 3-20: Monitoring Methodology of Groundwater

Sampling Parameters Sample Analysis Methodology

pH pH meter 4500 H+ B

Temperature Thermometer 2550 B

Turbidity Nephlometer 2130 B

TDS Gravimetric 2540 C

Electrical Conductivity Conductivity Meter 2510 B

COD Volumetric 5220 B

BOD Volumetric IS 3025

Ammonical Nitrogen Nessler method 4500 NH3

Phenol S. Photometer 510 C *

Chlorides Argentometric 4500 cl- B

SO4-2 S. Photometer 4500 SO4-2

SAR F. Photometer (Na, K)

Titration ( Ca and Mg) Calculation

Total Hardness Titration 2340 C

Ca++ Hardness Titration EDTA 3500 Mg B

Mg++ Hardness Titration EDTA 3500 Mg B

Nitrate S. Photometer 4500 NO3-2

Sodium F. Photometer 3500 Na B

Potassium Flame photometer 3500 K B

Calcium Titration EDTA 3500 ca B

Magnesium Titration 3500 Mg B

Salinity Volumetric 4500 cl- B

Cu (Copper) S. Photometer 3500 Cu B

Zn (Zinc) S. Photometer / AAS 3500 Zn B

Coliform Count Fermentation Tube 9221 B

Faecal Coliform Multiple Tube Technique 9230 B

Boron S. Photometer 4500 B C




3.9.7 Groundwater Sampling Location

Sampling Location of groundwater is given in Table 3-21.

Table 3-21: Groundwater Sampling Locations

Code No.

Location Date of

Sampling Source

Distance in km from Site

Direction in km from Site

GW 1 Vadadla 12.05.2017 Dug well 4.82 NE

GW 2 Dahej 12.05.2017 Dug well 2.05 N

GW 3 Galenda 12.05.2017 Dug well 9.18 NE

GW 4 Rahiyad 12.05.2017 Dug well 7.56 E

GW 5 Jolva 12.05.2017 Dug well 5.77 E

GW 6 Koliyad 12.05.2017 Dug well 9.74 E

GW 7 Ambetha 12.05.2017 Bore well 0.90 S



3.9.8 Quality of Water (Physical, Chemical and Bacteriological)

Groundwater analysis results are given vide in Table 3-22.

Table 3-22: Groundwater analysis results

S. No.

Parameters Unit

IS 10500 Standard Limits for drinking water

Ground Water Quality

Acceptable Limit Permissible Limit GW 1 GW2 GW 3 GW 4 GW 5 GW 6 GW 7

1 pH pH scale 6.5-8.5 NR 7.69 7.88 7.03 7.28 7.32 7.71 7.01

2 Temperature °C - - 30 30 30 30 30 30 27

3 Turbidity NTU 1 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

4 TDS mg/lit 500 2000 321 845 359 1455 1132 395 1412

5 Electrical

conductivity µmho/cm - - 497 1417 697 2356 1900 652 1850

6 COD mg/lit - - <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <5

7 BOD mg/lit - - <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <3

8 Phenol mg/lit 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

9 Chlorides mg/lit 250 1000 149 265 111 444 453 207 643

10 Sulphates mg/lit 200 400 102 67 33 194 34 37 61

11 Total Hardness mg/lit 200 600 130 340 200 390 290 280 230

12 Ca++ Hardness mg/lit - - 48 70 112 192 176 54 176

13 Mg++ Hardness mg/lit - - 82 270 88 198 114 226 54

14 Total Alkalinity mg/lit 200 600 140 220 50 100 110 180 40

15 Nitrate mg/lit 45 NR 29.52 38.1 34.42 23.08 38.87 40.94 <0.1

16 Fluoride mg/lit 1 1.5 1.57 0.71 0.75 1.21 2.27 1.94 0.34

17 Sodium mg/lit - - 79.0 132.4 61.4 287.1 221.7 112.7 420.4

18 Potassium mg/lit - - 8.0 15.6 7.20 16.2 11.3 9.60 22.3

19 Calcium mg/lit 75 200 19.24 28.06 44.89 76.65 70.54 21.64 70.5

20 Magnesium mg/lit 30 100 19.93 65.61 21.38 48.11 27.7 54.92 13.1

21 Salinity mg/lit - - 269.32 477.83 199.82 799.28 816.65 373.58 1159

22 Total Nitrogen mg/lit 0.5 NR 6.98 8.96 8.38 5.59 8.94 9.66 <0.01



S. No.

Parameters Unit

IS 10500 Standard Limits for drinking water

Ground Water Quality

Acceptable Limit Permissible Limit GW 1 GW2 GW 3 GW 4 GW 5 GW 6 GW 7

23 Total

Phosphorous mg/lit - - <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1

24 Dissolved Oxygen

mg/lit - - 2.2 2.9 2.8 2.5 2.7 2.9 2.9

25 Ammonical Nitrogen

mg/lit NS NS <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.01

26 SAR - - - 3.00 3.11 1.88 6.30 5.64 2.91 12.03

27 Heavy Metals

a Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.01 0.05 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.002

b Cadmium (as

Cd) mg/l 0.003 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

c Cromium (as Cr) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.003

d Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 1.5 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.05

e Cyanide (as CN) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

f Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 NR <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.3

g Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.01 NR <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

h Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

i Manganese (as

Mn) mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04

j Nickel (as Ni) mg/l 0.02 NR <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

k Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.08

28 Total Coliform MPN/100ml Shall not be detectable

in any 100 ml sample Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

29 Faecal Coliforms MPN/100ml Shall not be detectable

in any 100 ml sample Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent




3.9.9 Observations

These are aquifers in the close proximity to sea. These aquifers contain saline water containing high TDS.

Only those wells located near the surface water bodies are yielding relatively good quality water. This is

observed and confirmed from above chemical analysis of groundwater samples collected during field visit.

From this observation it is confirmed that dilution in water quality is likely.

In past most of the wells located near the surface water bodies like pond, streams were in use for drinking

purpose. After commencement of water supply for drinking purpose from Narmada canal/pipeline these

became redundant. The saline water yielded from wells is used for domestic purposes other than drinking

water.

3.10 Hydrology & Geology

This chapter illustrates the description of the existing environmental status of the study area with reference to the

prominent environmental attributes. The study area covers an area equal to 10 km radius around the project site.

The existing environmental setting covers baseline conditions with respect to geology and groundwater quality.

3.10.1 Methodology

The Geology and Ground Water

Collection of existing maps and data

District Resource Map, (Survey of India), if available

CGWB reports

State Groundwater report

IMD data

Land-use maps

Google Earth and/or Topographic maps (drainage patterns, water bodies, topography, morphology and

vegetation cover)

The integrated study of above maps leads to identification of specific issues related to geology and its effect on

topography, morphology, drainage pattern and groundwater. It further gives an idea about water quality i.e.

soluble salts. It further explains relation between surface and ground water.

Based on these inferences field visit, observation points and sampling locations are decided and acted upon.

The objective of studying the geology is to assess and estimate the likely impact of proposed plant on surface and

underground environment.

3.10.2 Topography and Geomorphology

Topographically, the entire area is almost flat with gentle dipping toward west. Geomorphologically the area

belongs to flood plains of Gulf of Khambhat. The average elevation is 6 – 8 m above MSL.

3.10.3 Regional Geology

A concise description of Geology is given by Geological Survey of India is given below:

The stratigraphic sequence as given by Geological Survey of India is given below:

Soils brown sands, younger alluvium Holocene Quaternary

Older alluvium Pleistocene

Agate conglomerate Pleistocene Tertiary




Jhagadia formation Upper Miocene

Kand formation Middle Miocene

Balaguru formation Lower Miocene

Nummulitive limestone Oligocene

laterite Palaeocene

Deccan trap basalts with dykes Lower Eocene to upper cretaceous

Bagh beds Cretaceous

3.10.4 Geological and Hydrogeological conditions

Dahej GIDC is located on west of Bharuch at Gulf of Khambhat. Geologically, entire area is covered with recent age

deposits of fluvial and marine origin. Major part of the study area is covered with gray to yellow coloured silty

loam.

The main hydrogeological unit in the area is alluvium formation. The alluvium formation mainly comprises of

alternate bands of sand and clay. The sand formation consists of medium to fine-grained material and works as an

aquifer. The ground water in area is highly saline so no efforts are seen to extract ground water.

The groundwater occurrence in this area is under water table and semi-confined. As per discussion with local

people and well owners, depth to water level, within study area is 8 to 10 m and total depth of wells ranging from

15 to 20 m. At site the applicable transmissibility value may ranging from 60-90 m2/day and permeability may range

form 3-6 m/day and specific yield value may range from 3-4%.

3.10.5 Seismicity

Most of Gujarat, which include the study area of the project, is categorized in the seismic zone III, which is

classified as having a fairly high probability of earthquake shocks measuring 5 or 6 on the Richter scale, low

probability of shocks of 6 or 7 on the Richter scale.

Source: www.gujarat.earthquake.gov.in

Earthquake zoning map of Gujarat is shown as Figure 3-5.




Figure 3-5: Earthquake zoning map of Gujarat

Note: Zone V: Very High Risk Zone; Zone IV: High Risk Zone; Zone III: Moderate Risk Zone; Zone II: Low Risk

Zone

3.11 Soil

3.11.1 Introduction

The project area falls under South Gujarat Agroclimatic Zone (GJ-2) and Agro-ecological zone-21, characterized by

700-800 mm rainfall, 1-3 % soil slope and soil depth is >100 cm. The predominantly soils are heavy black (62.52

%), heavy black coastal (14.46 %) and sandy loam (23.12 %). The principal crops grown are cotton, paddy,

sugarcane, sorghum, wheat, pigeon pea and other pulses like wal and green gram. In the project area neither

vegetable are cultivated on large scale nor plantation crops. The irrigation is mainly through canal and open wells

as underground waters are saline due to proximity of sea in the project area. The cropping intensity is 117 %. The

farmers grow rainfed cotton, sorghum, pigeon pea and wheat.

3.11.2 Objectives

To know physical and chemical properties of soils

To identify soil pollution and suggest mitigation measures

To give monitoring plan for improving soil quality

3.11.3 Methodology

A field visit conducted to study site-specific soil quality and condition includes soil colour, texture mineralogical

content, plasticity and any possible impact to the environmental setting due to project

3.11.4 Soil sample collection Methodology

The locations for soil sample collection were randomly selected from the surrounding areas namely Soil-1 to Soil-07.

The soil samples from 0-15 cm depth were collected by using spade and pawada. The samples were homogenized




and about 1 Kg soil sample was collected in the polyethylene bag. Labelled with sample ID which includes site

numbers and project name. The samples were brought to the laboratory for analysis of physical (porosity, water

holding capacity, permeability, and particle size distribution) and chemical properties (cation exchange, electrical

conductivity, sodium adsorption ratio, pH, Ca, Mg, Na, K).

Table 3-23: Soil Sampling Locations

S. No. Sampling Location Sampling date Distance from site (km) Direction w.r.t site

S 1 Galenda 12-05-2017 9.18 NE

S 2 Rahiyad 12-05-2017 7.56 E

S 3 Jolva 12-05-2017 5.77 E

S 4 Vadadala 12-05-2017 4.82 NE

S 5 Koliyad 12-05-2017 9.74 E

3.11.5 Methodology of Soil Sample Analysis

Methodology of soil sample monitoring is given in Table 3-24.

Table 3-24: Methodology of Soil Sample Monitoring

Sampling Parameters Sample collection Analytical Equipment

Methodology Remarks

Porosity

Manual sample collection using hammer and

container tube for collecting undisturbed

top soil.

- IS: 2720 Part 7

Trial pit method for topsoil sample

collection; disturbed samples

Water holding capacity Keen Apparatus HMSO, UK

Permeability - IS: 2720 Part 17

Moisture content Electronic Balance IS: 2720 Part 2

Texture - IS: 2720 Part 4

Particle size Distribution Glass wares IS: 2720 Part 4

5% Leachate to be made and

analyzed as per APHA, “Standard

Methods”

All method numbers are as

per APHA “Standard

Methods” (21st edition, 2005)

Cation Exchange Capacity Centrifuge IS: 2720 Part 24 (1976)

SAR F. Photometer (Na, K)

Titration ( Ca & Mg) Calculation

pH pH Meter 4500 H+B

Electrical Conductivity Conductivity Meter As per IS 14767 -2000

Calcium Glass wares 3500 Ca B

Magnesium Glass Wares 3500 Mg B

Sodium (Na) F. Photometer 3500 Na B

Potassium F. Photometer 3500 K B

3.11.6 Analysis Results of Soil

The soil sampling analysis results are given in Table 3-25.

Table 3-25: Soil Analysis Results

S. No

Parameter Unit S1

Galenda

S2

Rahiyad

S3

Jolva

S4

Vadadala

S5

Koliyad

1 Porosity % 56 48 61 50 49

2 Water Holding Capacity % 53.10 53.20 48.80 61.50 61.30

3 Permeability mm/hr 11.8 20.1 27.1 30.1 22.2

4 Particle Size distribution

a Sand % 36 45 55 42 68

b Silt % 22 13 12 19 13

C Clay % 42 42 33 39 19




S. No

Parameter Unit S1

Galenda

S2

Rahiyad

S3

Jolva

S4

Vadadala

S5

Koliyad

d Texture -- Clay loam Clay loam Sandy

clay loam Clay loam Sandy loam

5 Cation Exchange

capacity meq/100gm 27 26 20 18 22

6 Electrical Conductivity dS/m 0.371 0.174 0.217 0.252 0.414

7 Exchangeable Sodium % 0.27 0.44 0.04 0.32 1.02

8 pH 7.54 7.48 7.40 7.80 8.15

90 Calcium g/kg 0.16 0.22 0.22 0.16 0.11

10 Magnesium g/kg 0.97 1.18 0.84 0.73 1.15

11 Sodium g/kg 0.71 0.88 0.58 0.65 1.13

12 Potassium g/kg 0.29 0.28 0.17 0.19 0.27

3.11.7 Soil Quality

The analysis of physicochemical properties of soil samples collected from surrounding area indicated that porosity

ranged from 48-61 % and WHC varied from 50.30 – 61.30 %, while permeability ranged from 11.8 -30.1 mm/hr.

The highest porosity and WHC and the moderately low permeability was on account of sandy loam to clay loam

texture of soils. The EC (0.147 - 0.414 dS/m) and ESP (0.04 – 1.1) were well within the safe limits of <0.8 dS/m

and <5.0 %, respectively. The pH ranged from 7.35 – 78.15, indicating that soils do not pose a problem of either

salinity or sodicity. Among water soluble cations predominance of Mg (0.63 to 1.18 g/kg) was seen followed by

sodium (0.39 to 1.13 g/kg), Ca (0.11 to 0.24 g/kg) and K (0.17 to 0.29 g/kg).

3.11.8 Interpretation

Soils in the surrounding areas are having sandy loam to clay loam texture having moderately low permeability and

does not pose problem of either salinity or sodicity at present.

3.12 Ecology and Biodiversity

As a part of EIA, this report represents existing biodiversity status of the project site (core zone) and its

surrounding environ of the project study area (buffer zone of 10 km. radius). Also, an effort has been made to

predict likely impacts of project and its associated activities, and suggests mitigation measures to reduce impacts

on various biological components of the project study area.

3.12.1 Scope, Aim and Objectives

To inventorise floral and faunal components of project area (project site / core zone and buffer zone).

To locate / demarcate and understand ecological setting of the project area in terms of national parks /

wildlife sanctuary / reserve forests / tiger reserve / Eco-sensitive Areas / wetlands etc. within 10 km. radius

from project site (if any).

To identify schedule-I, rare, endemic and endangered species within the project study area and prepare

conservation plan for same.

To identify impact zone and evaluate the likely impact of the proposed project on flora, fauna and

ecological setting of the project study area.

To prepare green belt development plan / conservation plan to mitigate likely impacts and to conserve

ecology and biodiversity.




3.12.2 Study Area

Delineation of the study area

Project Site / Core Zone and Buffer Zone

Project site as a core zone and surrounding 10 km. radius considered as a buffer zone for study.

Ecological Sensitivity / Habitats of the Study Area

Buffer zone encompasses following different ecologically important features within 10 km radius from proposed

project site boundary.

Forest /National Park / Sanctuary

No National Park or Sanctuary falls within buffer zone. However, two Reserve Forest (RF) areas falls in the buffer

zone of the study area i.e. Dahej RF and Lakhigam. These forest areas encompass mainly common species like

Prosopis juliflora (invasive species) and shrubs like Datura metel, Calotropis gigantea and Lantana camera are

common.

Mangroves

Nearest patch of mangrove from the project site boundary falls at a distance of 12.8 km towards WSW direction.

3.12.3 Methodology

Literature Review

Since the proposed project surrounding environ (buffer zone) encompasses various industries, some studies have

been conducted by other agencies to carryout EIA projects. In this report, secondary information on ecology and

biodiversity aspect has been used from following two reports. However, efforts have been made to verify same in

the field and interaction with local people.

1. Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment Report For Special Economic Zone of Dahej SEZ Ltd. located at

Taluka: Vagra, Dist. Bharuch, Gujarat Appended With Marine Environmental Impact Assessment & Mitigation

Measures For CRA Area (August 2010), Prepared By Ramans Consultancy Services Pvt. Ltd. SF– 23 & 24,

Camps Corner, Near Auda Garden, Prahaladnagar, Ahmedabad 380 051.

2. EIA, EMP & DMP for Industrial Plant at GIDC Dahej (M/s. SRF Limited), Bharuch District Gujarat (2008),

prepared by Kadam Environmental Consultants, Makarpura GIDC, Vadodara, Gujarat.

3. EIA / EMP and RA / DMP Report for Proposed Surfactants Manufacturing Facility (M/s. Galaxy Surfactants

Limited) at Dahej SEZ-II (June 2014), prepared by Kadam Environmental Consultants, Makarpura GIDC,

Vadodara, Gujarat.

4. EIA Report for Environmental Clearance of Proposed Manufacturing of Chlorinated and Hydrogenated

Derivatives (11000 MTM) for Agro Intermediates Plant at Plot No. D-2/CH/6, Survey No. 843/P, 844/P, 845/P,

850/P, 851/P, 852/P, GIDC Industrial Estate, Town Dahej-II, Tehsil Vagra, District Bharuch.

Field Data Collection / Inventory

Terrestrial Ecology

Since project site falls in the industrial area and no natural vegetation exists at site, efforts have been made to

enlist existing species. The Proposed site is dominated by Prosopis juliflora. Similarly, the buffer zone is mainly

dominated with crop / fallow land while forest area is entirely invaded by an invasive species Prosopis juliflora

(monoculture) which does not require quantification. So, secondary data from various EIA reports have been

extracted and verified through ground surveys.




Threat Assessment Criteria

Indian wild Life Protection Act, 1972, ENVIS Database, IUCN Database, Red Data Book etc.

3.12.4 Terrestrial Ecosystem

Flora

Core Zone / Project site

Project site was reported with six common species of flora / plants; taxonomic account is given in the Table 3-26.

Table 3-26: Floral species reported from the proposed project site / Core Zone

S. No. Habit Species Name Local Name Family

1 Shrub Alhagi maurorum Javaso, Javas Fabaceae

2 Shrub Prosopis chilensis Gando Baval Mimosaceae

3 Shrub Calotropis procera Akado,Aak Asclepiadaceae

4 Herb Cressa cretia Bukan, Un Bakano Convolvulaceae

5 Grass Aleuropus lagopoides khariyu gah Poaceae

6 Grass Cynodon dactylon Dhrab, Dhoob Grass Poaceae

Buffer Zone

Buffer zone has been reported 155 floral species, which includes 53 species of trees (25 families), 30 species of

Shrubs (21 families), 50 species of herbs (27 families), 8 species of grasses (one family) and 14 species of climbers

(6 families). Taxonomic account for all life forms is tabulated in following Table 3-27.

Table 3-27: Flora Reported from Buffer Zone of the Study Area

S. No. Family Botanical Name Common Name

Trees

1 i. Fabaceae Acacia auriculiformis Austrianbaval

2 ii. Fabaceae Acacia leucophloea Hermobaval

3 iii. Fabaceae Acacia nilotica Baval

4 iv. Fabaceae Acacia Senegal Goradiobaval

5 v. Bombacucae Adonsonia digitata Rukhdo Choramli

6 vi. Simaroubaceae Ailanthus excelsa Aurdso

7 vii. Fabaceae Albizia lebbeck Siris

8 viii. Fabaceae Albizia procera Kalo siris

9 ix. Avicenniaceae Avecinnia marina Sundari

10 x. Avicenniaceae Avicennia alba Patcheradi

11 xi. Meliaceae Azadirachta indica Limbado

12 xii. Balanitaceae Balanites aegptica Ingorio

13 xiii. Caricaceae Carica papaya Papaya

14 xiv. Caesalpiniaceae Cassia fistula Garmalo

15 xv. Caesalpiniaceae Cassia siamea Kasid

16 xvi. Casuarinaceae Casuarina equisetifolia Sharu

17 xvii. Arecaceae Cocos nucifera Narial

18 xviii. Caesalpiniaceae Delonix elata Sandsro

19 xix. Caesalpiniaceae Delonix regia Gulmohar

20 xx. Papilionaceae Erythrina variegata Pagario

21 xxi. Myrtaceae Eucalyptus Nilgiri

22 xxii. Moraceae Ficus benghalensis Vad





23 xxiii. Moraceae Ficus racemosa Umaro

24 xxiv. Moraceae Ficus religiosa Piplo

25 xxv. Verbenaceae Gmelina arborea Sevan

26 xxvi. Fabaceae Leucaena leucocephala Subaval

27 xxvii. Anacardiaceae Mangifera indica Keri

28 xxviii. Sapotaceae Manilkara hexandra Rayan

29 xxix. Sapotaceae Manilkara zapota Chikoo

30 xxx. Meliaceae Melia azadirachta Bakan Neem

31 xxxi. Bignoniaceae Millingtonia hortensis Desi Buch

32 xxxii. Moringaceae Moringa oleifera Sargavo

33 xxxiii. Fabaceae Parkinsonia aculeata Rambaval

34 xxxiv. Caesalpiniaceae Peltophorum pterocarpum Sonmukhi, Pila Gulmohar

35 xxxv. Arecaceae Phoenix sylvestris Kajuri

36 xxxvi. Fabaceae Pithecellobium dulce Gorasmli

37 xxxvii. Apocynacea Plumeria rubra Chambo

38 xxxviii. Annonaceae Polylathia longifolia Asopalav

39 xxxix. Papilionaceae Pongamia pinnata Karanj

40 xl. Fabaceae Prosopis cineraria Khijado

41 xli. Fabaceae Prosopis juliflora Gando baval

42 xlii. Euphorbiaceae Ricinus communis Castor, Arundo

43 xliii. Salvadoraceae Salvadora oleoides Mithi Jar

44 xliv. Salvadoraceae Salvadora persica Pilva, Piludi

45 xlv. Caesalpiniaceae Sesbania sesban Shesri

46 xlvi. Myrtaceae Syzygium cumini Jambu

47 xlvii. Caesalpiniaceae Tamarindus indica Amli

48 xlviii. Verbenaceae Tectona grandis Sag

49 xlix. Combretaceae Terminalia catappa Badam

50 l. Malvaceae Thespesia populnea Paras piplo

51 li. Verbenaceae Vitex negundo Nagod

52 lii. Rhamnaceae Zizyphus glabrata Bor

53 liii. Rhamnaceae Zizyphus mauritiana Chani Bor

Shrubs

54 i. Acanthaceae Hygrophila auriculata Akhro

55 ii. Apocynaceae Nerium indicum Lalkaren

56 iii. Apocynaceae Thevetia peruviana Pili karan

57 iv. Asclepediaceae Calotropis gigantea Safed Ankdo

58 v. Asclepediaceae Calotropis procera Ankdo

59 vi. Balanitaceae Balanites aegyptiaca Ingorio

60 vii. Bignoniaceae Tecoma stans Peilafol

61 viii. Cactaceae Opuntia elatior Fafdo Thor

62 ix. Caesalpiniaceae Cassia auriculata Tarwar, Awala

63 x. Capparidaceae Capparis decidua Kerdo, Ker

64 xi. Compositae Xanthium strumarium Gokhru

65 xii. Convolvulaceae Ipomoea fistulosa Nasarmo, Besharam vel

66 xiii. Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia neriifolia Thor

67 xiv. Euphorbiaceae Jatropha curcas Ratanjot

68 xv. Euphorbiaceae Jatropha gossypifolia Pardesi Devalo





69 xvi. Euphorbiaceae Ricinus communis Devalo

70 xvii. Alhagi maurorum Javaso, Javas Fabaceae

71. xviii. Lythraceae Lawsonia inermis Mendhi

72. xix. Malvaceae Abelomoschus manihot Jagali bhindi

73. xx. Malvaceae Abutilon indicum Khapat, Kanski

74. xxi. Malvaceae Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Jasund

75. xxii. Mimosaceae Prosopis juliflora Gando baval

76. xxiii. Musaceae Musa paradisiaca Kela

77. xxiv. Nyctaginaceae Bougainvillea spectabilis Bougainvel

78. xxv. Papilionaceae Sesbania sesban Shevari

79. xxvi. Rhamnaceae Zizyphus nummularia Chanibor, Bor

80. xxvii. Solanaceae Datura metel Daturo

81. xxviii. Solanaceae Solanum incanum Ubhi ringan

82. xxix. Verbenaceae Clerodendrum inerme Madhi

83. xxx. Verbenaceae Lantana camara Ganthai

Herbs

84. i. Amaranthaceae Achyranthes aspera Anthedi

85. ii. Amaranthaceae Aerva javanica Bur, Gorakh Ganjo

86. iii. Liliaceae Aloe barbadensis Kunvarpato

87. iv. Amaranthaceae Alternanthera sessilis Jar Bhaji, Jar Bhangaro

88. v. Amaranthaceae Amaranthus viridis Adbau Rajgaro, Rajgaro

89. vi. Lythraceae Ammannia baccifera Jal Agiyo

90. vii. Apiaceae Anethum graveolens Suva

91. viii. Papaveraceae Argemone mexicana Darudi

92. ix. Scrophulariaceae Bacopa monnieri Brahmi

93. x. Asteraceae Blumea lacera Kolhar, Pilo Kapurio

94. xi. Nyctaginaceae Boerhavia diffusa Satodi

95. xii. Caesalpiniaceae Cassia tora Kuvandio

96. xiii. Amaranthaceae Celosia argentea Lampdi

97. xiv. Capparidaceae Cleome gynandra Ghandhatu, Dholi Talwani

98. xv. Tilaceae Corchorus aestuans Kag Shing, Chunch, Chhadhari

99. xvi. Papilionaceae Cortalaria medicaginea Ran methi

100. xvii. Convolvulaceae Cressa cretica Khariyu

101. xviii. Cyperaceae Cyperus bulbosus Kal

102. xix. Cyperaceae Cyperus difformis --

103. xx. Cyperaceae Cyperus rotundus Bara-nagar-motha, Korehi-jhar

104. xxi. Cyperaceae Cyperus stoloniferus --

105. xxii. Solanaceae Datura innoxia Dhatura

106. xxiii. Asteraceae Echinops echinatus Shulio, Utkanto

107. xxiv. Asteraceae Ecipta alba Bhangro

108. xxv. Asteraceae Eclipta prostrata Bhangro

109. xxvi. Pontederiaceae Eichhornia crassipes Kanphutti

110. xxvii. Boraginaceae Heliotropium indicum Hathisundhi

111. xxviii. Acanthaceae Hygrophila auriculata Kanta shelio

112. xxix. Papilionaceae Indigofera oblongifolia Zil

113. xxx. Asteraceae Launaea procumbens --

114. xxxi. Molluginaceae Mollugo pentaphylla --





115. xxxii. Nymphaeaceae Nymphaea pubescens Kamal

116. xxxiii. Nymphaeaceae Nymphaea stellata Kamal

117. xxxiv. Lamiaceae ( Labiatae) Ocimum basilicum damaro

118. xxxv. Lamiaceae ( Labiatae) Ocimum sanctum Tuli

119. xxxvi. Asteraceae Pentanema indicum Sonasali

120. xxxvii. Poaceae (Gramineae) Phragmites karaka --

121. xxxviii. Asteraceae Pulicaria wightiana Sonela

122. xxxix. Malvaceae Sida cordifolia Bala

123. xl. Solanaceae Solanum surattense Bhoringini

124. xli. Asteraceae Spheranthus indicus Gorakh mundi

125. xlii. Chenopodiaceae Suaeda nudiflora Moras

126. xliii. Chenopodiaceae Sueda fruticosa --

127. xliv. Aziaceae Trianthema monogyna Satodo

128. xlv. Zygophyllaceae Tribulus terrestris Gokhru

129. xlvi. Boraginaceae Trichodesma indicum Undha fuli

130. xlvii. Asteraceae Tricholepis amplexicaulis --

131. xlviii. Asteraceae Tridax procumbens Pardesi bhangro

132. xlix. Typhaceae Typha angustata Gha-Bajariyu

133. l. Asteraceae Vernonia cineraria Sahdevi

Grasses

134. i. Poaceae (Gramineae) Aleuropus lagopoides khariyu gah

135. ii. Poaceae Apluda mutica Phophal

136. iii. Poaceae Aristida sps. Lapdu

137. iv. Poaceae Cenchrus biflorus Dhaman

138. v. Poaceae Chloris barbata Bidelpuchh

139. vi. Poaceae (Gramineae) Cynodon dactylon Dhrab, Dhoob Grass

140. vii. Poaceae Dactylotenium indicum Tarakiyu

141. viii. Poaceae Heteropogon contortus Kagadiu

Climbers

142. i. Asclepediaceae Pergularia daemia Chamar dudheli

143. ii. Convolvulaceae Ipomoea pes-caprae Dariani vel

144. iii. Convolvulaceae Ipomoea pes-tigridis wagpadi

145. iv. Convolvulaceae Ipomoea aquatica Nali ni Bhaji

146. v. Convolvulaceae Ipomoea nil Kaladana

147. vi. Convolvulaceae Ipomoea obscura Vad fudardi

148. vii. Convolvulaceae Merremia emarginata Undarkani

149. viii. Cucurbataceae Trichosanthes cucumerina Jungli parval

150. ix. Cucurbataceae Citrulus colocynthis Indravarna

151. x. Cucurbataceae Coccinia grandis Ghiloda

152. xi. Cucurbataceae Luffa cylindrica Galku

153. xii. Cuscutaceae Cuscuta chinensis Amarval

154. xiii. Menispermaceae Cocculus hirsutus Vevdi

155. xiv. Vitaceae Vitis trifolia Khachatumbo




Fauna

Herpetofauna

Core Zone / Project Site

No herpetofauna reported from the project site.

Buffer Zone

Overall 8 herpetofaunal species have been reported from the buffer zone.

Table 3-28: Herpetofauna Reported from Buffer Zone

S. No. Family Common Name Scientific Name IWPA-1972 & IUCN

1 Agamidae Common garden lizard Calotes versicolor

2 Colubridae Common rat snake Ptyas mucosus Schedule-IV

3 Gekkonidae Yellow-Green House Gecko Hemidactylus flaviviridis --

4 Agamidae Fan-Throated Lizard Sitana ponticeriana LC

5 Elapidae Spectacled cobra Naja naja Schedule-II

6 Viperidae Russell’s Viper Daboia russelii Schedule-II, LC

7 Elapidae Common Indian Krait Bungarus caeruleus Schedule-IV, LRnt

Avifauna

Core Zone

Only 4 common species of birds were reported from the project site (flying across site). Bird activity was very poor

in adjacent area.

Table 3-29: Avifauna Reported from Core Zone / Project Site

S. No. Family New Common Name Scientific Name IWPA-1972 Schedule

1 Ardeidae Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis Schedule-IV, LC

2 Sylviidae Common Babbler Turdoides caudatus Schedule-IV, LC

3 Corvidae House Crow Corvus splendens Schedule-IV, LC

4 Pycnonotidae Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer Schedule-IV, LC

Buffer Zone

Overall 47 species of birds from 24 families have been reported from the buffer zone area.

Table 3-30: Birds Reported from Buffer Zone


1 Cuculidae Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopacea Schedule-IV, LC

2 Sturnidae Bank Myna Acridotheres ginginianus Schedule-IV, LC

3 Corvidae Black Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus Schedule-IV, LC

4 Accipitridae Black-winged Kite Elanus caeruleus Schedule-IV, LC

5 Charadriidae Black-winged Stilt Himantopus himantopus Schedule-IV, LC

6 Meropidae Blue-cheeked Bee-eater Merops persicus Schedule-IV, LC

7 Ardeidae Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis Schedule-IV, LC

8 Meropidae Chestnut-headed Bee-

eater Meropsles chenaulti Schedule-IV, LC

9 Sylviidae Common Babbler Turdoides caudatus Schedule-IV, LC

10 Sturnidae Common Myna Acridotheres tristis Schedule-IV, LC

11 Corvidae Common Raven Corvus corax Schedule-IV, LC

12 Apodidae Common Swift Apus apus Schedule-IV, LC





13 Sylviidae Common Tailorbird Orthotomus sutorius Schedule-IV, LC

14 Nectariniidae Crimson-backed Sunbird Nectarinia minima Schedule-IV, LC

15 Cuculidae Drongo Cuckoo Surniculus lugubris Schedule-IV, LC

16 Columbidae Eurasian Collared-Dove Streptope liadecaocto Schedule-IV, LC

17 Corvidae Eurasian Golden-Oriole Oriolus oriolus Schedule-IV, LC

18 Paridae Great Tit Parus major Schedule-IV, LC

19 Centropodidae Greater Coucal Centropus sinensis Schedule-IV, LC

20 Phasianidae Grey Francolin Francolinus pondicerianus Schedule-IV, LC

21 Corvidae House Crow Corvus splendens Schedule-IV, LC

22 Passeridae House Sparrow Passer domesticus Schedule-IV, LC

23 Phasianidae Indian Peafowl Pavo cristatus Schedule-I, LC

24 Ardeidae Indian Pond-Heron Ardeo lagrayii Schedule-IV, LC

25 Muscicapidae Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicata Schedule-IV, LC

26 Ardeidae Intermediate Egret Mesophoyx intermedia Schedule-IV, LC

27 Sylviidae Jungle Babbler Turdoides striatus Schedule-IV, LC

28 Corvidae Large Cuckoo-shrike Coracina macei Schedule-IV, LC

29 Ardeidae Little Egret Egretta garzetta Schedule-IV, LC

30 Apodidae Little Swift Apus affinis Schedule-IV, LC

31 Laniidae Long-tailed Shrike Lanius schach Schedule-IV, LC

32 Laniidae Northern Shrike Lanius excubitor Schedule-IV, LC

33 Columbidae Oriental Turtle-Dove Streptope liaorientalis Schedule-IV, LC

34 Ciconiidae Painted Stork Mycteria leucocephala NT

35 Muscicapidae Pied Bushchat Saxicola caprata Schedule-IV, LC

36 Nectariniidae Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica Schedule-IV, LC

37 Threskiornithidae Red-naped Ibis Pseudibis papillosa Schedule-IV, LC

38 Pycnonotidae Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer Schedule-IV, LC

39 Charadriidae Red-wattled Lapwing Vanellus indicus Schedule-IV, LC

40 Pycnonotidae Red-whiskered Bulbul Pycnonotus jocosus Schedule-IV, LC

41 Columbidae Rock Pigeon Columba livia Schedule-IV, LC

42 Psittacidae Rose-ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri Schedule-IV, LC

43 Corvidae RufousTreepie Dendrocitta vagabunda Schedule-IV, LC

44 Columbidae Spotted Dove Streptope liachinensis Schedule-IV, LC

45 Strigidae Spotted Owlet Athene brama Schedule-IV, LC

46 Rallidae White-breasted Water

hen Amaurornis phoenicurus Schedule-IV, LC

47 Dacelonidae White-throated

Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis Schedule-IV, LC

Mammals

Core Zone

No direct or indirect evidences of mammals were reported from the site.

Buffer Zone

Totally 9 species from six families have been enlisted from buffer zone of the study area.




Table 3-31: Mammals Reported from the Buffer Zone

S. No. Family Common Name Scientific name IWPA-1972 & IUCN

1 Cercopithecidae Common Langur Semnopithecus entellus Schedule-II, LC

2 Canidae Indian Fox Vulpes bengalensis Schedule-II, LC

3 Felidae Jungle cat Felis chaus Schedule-II, LC

4 Herpestidae Common Mongoose Herpestes edwardsii Schedule-IV, LC

5 Leporids Indian Hare Lepus nigricollis Schedule-IV, LC

6 Muridae Indian field mouse Mus booduga Schedule-V, LC

7 Muridae Black rat Rattus Rattus Schedule-V, LC

8 Sciuridae Five striped Palm squirrel Funambulus pennantii Schedule-IV, LC

9 ciuridae Nilgai Boselaphus tragocamelus Schedule-III, LC

3.12.5 Agriculture and Horticulture

The Tuver (Cajanus indica), Wheat (Triticum aestivum) and Cotton (Gossypium herbaceum) are cultivated as major

crops in this area. Bajra (Pennisetum typhoides) and Jowar (Sorghum bicolar) are cultivated in few pockets

immediately after monsoon period.

Major Crops: Major crops in the study area are Tuver (Cajanus indica), Wheat (Triticum aestivum) and Cotton

(Gossypium herbaceum).

Minor crops: The minor crops of this region are Bajra (Pennisetum typhoides), Jowar (Sorghum bicolar) and Divel

(Ricinus communis)

Vegetables: The vegetables grown in the study area are, Rigan (Solanum melongena), Tomato (Lycopersicon

lycopersicum) and Val, Valpapadi (Lablab purpureus).

Major horticultural crops: Horticulture activity is very less. Keri (Mangifera indica), Chikoo (Manilkara zapota),

Papaya (Carica papaya) and Banana (Musa Paradisiaca).

3.12.6 Aquatic Ecosystem

Status of fishery and mangroves of the study area buffer zone is described as follows,

Fishery: Marine and Narmada Estuary

Bharuch District contributes less than 1% to the total state marine production. Bombay duck (Harpadon nehereus)

constitutes the dominant fishery (13%) of the region of the total marine catch. The coastal water also serves as the

migratory route for the clupeid Hilsa (Tenualosa ilisha) on their way to the Narmada River for breeding and the

outward route for the newly hatched juveniles and some of the adults. This makes Hilsa fishery an important

activity inside the Gulf and the estuarine region of Narmada.

Water near confluence is heavily silted and turbid. No commercial fishery takes place in river or along the coast due

to strong water currents. Pagadiya type fishing is operational in intertidal zones. Very few fishing boats present are

seen in the coastal villages which operate only during rainy season when large fishes are available.

Mangrove and Other Costal Vegetation

Mangrove flora is dominated by Avicennia marina and Rhizophora mucronata. Healthy growth of mangroves has

been reported from the banks of Ban Khadi and Ghugar Khadi. However, no mudflats sustaining dense growth of

mangroves have been reported. Similarly, obligate halophytes like Sueda maritima and Salichornia brachyata are

very common in the coastal area. Photographs of Mangroves are given in Annexure 12.

3.13 Socio-Economics




3.13.1 Demographic Profile

There is around 17 villages/hamlets/habitation within the entire study area. The proposed project is falling within

the Dahej GIDC, where there is presence of already several chemical industries. The villages which may come in

direct impact zone are Ambheta, Dahej, Jageshwar, Luvara and Lakhigam. The list of identified villages in the study

area with households and population are reflected in Table 3-32.

Table 3-32: Villages in Study Area with Households and Population

S. No. District Sub- district Distance (Km) Habitation House Hold Population

1 Bharuch Vagara 0 - 3 Ambheta 347 1,552

2 Bharuch Vagara 0 - 3 Dahej 3,426 13,495

3 Bharuch Vagara 0 - 3 Jageshwar 383 1,571

Sub Total 4,156 16,618

4 Bharuch Vagara 3 - 5 Luvara 385 1,663

5 Bharuch Vagara 3 - 5 Lakhigam 1,217 4,938

6 Bharuch Vagara 3 - 5 Vadadla 201 822

Sub Total 1,803 7,423

7 Bharuch Vagara 5 - 7 Suva 413 1,920

8 Bharuch Vagara 5 - 7 Jolva 338 1,442

9 Bharuch Vagara 5 - 7 Vajapura - -

Sub Total 751 3,362

10 Bharuch Vagara 7 - 10 Padariya 131 647

11 Bharuch Vagara 7 - 10 Kadodara 420 1995

12 Bharuch Vagara 7 - 10 Vav 155 727

13 Bharuch Vagara 7 - 10 Sambheti 82 416

14 Bharuch Vagara 7 - 10 Samatpor 79 367

15 Bharuch Vagara 7 - 10 Galenda 120 611

16 Bharuch Vagara 7 - 10 Rahiad 355 1694

17 Bharuch Vagara 7 - 10 Koliad 152 676

Sub Total 1,494 7,133

Grand Total 8,204 34,536

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011

Note: Vajapur habitation details is absent in PCA-2011.

According to Primary Census Abstract-2011 there is around 8,204 households and 34,536 population in the study

area. During social survey it was revealed that number of households are increasing at Dahej, Ambheta Lakhigam

etc. the probable reason may due to rapid in immigration rate the demand might have increased.

3.13.2 Social Profile

Population and Sex ratio details

The statistics regarding the population and sex ration of the study area are given in Table 3-33.

Table 3-33: Population and Sex ratio details in 2011

Distance in km Male Female Sex Ratio

0 -3 9,970 6,648 2461

3 - 5 4,436 2,987 673

5 - 7 1,780 1,582 889




Distance in km Male Female Sex Ratio

7 - 10 3,641 3,492 959

Total 19,827 14,709 742

Source: Primary Census Abstract2011

From the socio-economic study it can be revealed that the study area consists of 17 census villages/habitations.

Total Population of study area is 34,536. Out of the total population, male are 19,827(57.40%) and female

population is 14,709(42.60%) and the sex ratio is 742 females per 1000 males in the study area.

Social Characteristics

The prominent caste prevailing in 0-3 Km villages are Patel, Darbar along with SC/ST population. The statistics

regarding the Social Characteristics of villages in the study area are given in Table 3-34.

Table 3-34: Schedule Caste and Schedule Tribe Population in 2011

Distance in km

2011

% SC % ST

Total Male Female Total Male Female

0 - 3 3.77 51.67 48.33 15.03 52.34 47.66

3 - 5 3.66 53.31 46.69 25.43 50.95 49.05

5 - 7 8.98 54.64 45.36 16.45 52.62 47.38

7 - 10 3.81 50.00 50.00 19.75 49.68 50.32

Total 3.17 51.87 48.13 15.79 51.40 48.60


As per census 2011 average scheduled caste population in Study area is 3.17% of the total population. Out of the

total SC population, males are 51.87% and female population is 48.13 %. In case of scheduled tribe the population

15.79% of the total population. Out of the total ST population, male are 51.40% and female population is 48.60%.

Literacy Rate in Study Area

The statistics regarding the literacy rate in the study area are given in Table 3-35.

Table 3-35: Literacy Rate in Study Area in 2011

Distance in km % Literacy

Total Male Female

0 - 3 75.12 64.59 35.41

3 - 5 77.66 63.87 36.13

5 - 7 74.42 57.71 42.29

7 - 10 73.64 56.10 43.90

Total 66.31 62.72 37.28


According to Census of India 2011, it is calculated that average literacy rate of the study area in 2011 is 66.31%.

Out of total Literate population male literacy is 62.72% and female literacy is 37.28% of total population.

3.13.3 Basic Infrastructure Facility

Education Facility

In the study area it was observed that the each village has school up to primary level whether government or

private. For further education students have to travel to nearby town like Dahej, and Bharuch. The basic




infrastructure of school is in fair condition. The quality of education and teachers are good. The education facilities

that are prevailing in the study area are shown in Table 3-36.

Table 3-36 : Education Facility

Distance in km

Government Private

Primary School

Secondary School

Senior Secondary

School College

Primary School

Secondary School

Senior Secondary

School College

0- 3 4 2 1 1 1 - - -

3 - 5 3 - - - - - - -

5 - 7 2 - - - - - - -

7 - 10 8 1 - - - - - -

Total 17 3 1 1 1 - - -


According to primary census abstract 2011 it is revealed that the pre-primary school and middle schools are absent

in the study area. There are 18 primary school (17 Govt. + 1 private), 3 secondary, 1 senior secondary and 1

college in the study area.

Medical and Health Facility

According to Census Data 2011, in the study area villages TB Clinic, Dispensary, Community Health Centre,

Maternity and Child Welfare Centre, Allopathic Hospital, Mobile Health Clinic and Family Welfare Centre is absent.

To avail the better medical facility they have to visit Amod/Vagra taluka or Bharuch for better medical services. The

medical facilities available in the study area are shown in Table 3-37.

Table 3-37: Medical Facility

Distance in km Primary Health

Centre Primary Health

Sub Centre Veterinary Hospital

Non-Government Medical facilities Out Patient

0 - 3 1 1 1 8

3 - 5 - 1 - 3

5 - 7 - 1 - 2

7 - 10 - - - -

Total 1 3 1 13


During field survey few medical stores or maternity hospital were observed at Amod and Vagara taluka. The DHWS

Hospital is the newly built multi-speciality available at Dahej GIDC. The Jubilant and Grasim industries are providing

medical support at regular interval through CSR.

Source of Drinking Water

The main source of water are untreated tape water, tube well /Bore well, Open Wells, Panchayat’ s Overhead

Water tank, ponds etc. The drinking water is supplied through WASMO projects in villages of study area.

Table 3-38: Medical Facility

Distance in km

Tap Water Untreated

Covered Well

Uncovered Well

Hand Pump

Tube Wells/ Borehole

River/ Canal

Tank/ Pond/

Lake Others

0 - 3 √ √ √ × √ √ √ ×

3 - 5 √ √ √ × √ √ √ ×

5 - 7 √ × √ √ × × √ ×

7 - 10 √ × √ √ × × √ √




Source: Primary Census Abstract, 2011

During the field survey it found that the well and tank facilities are sufficiently present in the study area villages but

the water requirement of the village is not adequately supported because of it being saline unsuitable for the

drinking purpose. According to field survey Tube well or Borehole facility is absent in the 7-10 kms villages of study

area. The cultivators totally depend on rain water for the agricultural purpose. In the villages falling in the close

proximity of the proposed project site the drinking water is supplied through pipe line and water tanker provided by

GIDC.

Means of Communication

The table below shows the means of communication in the study area.

Table 3-39: Communication Facility

Distance in km

Post Office

Sub- Post office

Telephone (landlines)

Public Call Office /Mobile

(PCO)

Mobile Phone

Coverage

Internet Cafes / Common Service

Centre (CSC)

Private Courier Facility

0 - 3 √ √ √ √ √ √ √

3 - 5 × √ √ √ √ √ ×

5 - 7 × √ √ × √ √ ×

7 - 10 × √ √ √ √ √ ×


The villages have adequate communication facilities in form of post office, post & telegraph and phone. Many

villagers have telephonic connections. However, people now also own mobile phones, which has become a

necessity, for quick and easy communication.

Transportation Facility

The internal villages of the study area is well connected. The proximity to the national highway (Delhi Mumbai

Industrial Corridor) shall provide easy access to the targeted destination of its product. The nearest airport from the

proposed project site is Surat and Vadodara Airport.

Table 3-40: Transport Facility

Distance in km Bus Service Railway

Station Autoricksaw Taxi

Government Private

0 - 3 √ × √ √ √

3 - 5 √ × × √ ×

5 - 7 √ × × √ ×

7 - 10 √ × × √ ×


Internal Infrastructural

The project site is well connected by 4-lane internal road network, street lights, plantations, water supply and

power supply distribution network, CC storm water drainage system

3.13.4 Economic Profile

Agriculture Condition in Study Area

Agriculture is totally depended on monsoons in the study area. The major crops grown are Wheat, Cotton, Pulses

and Bajri. Agriculture provides employment in the form of daily wage labour during the harvesting season. People




who have less or no land do labour in others field on daily wage basis. The average wage for the male is Rs. 250

per day and for the female is Rs. 200 per day.

Animal Husbandry & Poultry

Livestock rearing profession is also followed in some parts of the study area. Most of the animals tamed by them

are cows, buffaloes, goats, bullock etc. Even the poultry profession is also followed at few places.

Industries/Factories

PCPIR located at Dahej, is spread over the blocks of Vagra and Bharuch, South Gujarat. The major company

existing in GIDC Dahej Phase II are Reliance, OPAL, ONGC, GACL, HINDALCO, LANXESS, Welspun, GAIL, BASF,

GSPC, SRF,GCPTCL, ABG Shipyard, Jubilant, Torrent, GSFC, Pidilite, Adani Power, GFL, Meghmani, Indofils etc.

Occupational Pattern

The statistics regarding the Occupational Pattern in the study area are given in Table 3-41.

Table 3-41: Occupation Patterns

Distance in km

% Occupational Status (2011)

Total Working Population

Cultivators Agricultural

Labour Household Workers

Others Marginal Workers

0-3 37.52 2.11 0.25 1.15 79.93 16.56

3-5 42.13 1.80 1.54 0.41 91.49 4.76

5-7 34.15 7.91 10.22 0.35 58.15 23.37

7-10 36.63 29.12 12.36 0.65 30.54 27.32

Total 38.02 8.04 4.08 0.77 70.76 16.35


According to Census Data 2011, there is 16.35% marginal workers, 0.77% household workers, 4.08% agricultural

labour and 8.04% cultivators. About 38.02% are the total working population out total population of study area.

During field survey it could be revealed that due to rapid industrialization cultivation occupation is decreasing day

by day

3.13.5 Historical and Cultural Profile

In the study area there is no Archaeological or Historical sites except few temples at Dahej, Jageshwar, Lakhigam,

considered to be the places of religious importance for the local people.

Village life has always been the resemblance of simple society, informal relations, traditional livelihood patterns and

contented lives. The socio-economic changes are evident in progressive industrial development that is trans versing

the whole of the developing nations.

Photographs of infrastructure, medical facility, animal husbandry, agriculture fields, FGD, etc. is included in

Annexure 12.


GIDC ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES


4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES

4.1 Introduction

Objective of this chapter is to:

Identify project activities that could beneficially or adversely impact the environment

Predict and assess the environmental impacts of such activities

Examine each environmental aspect-impact relationship in detail and identify its degree of significance

Identify possible mitigation measures for these project activities and select the most appropriate mitigation

measure, based on the reduction in significance achieved and practicality in implementation.

4.2 Details of Investigated Environmental Impacts

4.2.1 Methodology of Impact Assessment

Key Definitions

Environmental Aspects

These are elements of an organization’s activities or products or services that can interact with the environment.

Environmental aspects could include activities that occur during normal, abnormal and emergency operations.

Environmental aspects selected for further study should be large enough for meaningful examination and small

enough to be easily understood.

Environmental Impacts

Environmental impacts are defined as any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or

partially resulting from an organization’s environmental aspects.

Environmental Indices

The environment includes surroundings in which an organization operates such as air, water, land, natural

resources, flora, fauna, humans and their interrelation.

The environmental indices (or parts of the receiving environment on which impacts are being assessed) include:

Land use/land cover, air quality, noise quality, surface water environment, ground water environment, soil, ecology

and bio diversity, socio economics, occupational health, community health and safety

After the identification of impacting activities, impacts require to be assessed based on subjective / objective criteria

to assess the impacting activities. This is done in the following steps.

Identification of Impacts

This entails employing a simple checklist method requiring:

1. Listing of environmental aspects (i.e. activities or parts thereof that can cause environmental impacts)

2. Identifying applicable components of the environment on which the environmental aspects can cause an

environmental impact

3. Making notes of the reason / possible inter-relationships that lead to environmental impact creation



MITIGATION MEASURES


4. Listing the environmental components likely to receive impacts, along with the key impacting activities on each

component.

Component Wise Environment Risk Assessment and Mitigation

A component wise approach to environmental risk assessment and mitigation is now applied. For each

environmental component this is carried through a series of steps as follows.

Step 1: Review and Assessment of the Specific Aspects Generating Environmental Risk

Several scientific techniques and methodologies are also used to predict impacts on the environment. Mathematical

models are useful tools (where applicable) to quantitatively describe the cause and effect relationships between

sources of pollution and different components of environment. In cases where it is not possible to identify and

validate a model for a particular situation, predictions have been arrived based on logical reasoning / consultation /

extrapolation or overlay methods. In any case, for each component of the environment, the methods used to arrive

at the likely impacts require to be described.

Step 2: Quantifying the Environmental Risk, Identifying Aspects Causing Unacceptable Levels of Risk

and Prioritizing Aspects Requiring Mitigation Measures

Once a general understanding of the impacts has been studied and understood, efforts are made to compare

different impacts so as to prioritize mitigation measures, focusing on those impacting activities (i.e. aspects) that

require urgent mitigation. For ease of comparison across different activities, a summary environmental risk score is

calculated. Two key elements are taken into consideration based on standard environmental risk assessment

methodologies:

Severity / consequence: The resultant effect of an activity and its interaction with the physical, biological and/or

socio-economic environments

Probability: The likelihood that an impact may occur due to the project activity/aspect

A combination of severity / consequence with probability gives a reasonable measure of environmental risk, which

aids in decision making. It must always be kept in mind that any scoring methodology howsoever well-defined is

subjective and different persons can arrive at different impact risk scores based on their understanding / opinion.

Therefore end results should be evaluated against past experience, professional judgment as well as project and

activity specific conditions to ensure adequacy and equity. Kadam has made an effort to ensure that the scoring

does not change significantly assuming that different evaluators are equally well informed on the project as well as

knowledgeable on the concerned issues. The steps in identifying environmental risk is as follows.

1. Scoring the Overall Impact Severity / Consequence

The consequences on various environmental receptors have been ranked into 5 levels ranging from insignificant to

catastrophic consequence and are given in Table 4-1.

DEEPAK PHENOLICS LIMITED ADDITION IN THE EXISTING PLANT AT DAHEJ GIDC ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES


Table 4-1: Overall Impact Scoring System due to Proposed Project – Consequence Assessment

S. No.

Environmental Component Impacted

Impact and Score5

Insignificant Consequence

(+/-) 1 point

Minor Consequence

(+/-) 2 points

Moderate Consequence

(+/-) 3 points

Major

Consequence

(+/-) 4 points

Catastrophic Consequence

(+/-) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

1 Landuse / Landcover

Very short term (< 3 months) and reversible

change in landuse and / or landcover

Short term (3 months – 1 year) and reversible change in landuse and / or landcover

Medium term (1 - 3 years) and reversible change in

landuse and / or landcover

Long term (>3 years) irreversible change in

landuse and / or landcover

Permanent and irreversible adverse change in landuse

and / or landcover

2 Air Quality

Temporary nuisance due to controlled/uncontrolled

release of air emissions, odor / dust or greenhouse gases

Minor environmental impact due to

controlled/uncontrolled release of air emissions, odor / dust or greenhouse gases with no lasting detrimental

effects

Moderate environmental impact due to

controlled/uncontrolled release of air emissions, odor / dust or greenhouse gases leading to visual impacts, at significant nuisance levels

Significant environmental impact due to release of air emissions, odor / dust or

greenhouse gases leading to exceeding of limits specified

in EP Rules’

Unacceptable environmental impact due to release of air

emissions, odor / dust leading to possibility of

chronic / acute health issues, injuries or fatalities

3

Ambient Noise - give the mean score from the three categories,

rounded to the nearest decimal

Background Noise Levels, with respect to Applicable Limit6 as per The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, as Measured at Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit

<10% or more Between <10 to <5% <5% or the limit Upto 5% above the limit >5% above the limit

Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit

1 dB(A) or less 1 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) – 3 dB(A) 3 dB(A) – 4 dB(A) 4 dB(A) or more

Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Nearest Human Settlement / Sensitive Receptor from Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit

0.5 dB(A) or less 0.5 dB(A) – 1 dB(A) 1 dB(A) – 1.5 dB(A) 1.5 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) or more

4

Surface Water - give the mean score from the three categories,


Water Consumption (KL/D)

< 50 51 – 100 101 - 250 250 – 500 501 and more

Water Consumption, Duration

< 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more

Wastewater Discharge Quality

5 In case none of the impacts are applicable, then Not Applicable (NA) is written in the appropriate cell

6 For leq (day) or leq (night), whichever is higher



S. No.


Impact and Score5


(+/-) 1 point

Minor Consequence

(+/-) 2 points


(+/-) 3 points

Major

Consequence

(+/-) 4 points


(+/-) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

No wastewater generation Zero Discharge7 Discharge to an authorized,

functional CETP Other discharge within limits

specified by the EP Rules

Other discharge, outside limits specified by the EP

Rules

5

Ground Water - give the mean score from the three categories,


Location of Drawl, as per CGWA / CGWB Regulations

Safe Semi-critical Critical Over-exploited Notified

Water Drawl (KL/D)

< 50 51 – 100 101 - 250 250 – 500 501 and more

Water Drawl, Duration

< 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more

Wastewater Discharge Quality

No wastewater generation Zero Discharge Discharge to an authorized,

functional CETP Other discharge within limits

specified by the EP Rules

Other discharge, outside limits specified by the EP

Rules

Accidental Discharge

Negligible leakages of chemicals/oil that only

require periodic maintenance for both storage / transport

routes

Minor but frequent leakages of chemicals/oil that require provision safety measures and proper maintenance

Moderate leakages of chemicals/oil that may

contaminate groundwater if proper safety measures not

provided

Major leakages of chemicals/oil that

contaminate groundwater if safety measures not

provided

Heavy leakage that can adversely contaminate groundwater and must

require urgent remediation actions

6 Soil Quality

Loss of upto 20% topsoil, or minor contamination of soil that can be easily restored

close to original condition for volume <10 m3

Loss of upto 40% topsoil, or actual or possible

contamination of soil volume <25 m3 but belowDutch

Intervention Values

Loss of upto 60% topsoil, or actual or possible

contamination of soil volume <25 m3 but aboveDutch

Intervention Values

Loss upto 80% topsoil, or actual or possible

contamination of soil volume >25 m3 and above Dutch

Intervention Values, but not deemed to require urgent

remediation

Loss upto 100% topsoil, or actual or possible

contamination of soil volume >25 m3 and above Dutch Intervention Values8 and deemed to require urgent

remediation

7 Meaning that any wastewater generated is recycled and any non-recycled water is disposed without discharge, through an appropriate means such as thermal

destruction

8 Source: Ministry of Housing Spatial Planning and the Environment, Netherlands; Soil Remediation Circular 2009, Annex A.



S. No.


Impact and Score5


(+/-) 1 point

Minor Consequence

(+/-) 2 points


(+/-) 3 points

Major

Consequence

(+/-) 4 points


(+/-) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

7.1

Socio-economic Environment: Social Aspects - give the

mean score from the categories, rounded

to the nearest decimal

Possible Temporary or Permanent Migration, Persons as a % of Population of Study Area

<0.5% <1% <1.5% <2% 2.5%

Possible Change in Ethnicity, vis-à-vis Major Existing Ethnicities Present in Study Area

Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe

Gender Imbalance, as a Proportion to Existing Sex-Ratio

Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe

Possibility of Return to Original Status in Terms of Any or All of the Above Changes

<1 year <2 years <3 years <5 years Permanent Change

7.2

Socio-economic Environment:

Economic Aspects - give the mean score from the categories,


No of Jobs Gained or Lost

<50 Up to 75 Up to 100 Up to 250 Up to 500 or more

Persons Having Loss or Gain in Income

<50 100 250 500 1000 or more

Land Losers

<10 <20 <50 <100 >100

Losers of Homesteads

<5 <10 <25 <50 >50

7.3 Socio-economic Aspects: Cultural

Minor repairable damage to commonplace structures

Minor repairable damage to structures/ items of cultural

significance, or minor infringements of cultural

values

Moderate damage to structures/ items of cultural significance, or significant,

infringement of cultural values/ sacred location

Major damage to structures/ items of cultural significance,

or major infringement of cultural values/sacred

locations

Irreparable damage to highly valued structures/ items/

locations of cultural significance or sacred value

Consequence Distance

8.1 Risk to People

Slight injury or health effects (including first aid case and

medical treatment case). Not affecting work performance

or causing disability

Minor injury or health effects- Affecting work

performance, e.g. restriction to activities, or need to take a time off work to recover. Limited, reversible health effects e.g. skin irritation,

food poisoning

Major injury of health effects (including permanent

disability)- Affecting work performance in the longer

term. e.g. prolonged absence from work.

Irreversible health damage without loss of life, e.g.

Single fatality or permanent total disability- from an accident or occupational

illness

Multiple Fatalities-From an accident of occupational

illness



S. No.


Impact and Score5


(+/-) 1 point

Minor Consequence

(+/-) 2 points


(+/-) 3 points

Major

Consequence

(+/-) 4 points


(+/-) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

noise induced hearing loss, chronic back injuries

8.2 Risk to Environment

Slight Effect- Local Environment damage. Within the fence and within system.

Negligible financial consequences

Minor effect- contamination. Damage sufficiently large to

attack the environment. Single exceeding of statutory

or prescribed criterion. Single complaint. No

permanent effect on the environment

Localized effect- Limited loss of discharges of known

toxicity. Repeated exceeding of statutory or prescribed

limit. Affecting neighborhood. Spontaneous recovery of limited damage

within one year

Major effect- Severe environmental damage. The company is required to take

extensive measures to restore polluted or damaged environment to its original

state. Extended exceeding of statutory or prescribed limits

Massive effect-Persistent severe environmental

damage or severe nuisance extending over a large area. In terms of commercial or recreational use or nature

conservation, a major economic loss for the

company. Constant, high exceeding of statutory or

prescribed limits

Table 4-2: Magnitude Assessment (Ecology & Biodiversity)

S. No.

Ecological Components

Likely Impacted

Magnitude Rating (M)


(+/-) 1 point

Minor Consequence

(+/-) 2 points


(+/-) 3 points

Major

Consequence

(+/-) 4 points

Severe Consequence

(+/-) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

1 Flora /

Fauna

Habitat / Ecosystem

Terrestrial Flora

Terrestrial Fauna

Aquatic Flora

Aquatic Fauna

Marine Flora

Marine Fauna

Site specific loss (removal) of common floral species (but

not any tree or trees).

Vegetation composition does not form a habitat character

for any species of conservation significance.

No short term or long term impacts are likely to adversely affect the surrounding habitat

/ ecosystem.

Site specific disturbance to common / generalist faunal

Site specific loss (removal) of some saplings of trees.

Minor temporary impacts on ecosystem

functioning or habitat ecology of common / generalist species.

Minor short term / long term impacts on

surrounding / immediate / adjacent habitats and are resilient to changes

Site specific loss (removal) of some common well grown

tree / trees species.

Site specific loss of nesting / breeding habitat of common /

generalist species of flora-fauna but will not result in permanent loss of habitat.

Short term or long term impacts are likely to adversely affect the surrounding habitat

character/ habitat ecology/ functioning of ecosystem.

Site specific impact on threatened species but

impacted species is widely distributed outside the project site. Short term impacts may lead to loss of abundance or extent, but unlikely to cause local population extinction.

Site specific habitat loss of fauna listed in IUCN, WCMC, Birdlife International, or any

other international literature - secondary information.

Impact on threatened species listed in as a endemic / Schedule-I as per IWPA 1972, BSI, Red Data Book, ZSI, BSI or literature published by

any State Govt. Institute, University and Collage etc.

Loss of habitat of above said flora-fauna.

Impact on genetic diversity Impact on NP /PF /WLS /ESZ /IBA / tiger

reserve / elephant corridor / corridor.



S. No.

Ecological Components

Likely Impacted

Magnitude Rating (M)


(+/-) 1 point

Minor Consequence

(+/-) 2 points


(+/-) 3 points

Major

Consequence

(+/-) 4 points

Severe Consequence

(+/-) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

species (e.g. movement pattern, displacement etc.).

No negative impacts on surrounding ecosystem functioning or habitat

ecology.

in habitat structure or condition.

Impact on surrounding agro-ecosystem / agriculture when

environmental data / parameters are within

permissible limits.

Impact on surrounding agro-ecosystem / agriculture when

physical parameters with marginal increase but can be

mitigated.

Impacts on habitats / ecosystems of international

importance.

Impact on ecosystem like river, forest, wetland (e.g. RAMSAR site

etc.) etc.



MITIGATION MEASURES


2. Quantifying the Probability of Occurrence of the Impact

After identifying the consequence severity as shown in Table 4-1 & Table 4-2, the probability of occurrence also

needs to be estimated to arrive at a complete picture of environmental impact risk. Table 4-3&Table 4-4 provides

probability / likelihood ratings on a scale of 1-5. These ratings are used for estimating the likelihood of each

occurrence.

Table 4-3: Occurrence Frequency Assessment for EB

Description Occurrence Frequency Occurrence Frequency Rating (F)

Regular Continuous occurrence / each day 5

Frequent Occurs several times each year 4

Periodic Might occur a few times each year 3

Occasional Might happen few times during the project life cycle 2

Rare One time or one-off event during the project life cycle 1

Table 4-4: Probability of Occurrence for Others

Description Environment Health and Safety

Likelihood of Containment Failure,

Event / Year9

Probability

C1 C2 C3.1 OR C3.2 C4

Frequent Continues or will

happen every time

Has happened more than once per year at the location (in case of

expansion projects) or less than once per year in the organization /

similar installations

1 x 10-3 5

Often Occur several

times

Has happened at the location (in case of expansion projects) or more than once per year in organization /

similar installations

1 x 10-4 4

Likely Might occur at

least once

Has happened once in organization or more than once per year in

Industry 1 x 10-5 3

Possible Might occur Heard of in the Industry 1 x 10-6 2

Rare Very rarely

encountered Never heard of in the Industry 1 x 10-7 or lower 1

3. Quantifying Environmental Impact Risk

The level of environmental impact risk is calculated by multiplying the consequence score and the probability of

occurrence together. Thus

Significance of Impact = Consequence Score × Probability of Occurrence

The final score is in relative point score, rather than actual impact. Table 4-5 below assigns significance criteria,

based on the scale of 1-25, used for prioritizing mitigation measures for reducing the environmental impact risks

and thereafter, formulating and implementing Environmental Management Plans (EMPs).

To do this, environmental impact risk levels are first scored and identified as mentioned earlier and then evaluated

on the evaluation scale that follows in Table 4-5.

Table 4-5: Environmental Impact Significance Criteria

Probability Consequence (Risk)

Insignificant (1) Minor (2) Moderate (3) Major (4) Catastrophic (5)

Rare (1) 1 2 3 4 5

Possible (2) 2 4 6 8 10

9Based on published failure data, per recognized failure unit (such as km-years, unit of operation or others).



MITIGATION MEASURES


Probability Consequence (Risk)

Insignificant (1) Minor (2) Moderate (3) Major (4) Catastrophic (5)

Likely (3) 3 6 9 12 15

Often (4) 4 8 12 16 20

Certain (5) 5 10 15 20 25

Quantifying Ecological Impact

The level of environmental impact risk is calculated by multiplying the consequence score and the probability of

occurrence together. Thus,

Significance of Impact = Consequence Score × Probability of Occurrence

The final score is in relative point score, rather than actual impact. The impact estimation is carried out assuming

an implementation of sound management programmes to maintain healthy ecological conditions. Table 2-3 assigns

significance criteria, based on the scale of 1-25, used for prioritizing mitigation measures for reducing the

environmental impact and thereafter, formulating and implementing Environmental Management Plans (EMPs).

To do this, environmental impact risk levels are first scored and identified as mentioned earlier and then evaluated

on the evaluation scale that follows in Table 4-6.

Table 4-6: Ecological Impact Significance Criteria

Probability Severity

Insignificant (1) Minor (2) Moderate (3) Major (4) Extensive (5)

Indefinite / Rare (1) 1 2 3 4 5

Improbable (2) 2 4 6 8 10

Possible (3) 3 6 9 12 15

Probable (4) 4 8 12 16 20

Definite / Every day (5) 5 10 15 20 25

4. Identifying Activities Causing Unacceptable Levels of Environmental Risk

Environmental risks are now clubbed into four levels from extreme risk to low risk activities. Extreme risk activities

are unacceptable and therefore need to be either stopped or modified such that they are brought to a lower level of

environmental risk.

High and moderate risk activities, although acceptable, require being evaluated and mitigated in a manner that

their consequences / probabilities are lowered, with more focus on high risk activities vis-à-vis moderate risk

activities. Low risk activities do not require further mitigation. This is summarized in Table 4-7.

Table 4-7: Environmental Risk Categorization

Score Type of Risk Action Required

15-25 Extreme Risk Activity should not proceed in current form

8-12 High Risk Activity should be modified to include remedial planning and actions and be subject to

detailed EHS assessment

4-6 Moderate Risk Activity can operate subject to management and / or modification

1-3 Low Risk No action required unless escalation of risk is possible

Categorization of Ecological Risk

Ecological risk is categorized in to three levels from Less, Moderate and High ecological risk (Table 4-8). Activities

expected high ecological risk activities are unacceptable in current form and need to be eliminated or activity should

be modified to include remedial planning such that they are brought to the lower level of ecological impact

significance. Similarly, activities having less ecological risk require periodic monitoring / surveillance and an activity

having moderate ecological risk requires operational controls.



MITIGATION MEASURES


Table 4-8: Ecological Risk Categorization

Impact Score Severity Mitigation Measures Required

> 20 High Activity / Aspect should be eliminated or Activity should be modified to include remedial planning

11 to 20 Moderate Operation subject to management by operational controls

1 to 10 Less Operation subject to periodic monitoring / surveillance

5. Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures require being formulated and implemented for all high risk and moderate risk activities. A

programme to implement all mitigation measures is then prepared and presented as an Environmental Management

Program.



4.2.2 Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Project

As discussed earlier, environmental impacts have been identified based on an assessment of environmental aspects associated with the project. The symbol ‘●’ indicates a

negative impact and ‘o’ indicates a beneficial (positive) impact. Identified environmental impacts have been listed in Table 4-9.

Table 4-9: Environmental Impacts

S. No.

Project Activity

Impact (Type: O, N, A, E;

Duration: T, P)

Potential Environmental Impacts on Environment

Remarks LU/LC AQ NV SW GW S EB SE RH SHW

OH/ CH&S

1. Construction Phase Not considered as no additional construction will be required

2. Operation Phase

2.1 Storage of propylene Leakage:

(A,T) ● ● ● ● ●

AQ: emission from storage tanks(i.e. scrubbed in scrubber); GW / S: Possibility of ground water and soil

contamination if leakage; RH & OH/OH&S: Risk to community health due to spillage

2.2 Storage of other

hazardous materials Leakage:

(A,T) ● ● ● ● ●

AQ: emission from storage tanks(i.e. scrubbed in scrubber); GW / S: Possibility of ground water and soil

contamination if leakage; RH & OH/OH&S: Risk to community health due to spillage

2.3 Transportation of Raw Materials and Products

Leakage: (A,T)

● ● ● ● ● ● o ● ●

AQ/GW/SW/ S/ OH: Possibility of due to leak or spillage of chemicals/ materials; NV: due to increase in traffic; EB: effect on vegetation due to leak or spillage of chemicals/

materials; RH: Risk of fire and dispersion if spillage of hazardous chemicals; SE: Indirect job

2.4 Manufacturing Process (N,P) ● ● ● ● ● ●

AQ: Process gas emission; NV: due to production operation; SW: Usage of water for process and waste

water generation; RH/OHS: Possibility of due to leak or spillage of hazardous material; SHW: Generation of

Process waste,

2.5 Operation of power plant and production

of steam (N,P) ● ● ● ● ● ●

AQ: Flue gas emission; NV: due to production operation; SW: Water consumption for production of steam; RH/OHS:

Possibility of due to leak or spillage of raw materials; SHW: Generation of Process waste,

2.6 Usage of Water (N,P) ● SW: Water will be supplied by Dahej GIDC.

2.7 Storage, handling and

disposal of solid/hazardous waste

(N,P) ● ● S: Possibility of soil contamination due to improper disposal of solid and Hazardous waste; OH/OH&S: Risk to



S. No.

Project Activity

Impact (Type: O, N, A, E;

Duration: T, P)

Potential Environmental Impacts on Environment

Remarks LU/LC AQ NV SW GW S EB SE RH SHW

OH/ CH&S

community health due to spillage in surrounding area if not stored properly

2.8 Operation of DG Set (N,P) ● ● ● AQ: Air emission from flue gas stacks, NV: Noise from operation of DG Set; SHW: Generation of used oil from

operation of DG set.

2.9 Operation of Boilers

and Incinerator (N,P) ● ● ●

AQ: Air emission from flue gas stacks, NV: Noise from operation of DG Set; SHW: Generation of used oil from

operation of Boilers and incinerator ash.

2.10 Handling of Coal (N,P) ● AQ: Fugitive emission due to coal handling

2.11 Operation of ETP (N,P) ● ● ● ● NV: due to ETP operation; GW/S: Untreated water leakage

and oil spilling; SHW: Generation of ETP Sludge

2.12 Landscaping and greenbelt area development

(N,P) o EB: Development of greenbelt will generate positive

impact

3. Decommissioning Phase

3.1 Dismantling of

structures of the project components

(O&T) ● ● ● ● ●

LU: Change in Landcover; AQ/NV: Dust and noise generation due to dismantling activity; SHW: Generation

of dismantling waste; OH/OH&S: Risk to community health due to dismantling

Type of Impact –O: One Time; N: Normal; A: Abnormal; E: Emergency; Duration of Impact –T: Temporary; P: Long-Term/ Permanent

LU/LC: Landuse/ Landcover; AQ: Air Quality; NV: Noise and Vibration; SW: Surface Water; GW: Ground Water; S: Soil; EB: Ecology & Bio-diversity; SE: Socio-Economic; RH: Risk & Hazard; SHW: Solid &Hazardous waste generation; OH/CH&S: Occupational Health, Community Health & Safety



MITIGATION MEASURES


4.3 Land Environment

4.3.1 Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Expansion

As discussed earlier, environmental aspects and impacts have been identified based on an assessment of

environmental aspects associated with the project. Potential impacts on land use and land cover are given in Table

4-1.

Table 4-10: Aspect – Impact Identification

S. No.

Project Activities / Aspects Potential Environmental; Impacts on Land Use / Land

Cover (LU / LC)

1 Construction Phase Not considered as no additional

construction will be required

Land is already acquired and EC is already received. Proposed expansion will be done in same premises and same

plant/ machineries.

2 Operation Phase No additional required as clearance of site and preparation of

approach road is going on for EC already received

3 Decommissioning Phase

3.1 Dismantling of structures of the project components Minor change in landuse

Considering the above impact as well as the operating and other conditions mentioned above, the likely impact

scores on land environment are mentioned in Table 4-11.

Table 4-11: Impact Scoring - Land use/cover

Code

Land use Impacting

Activity

Aspect of activity that will impact

Land use/cover

Impact and Type – Direct (D) / Indirect

(I)

Impact Scoring

Remarks C P C x P

3.1

Dismantling of structures of the project components

change in landuse

D -1 1 -1 Minor

C: Consequence; P: Probability; C x P: Final Score

The impact scoring results shows that only one activity comes under minor or negligible impact of activity which

can operate

4.3.2 Indirect Impact

Operation and Maintenance

The main environmental issue for proposed expansion will be air pollution. So the effect of air pollution on land

use/ cover pattern was studied by overlaying the model of air pollutant isopleths on land use/cover map.

Effect of Ambient Air

The air modeling prediction for concentration of PM, SOx, NOx, HC are as shown in Annexure 15.

This area includes land use/cover i.e. Agriculture, Scrub, Open vegetation, close vegetation, River tributaries, Water

body, Industrial Area, Land without scrub, Habitation, Scrub (Forest), Open forest, Close forest, and Rocky area.

The vegetation in the region is of mixed type and in some area dominated by Prosopis juliflora species.

The scrub with scattered Prosopis juliflora species were seen.



MITIGATION MEASURES


4.3.3 Mitigation Measure

Considering the above impact as well as the operating and other conditions mentioned above. It shows that there is

no considerable change likely in the land use and cover due to air pollution from the project. The likely indirect

impact would happen if the pollutants limit increases and for long time. This aspect will be dealt with each

functional area wise.

4.4 Air Environment

4.4.1 Operational Phase

Impacts on ambient air, during operation phase, would be;

1. Flue gases emission due to operation of boilers, use of DG sets of various capacity & due to operation of

Incinerator. Imported coal, lignite and HSD used as fuel

2. Particulate matter emission from exhaust / vent attached to boilers, incinerator, flare and coal handling etc.

The purpose of impact predictions on air environment, emission sources can be classified as point source. Emissions

from the above mentioned point sources will be predicted for its impacts on the Ground Level Concentration (GLC)

at various distances using the dispersion modeling guidelines given by the Central Pollution Control Board, New

Delhi and i.e. by using AERMOD view software.

About the Software

The American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee

(AERMIC) was formed to introduce state-of-the-art modeling concepts into the EPA's air quality models. Through

AERMIC, a modeling system, AERMOD, was introduced that incorporated air dispersion based on planetary

boundary layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts, including treatment of both surface and elevated

sources, and both simple and complex terrain.

AMS/EPA Regulatory Model (AERMOD) is a steady-state plume model. It is designed to apply to source releases and

meteorological conditions that can be assumed to be steady over individual modeling periods (typically one hour or

less). AERMOD has been designed to handle the computation of pollutant impacts in both flat and complex terrain

within the same modeling framework. In fact, with the AERMOD structure, there is no need for the specification of

terrain type (flat, simple, or complex) relative to stack height since receptors at all elevations are handled with the

same general methodology. To define the form of the AERMOD concentration equations, it is necessary to

simultaneously discuss the handling of terrain.

AERMET is an input data processor that is one of the regulatory components of the AERMOD modeling system. It

incorporates air dispersion based on planetary boundary layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts.

Meteorological Parameters

Surface meteorological data at project site was collected for 3 months (March-May, 2017). The hourly

meteorological data considered during this period were:

Wind speed;

Wind Direction;

Ambient atmospheric temperature;

Cloud cover;

Solar insolation;

Relative Humidity

Following parameters were considered for dispersion modelling;

1. Point source:



MITIGATION MEASURES


Quantity of fuel;

Emission rate of pollutants

2. Stack:

Internal diameter at top of stack;

Height of stack;

Exit gas velocity;

Exit gas temperature

Source of Emission

Impacts on ambient air, during operation phase, would be due to emissions due to operation of boilers using

imported coal as fuel. Also, during power failure, the DG sets of different capacity will be used as power backup.

The fuel will be HSD in DG sets and imported coal in Boiler. The flue gas stacks will be considered as point of

pollutants’ emission source.

Process vents are considered and done air dispersion modeling separately.

Emission from Flue Gas Stacks

The stack details along with emission rate of Pollutants are given as Table 4-12.



Table 4-12: Flue Gas Stack details and emission rate of pollutants after proposed expansion

S. No.

Stack Attached to

Capacity

Stack Height

(m)

Stack Diameter

(m)

Stack Gas Exit Velocity,

(m/s)

Stack Gas Exit Temp,

K

Type of Fuel Used

Fuel Consumption

(Kg/Hr)

APCM Reduction Efficiency

(%)

SO2 Emitted, (gm/sec)

PM Emitted, (gm/sec)

NOx Emitted,

(g/s)

1 Boiler-1

100 TPH 81 3.02 15 423

Indian Coal 46000 99.9 0.10 4.9 0.01

Imported Coal

42000 99.5 0.58 4.7 0.06

2 Boiler-2

Imported Coal

16000 99.5 0.22 1.8 0.06

Lignite 38000 99.5 2.11 9.3 0.06

3 Incinerator 36440 Nm3/hr

30 0.89 15 423 Gas 40 m3/hr 98 0.026 0.007 0.053

4 DG Set 1500 KVA 30 0.35 10 423 HSD 500 lit/hr 0 0.5 0.01 11.4

5 DG Set 1500 KVA 30 0.35 10 423 HSD 500 lit/hr 0 0.5 0.01 11.4

Emission from Process Vents

The results of incremental GLC for HC from the Process Vents and isopleth of HC are shown as Annexure 15. The process vents details and emission rate of pollutant are

given as Table 4-13.

Table 4-13: Process Vents details and Pollutant’s Emission Rate

S. No.

Stack Attached to Stack Height

(m)

Stack Diameter (m)

Stack Gas Exit Velocity, (m/s)

Stack Gas Exit Temp, K

HC Emitted, (gm/sec)

PM Emitted, (gm/sec)

1 Process Emergency Relief (Intermittent) 61 1 67 308 0.7637 -

2 Coal Handling-1 (Crusher House) 17 0.10 1.20 308 - 0.00137



MITIGATION MEASURES


Assumptions

The dispersion modeling assumptions considered are as follows:

The emission rate for SO2 was calculated based on 0.41% Sulphur content in the Indian Coal, 0.5%

sulphur in Imported Coal & 0.25% sulphur in HSD.

The emission rate for PM was calculated based on 38.63% ash content in the Indian Coal, 8% ash in

Imported Coal & 0.01% ash in HSD.

The terrain of the study area was considered as FLAT.

Stability class was evaluated based on solar insolation and cloud cover.

The mathematical equations used for the dispersion modeling assumes that the earth surface acts as a perfect

reflector of plume and physic-chemical processes such as dry and wet deposition and chemical transformation of

pollutants are negligible.

Study has been conducted for summer season March – May, 2017. The stack emission concentrations used for

dispersion modeling were taken as per CPCB guidelines.

Air Quality Modeling

Results

The incremental increase in GLC of SOx, NOx, PM & HC due to expansion activity is presented in Table 4-14.

The worst combined environmental situation is predicted as the sum of maximum monitored value of a parameter

and the incremental GLC at the monitoring location. This is a conservative estimate and probability of such

occurrence is unlikely. The predicted results are summarized below. Further detailed results and Isopleth in

Annexure 15.



Table 4-14: 24 hr average Incremental Increase in GLC

S. No.

Name of Village/ Industry

(Distance in km/

Direction)

Pollutant

Average Monitored Baseline

Concentration

(µg/m3)

Incremental GLC

(µg/m3)

Total Predictive GLC due to expansion

(µg/m3)

Indian Coal Imported

Coal Imported Coal

+ Lignite Indian Coal

Imported Coal

Imported Coal + Lignite

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C4 + C5 C4 + C6 C4 + C7

AA 1

At Project Site

(0.00/Base)

(Industrial, Residential, Rural & Other Areas)

PM10 82 1.07 1.026 2.41 83.07 83.026 84.41

SO2 <8.0 0.053 0.151 0.53 <8.053 <8.151 <8.53

NOX 17.2 0.082 0.087 0.095 17.282 17.287 17.295

HC 1327 0.619 1327.619

AA 2

At Ambheta Village

(0.85/SSW)


PM10 83 0.42 0.403 0.95 83.42 83.403 83.95

SO2 <8.0 0.019 0.058 0.21 <8.019 <8.058 <8.021

NOX 18.5 0.025 0.028 0.057 18.525 18.528 18.557

HC 1282 0.328 1282.328

AA 3

At Lakhigam Village

(3.86/W)


PM10 98 0.15 0.147 0.35 98.15 98.147 98.35

SO2 14.5 0.005 0.019 0.07 14.505 14.519 14.57

NOX 20.4 0.003 0.004 0.006 20.403 20.404 20.406

HC 1567 0.033 1567.033

AA 4

At Dahej Village

(1.64/NW)


PM10 91 0.22 0.209 0.49 91.22 91.209 91.49

SO2 <8.0 0.007 0.028 0.11 <8.007 <8.028 <8.11

NOX 22.2 0.009 0.010 0.011 22.209 22.21 22.211

HC 1334 0.083 1334.083

AA 5

At Suva Village

(6.00/ESE)


PM10 77 0.18 0.173 0.41 77.18 77.173 77.41

SO2 <8.0 0.008 0.024 0.09 <8.008 <8.024 <8.09

NOX 17.8 0.009 0.011 0.013 17.809 17.811 17.813

HC 1185 0.075 1185.075

AA 6

EPL Project Site

(2.11/ NNE)


PM10 71 0.21 0.198 0.47 71.21 71.198 71.47

SO2 <8.0 0.007 0.027 0.10 <8.007 <8.027 <8.10

NOX 17.2 0.013 0.013 0.013 17.213 17.213 17.213

HC 1327 0.088 1327.088

AA 7 At Vajapura Village

(6.4/NNE)

PM10 65 0.10 0.091 0.22 65.10 65.091 65.22

SO2 8.5 0.004 0.012 0.05 8.504 8.512 8.55



S. No.


(Distance in km/

Direction)

Pollutant


Concentration

(µg/m3)

Incremental GLC

(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)

Indian Coal Imported

Coal Imported Coal

+ Lignite Indian Coal

Imported Coal


C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C4 + C5 C4 + C6 C4 + C7


NOX 12.8 0.006 0.007 0.007 12.806 12.807 12.807

HC 1114 0.045 1114.045

AA 8

At Vadala Village

(4.93/NE)


PM10 81 0.40 0.383 0.90 81.40 81.383 81.90

SO2 11.0 0.018 0.054 0.20 11.018 11.054 11.20

NOX 30.9 0.025 0.028 0.031 30.925 30.928 30.931

HC 1075 0.172 1075.172

It is observed that:

The maximum incremental 24 hourly average GLC’s for SO2 when Indian Coal will be used as fuel is observed to be 0.10 µg/m3. These GLC’s are expected to occur at

a distance of 500 m from the source towards the ENE direction.

The maximum incremental 24 hourly average GLC’s for SO2 when Imported Coal will be used as fuel is observed to be 0.273 µg/m3. These GLC’s are expected to

occur at a distance of 500 m from the source towards the ENE direction.

The maximum incremental 24 hourly average GLC’s for SO2 when Imported Coal + Lignite will be used as fuel is observed to be 0.962 µg/m3. These GLC’s are

expected to occur at a distance of 500 m from the source towards the ENE direction.

The maximum incremental 24 hourly average GLC’s for NOx when Indian Coal will be used as fuel is observed to be 0.169 µg/m3. These GLC’s are expected to occur

at a distance of 500 m from the source towards the ENE direction.

The maximum incremental 24 hourly average GLC’s for NOx when Imported Coal will be used as fuel is observed to be 0.178 µg/m3. These GLC’s are expected to

occur at a distance of 500 m from the source towards the ENE direction.

The maximum incremental 24 hourly average GLC’s for NOx when Imported Coal + Lignite will be used as fuel is observed to be 0.188 µg/m3. These GLC’s are

expected to occur at a distance of 500 m from the source towards the ENE direction.

The maximum incremental 24 hourly average GLC’s for PM when Indian Coal will be used as fuel is observed to be 1.96 µg/m3. These GLC’s are expected to occur at

a distance of 500 m from the source towards the ENE direction.

The maximum incremental 24 hourly average GLC’s for PM when Imported Coal will be used as fuel is observed to be 1.88 µg/m3. These GLC’s are expected to occur

at a distance of 500 m from the source towards the ENE direction.

The maximum incremental 24 hourly average GLC’s for PM when Imported Coal + Lignite will be used as fuel is observed to be 4.40 µg/m3. These GLC’s are expected

to occur at a distance of 500 m from the source towards the ENE direction.

The maximum incremental 24 hourly average GLC’s for HC is observed to be 3.51 µg/m3. These GLC’s are expected to occur at a distance of 250 m from the source towards

the SSW direction.



MITIGATION MEASURES


4.4.2 Mitigation Measures

General Mitigation Measures incorporated in the project for Air Quality Control during Operation Phase:

Electrostatic precipitator (ESP) is provided on two boilers.

DPL has provided chilled water condensers and activated carbon bed adsorbers to remove VOCs from

spent air. However, to make sure that no VOCs is released to atmosphere and for additional protection

spent air incinerator is provided.

To burn lighter hydrocarbon from process emergency relief system a flare is provided. Flare height is 65 m

and it is decided to take care of maximum possible relief from the plant.

Bag-filter is provided on crusher house to reduce PM emission.

Greenbelt will be developed at the facility.

Attenuation of pollution/protection of receptor through greenbelt/green cover.

Regular monitoring of air polluting concentrations.

All vehicles shall be PUC Certified from time to time.

Proper PPE like dust masks will be provided to workers.

Considering the above mitigation measures as well as the operating and other conditions mentioned in the above

sections, the impact scores on air environment is presented in Table 4-15 as below:

Table 4-15: Impact Scoring of Air Environment

S. No. Impacting Activity Impact Scoring

Remarks C P C x P

1 Construction Phase Not considered as no additional construction will be required

2 Operation Phase

2.1 Production of Phenol, Cumene

and other products -2 3 -6

Air emissions of pollutants such as PM, SOx, NOx, HC within norms specified by the SPCB ensured

by

Adequate stack height

ESP, Incinerator, Flare and Bag

2.2 Storage and transportation of Raw Materials and Products

-2 3 -6 Online HC detectors will be installed to take

immediate corrective action.

2.3 Usage of Fuel for Operation

Boiler, Incinerator, DG set, Flare -2 2 -4

Adequate stack height and proper APCM will be provided. DG sent will be operated only during

power failure


4.4.3 Fugitive Emissions

Source of the Fugitive Emission

The fugitive emissions may be attributed to the following sources;

Equipment leaks like pumps, pipelines, vessels, columns, reactors etc.

Process venting

Evaporation losses

Disposal of waste gas streams

Accident and equipment failures

Control Measures

Control measures adopted are;



MITIGATION MEASURES


In Process Plant

All vessels used in the manufacturing areas shall be closed and the transfer of material within the plant

shall be through pipelines.

Gas detectors shall be installed near all potential sources of leakage to detect and provide alarm in case of

any leakage.

Upon operation of the plant, M/s DPL shall prepare a schedule for leak detection and repair (LDAR) and

implement the program.

All the sampling points shall have closed loop sampling to prevent any emission.

The process vents shall be directed to vent chillers employing chilled water at 2oC and carbon bed

adsorbers to recover most of the VOC’s following which the air stream shall be directed to the incinerator

for final destruction of the VOC’s.

Vent scrubber and oxidizer relief drum (with a cold condensate seal loop) shall be provided for scrubbing

and preventing any liquid carryover to the ambient atmosphere during normal and emergency scenarios

DPL shall have a dedicated flare system for the cumene plant for routing any hydrocarbon vent from the

plant. Flaring is essential for combusting the hydrocarbon vent prior to release in the atmosphere.

Some typical service pumps like those of benzene and propylene shall have double mechanical seal to

prevent any chance of emission. In addition, some valves in the cumene plant shall also have special

packing to prevent any leakage of media to the exterior.

Storage Tanks Area

Gas detectors shall be installed near all potential sources of leakage to detect and provide alarm in case of

any leakage.

Benzene storage tanks shall be internal floating roof kind with double seal to prevent benzene vapour

emission.

Nitrogen blanketing is provided for all the tanks and storage vessel to prevent fugitive emissions.

Vent condenser is provided for acetone storage tanks to arrest the release of acetone vapour to the

ambient atmosphere.

Propylene and propane shall be stored in mounded bullets.

4.4.4 Odour Control

Vessel drains are routed to closed drain system.

All the sampling points shall have closed loop sampling.

The process vents shall be directed to vent chillers employing chilled water at 2oC and carbon bed

adsorbers to recover most of the VOC’s following which the air stream shall be directed to the incinerator

for final destruction of the VOC’s.

LDAR program will be implemented to monitor and control fugitive emission and hence odour control.

Some typical service pumps like those of benzene and propylene shall have double mechanical seal to

prevent any chance of emission. In addition, some valves in the cumene plant shall also have special

packing to prevent any leakage of media to the exterior. Hence it will help in odour control.

4.4.5 Leak Detection and Repair Programme (LDAR)

Leak detection and repair programme (LDAR) is a work practice designed to quantify and control fugitive emissions

from potential sources like pumps, open ended lines, sampling connections, valves, flanges etc. Leaking equipment

is a major source of volatile organic compounds (VOC) and volatile hazardous air pollutants.

A component that is subjected to LDAR requirements shall be monitored at specified, regular intervals to determine

any leakage. Any leaking component then shall be repaired or replaced within a specified time frame. Once the

plant is commissioned, M/s DPL shall prepare a schedule for LDAR and implement the programme.

Procedure to be followed;



MITIGATION MEASURES


Identifying the components: All possible components that can leak shall be properly identified and tagged.

Leak definition: - Thresh hold leak definition shall be lower than what is prescribed in the regulations. Weekly visual

inspections of pumps, valves shall be done for indications of liquids leaking.

Monitoring the components: As per the frequency the component shall be monitored for leak possibility using a

portable detecting instrument.

Repairing the components: After a leak is detected, the component shall be modified or replaced to correct the

leakage. The component shall be considered repaired only after it has been monitored and shows leakage below

the thresh-hold limits.

Record keeping: All record of the above steps shall be maintained for future use.

M/s DPL has used effective techniques for the control of fugitive emissions like use of;

Special packing in pumps and valves, and internal floating roof tanks with double seals for benzene service.

Gas detectors at potential locations to alert the operators in case of any leak scenario.

Closed loop sampling systems.

Closed lines for process fluid transfer.

Flare system for routing of any process relief from cumene plant.

Air quality shall be regularly monitored and data on fugitive emissions shall be regularly monitored and recorded

and appropriate action shall be taken if the air quality is found to be deteriorating.

4.5 Traffic Survey

Traffic survey is very important parameter to assess the impact due to proposed project on local existing

transportation. Right now adjacent road is 12m wide. GIDC has initiated work on North and East side of the plot

constructing 18m wide road for smooth movement of vehicles. Traffic survey is presented in Table 4-16.

Table 4-16: Details of Traffic Survey of 24 Hours

S. No

Sampling Location

Traffic Flow

Mechanized Vehicle Non -Mechanized

Vehicle

All Category

2W 3W 4W 2W 3W 4W

Bik

e/

Mo

pe

d

Ric

ksh

aw

Ca

r/ J

ee

p

Bu

s

Tru

ck

Tra

cto

r

Cycle

Tri

cycle

Ca

rt

1 Vadadla

Bus Stand

Towards Dahej

3010 90 2860 627 4707 68 1610 0 5 12977

Towards Bharuch

2686 75 2367 645 4115 53 1381 6 15 11343


The proposed expansion related activities will lead to emission of noise that may have minor impact on the

surrounding communities in terms of minor increase in noise levels. The potential impacts on noise level may arise

out of the following:

Noise from Vehicle /Traffic

Vehicle movement for transportation of materials and work force to the site will cause minor noise emission as the

frequency of vehicular movement is few times in a week.



MITIGATION MEASURES


Noise from DG Set, Boiler, Incinerator, etc.

Noise generated from DG Set, Boiler, Incinerator, etc. will have a permanent effect to the workers working in the

nearby vicinity, if they will work for more hours in a day.



Table 4-17: Environmental Impact Scoring

S. No.

Project Activity Identified

Aspect N/AN/E Legal

Impact Scoring Significance/ Consequence

Operation Controls/Mitigation Measures

EMP required Consequence,

C

Probability,

P

Final Score,

C×P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14


2 Operational Phase


Noise Generation

N No -2 5 -10 Moderately

Severe

Project activities to be undertaken during regular working hours, Erection of temporary barriers

No

2.2 Manufacturing Process Noise

Generation N No -2 5 -10

Moderately Severe

Project activities to be undertaken during regular working hours, Erection of temporary barriers

No

2.3

Operation of power plant and production

of steam

Noise Generation


Severe

Periodic Maintenance and servicing of mechanized

equipment and vehicles used.

PUC certified vehicles will be used

No

2.4 Operation of DG Set, Boilers, Incinerator,

ETP pumps

Noise Generation


Severe

Use of Good equipment, periodic servicing of mechanized

equipment No

3 Decommissioning Phase

3.1 Dismantling of

structures of the project components

Noise generation

N No -2 3 -6 Less Severe

SOP’s will be followed. Acoustic enclosures will be provided.

Earplugs and Earmuffs will be provided to workers.

Yes



MITIGATION MEASURES


4.6.1 Assessment of Noise using SoundPlan

Noise modeling study was done using the Software tool called “Sound Plan” which predicts the Noise Map

generated due to the sources present at the project site, and predicts the Noise Levels at various receiver points

due to the sources present at the project site.

To analyse the Noise Map of the project site, first, the geometrically coordinated Google Earth images of the Project

site were imported into the software. Various Sources of noise were added with their approximate Sound Pressure

Levels, and the “Receiver points” were added at various locations where Noise Monitoring was conducted.

“SoundPlan” generates the Noise Map with coloured pattern isoplates, which indicate whether or not the SPL in that

particular region is above the limits mentioned by CPCB or not. If the Limit for Sound Pressure Level indicated by

CPCB for that particular area is 75 dB during the day, and if the predicted SPL is below that, the Noise Map will

show Green colour for that area. But if the SPL is above the “user set” allowable limit, the same will be shown in

Red colour depending upon the Difference between then Predicted SPL and the Allowable SPL, and the “Conflict” in

SPL is mentioned in the table if any conflict is predicted.

4.6.2 Consideration during the analysis

The sources considered at the project site for the analysis with their approximate Sound Pressure Levels are

considered slightly on the higher side for more critical analysis. The sources of noise considered are as Table 4-18.

Table 4-18: Sources of noise with their sound pressure levels

S. No. Sources Levels dB(A)

1. DG Sets 85

2. Cooling Tower 85

3. Pump 85

4. Boiler 95

5. Incinerator 95

Using above consideration the isopleths generated during daytime and night time are as given in Figure 4-1 and

Figure 4-2.



Figure 4-1: Isopleths for Incremental Noise Generated during Daytime

Figure 4-2: Isopleths for Incremental Noise Generated during Night Time



4.6.3 Observations

The sound pressure levels were predicted at different sources as mentioned above. The observations are:

The project site is located in a designated industrial area, where the CPCB limits defined for Noise Levels are 75 dB during the day and 70 dB during the night.

However, sound pressure levels are considered on higher side for more critical analysis.

Since the sources of noise are present within the project site, and the boundary wall of the project site being present, increase beyond 75 dB at the site was not

observed.

From Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2, it can be observed at project site, noise is predicted in the range of 60 dB(A) - 70 dB(A) which is within the permissible limit for

industrial area.

The predicted noise levels along with the conflict are as given in Table 4-19.

Table 4-19: Noise level at receptor locations

S. No.

Receiver Name Category

CPCB Limits in dB (A)

Baseline Average Noise levels in dB (A)

SPL predicted at Receiver by Proposed Activities (dB)

Predicted Cumulative incremental increase in Noise level dB (A)

Incremental increase in Noise level dB (A)

Day Night Day Night

Day Night Day Night Day Night

A B C

Result from SoundPlan Algorithmic Calculation C=A-B

1 At project site NE corner Industrial 75.0 70.0 69.0 60.9 51.5 45.3 69.1 61.0 0.1 0.1

2 At project site (ETP) Industrial 75.0 70.0 69.1 66.0 52.2 49.7 69.2 66.1 0.1 0.1

3 At Project boundary (East) Industrial 75.0 70.0 65.5 63.7 48.4 46.3 65.5 63.7 0.1 0.1

4 Admin Office Industrial 75.0 70.0 65.5 63.7 54.0 44.8 65.8 63.7 0.3 0.1

5 Nr. DG Set Industrial 75.0 70.0 69.7 65.5 49.2 45.8 69.7 65.6 0.0 0.0

6 Main gate Industrial 75.0 70.0 69.8 65.4 55.1 46.2 70.0 65.5 0.1 0.1

7 Ambetha village Residential 55.0 45.0 55.5 44.9 37.8 27.7 55.6 45.0 0.1 0.1

4.6.4 Conclusion

From above, during the day time and night time only 0.1 dB increase are noticed in the Industrial area and Residential area, i.e. No increase to maximum increase of 0.1 dB

which is negligible considering that the minimum increase noticeable by a human ear is 0.5 dB.



MITIGATION MEASURES



Although there was no increase beyond the allowable limit predicted at any of the noise monitoring locations

outside the project site, the noise environment also includes the people who are working within the project site,

and who may face permanent hearing damage in case they face the Noise Dosage beyond the allowable level of

Noise. Therefore, it is important to implement the following mitigation in order to avoid any permanent hearing

damage to the people working inside the project site.

Acoustic Enclosures on all major equipment in the plant will have to be provided for noise attenuation

Workers should also be provided with suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) such as earmuffs and

earplugs.

Rotation of workers in the high noise area.

High noise generating areas would be identified and tags marked.

Green belt will be developed to reduce noise.

Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent possible.

Acoustic mufflers / enclosures to be provided in large engines/machineries.

Equipment to be maintained in good working order.

Implement good working practices (equipment selection) to minimize noise and reduce its impacts on

human health (earmuffs, safe distances, and enclosures).

Noise to be monitored in ambient air within the premises.

All equipment operated within specified design parameters

4.7 Surface Water and Hazardous Waste

Based on this preliminary identification, environmental indices that are likely to be impacted on ground and surface

water quality during the operation phase and which are discussed in further detail.

4.7.1 Impacts Scoring on Surface Water & Hazardous Waste Management

Likely impact scores on surface water environment and Hazardous waste management are presented in Table 4-20.

Table 4-20 Impact Scoring for Surface Water Management

S. No.

Impacting Activity

Impact Scoring

Remarks Consequence, C

Probability, P

Final Score, C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6


2 Operation Phase

1 Transportation of Raw Materials and

Products -2 1 -2

Minor impact as proper care shall be taken during raw material transportation and handling to avoid spillage and leakage.

2

Manufacturing process – pre-

dispersion, dispersion, mixing & tinting, packing,

etc.

-2 5 -10

Moderate impact. Wastewater generated from the process will be treated in ETP

followed by RO and treated water will be recycled in plant which will reduce the fresh water demand. Surplus treated water will be discharged into GIDC drain with prior

permission.

Process waste will be disposed at approved TSDF site or handed over to authorized

vendors. .

3 Operation of power plant and

-2 2 -4 Low impact. Steam condensate will be recycled and reused for makeup water in



MITIGATION MEASURES


S. No.

Impacting Activity

Impact Scoring


Probability, P

Final Score, C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

production of steam

boiler. Boiler ash will be sold to nearest cement industries.

4 Usage of Water -3 5 -15

High impact. To reduce fresh water demand recycling RO will be installed and

permeate water will be used in cooling tower make up. Adequate measures to be taken to reduce the fresh water demand. condensate recovery from the boiler shall

be increased.

5 Operation of DG

Set -2 2 -4

Low impact as DG set will be operate during power failure only and used oil

generated from the DG set will store in a drum and handed over to authorized

vendor.

6 Operation of Incinerator

-2 4 -8 Moderate impact. Incineration ash will be

disclosed at approved TSDF facility.

7 Operation of ETP -2 2 -4

Low impact. Proper operation and maintenance of effluent treatment plant will

be done to ensure meeting specified disposal standards

8 Spillage of diesel,

oil, lubes, etc. -2 2 -4

Low impact. Oil will be collected properly and sold to authorized recyclers.

C Dismantling of structures of the project components

1

Dismantling of structures of the

project components

-1 2 -2 Minor impact

4.7.2 Mitigation Measures for Impacts on Surface Water Sources and Quality

Following mitigation measures will be implemented to reduce surface water related impacts:

Treated water will be recycled and reused in plant premises through recycling RO.

Explore the possibility of condensate recovery from the boiler which will reduce the overall water demand.

Wastewater from the washing activities will again reuse in washing purpose.

Drip irrigation system will be proposed to reduce fresh water demand for gardening.

Proper operation and maintenance of effluent treatment plant & RO will be done to ensure meeting

specified disposal standards and also no discharge of untreated waste water on land, avoiding leakages;

Provide separate drainage for storm water and effluent to avoid any contamination of surface water

sources;

All chemical and fuel storage and handling areas will be provided with proper bunds to avoid run-off

contamination.

Hazardous Wastes will be properly handled in containers and properly stored in hazardous waste storage

areas as per rules and also bunding will be provided to avoid overflow of spillage waters which can

contaminate the surroundings.

Recyclable waste will be handed over to authorized recyclers and other hazardous waste will be disposed

at approved TSDF facility

4.8 Ground Water and Geology



MITIGATION MEASURES


4.8.1 Impact

The water supply to propose industry is to be arrange from surface water i.e. Narmada water which is supplied by

Dahej GIDC Water Supply System.

Therefore from resources utilization point of view on groundwater there will not be any likely direct impact. But as

this is a Chemical industry the proposed landuse Storage area (13.18 %), Chemical store (0.26 %) and N2 storage

(0.18 %) area is planned and mentioned. From the aforesaid information it may be concluded that these will be a

probable source of point solution that may likely to have adverse impact, in eventuality of any leakage as geological

formation being alluvial.

The observation on historical water level data indicates in these alluvial aquifer dilution in water quality is likely.

This area is under Narmada canal command, therefore apart from rainfall recharge, return seepage from irrigated

field and canal seepage may likey increase recharge quantum to underground aquifer which may improve

groundwater quality and therefore care need to be taken to restrict/control any likely pollution.

4.8.2 Mitigation

The special care need to be taken to make the subsurface area impermeable/impervious below likely foundation

depth, by providing a thin layer (20-25 mm thickness) made up of bentonite, fly ash, fine sand and cement to

reduce the possibility/probability of any likely leakage of pollutant into underground environment

As mentioned as this being a notified area the concept of water conserve is water produce can be used here. The

stored run off water from green belt are roof top and Paved are can be used as a supplemental water supply to

reduce fresh water consumption to some extent.

Based on the above discussion, the post mitigation impact score is presented in Table 4-21.

Table 4-21: Impact scoring Ground water

Code Impacting

Activity

Impact Scoring


Probability, P

Final Score

C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6


2. Operation Phase

2.1 Storage of propylene

-2 2 -4

Low risk

The subsurface area will made impermeable/ impervious below providing a thin layer (20-25 mm

thickness) made up of bentonite, fly ash, fine sand and cement to reduce the possibility/probability of any likely

leakage of pollutant into underground environment


hazardous materials -1 2 -2

Low risk

It is assumed that storage is having impervious foundation base and guard around the structure to restrict flow

2.3 Transportation of Raw Materials and

Products -1 2 -2 Low risk

2.4 Storage and handling of

Hazardous waste -2 2 -4

Low risk

Storage and handling will be done on impermeable/ impervious area

2.5 Storage, handling and disposal of

-1 2 -2 Low risk



MITIGATION MEASURES


Code Impacting

Activity

Impact Scoring


Probability, P

Final Score

C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

solid/hazardous waste

It is assumed that storage is having impervious base and guard around the

structure to restrict flow

3. Decommissioning Phase No impact identified

4.9 Ecology & Bio-diversity

4.9.1 Likely Impacts on Flora fauna

Identification of Impact Zone

As Though the concentrations of the emitted pollutants will be kept within permissible levels through the various

engineering controls, it is essential to have eco-management in the Likely Impact Zone (LIZ) for safeguard and

enhanced of ecological environment of the project area. So, EIA coordinator suggested assuming LIZ of 1.5 km

around the project site.

Determination of Ecological Components Likely Impacted

Following components are determined which may face likely impacts in different phases due to various project

activities. Details are tabulated in the Table 4-22.

Table 4-22: Activity-Aspect Based Determination of Impacting Ecological Components

S. No. Activity Aspect Ecological Components

TFL TFA AFL AFA MFL MFN


2. Project operation Phase

2.1 Transportation Raw material

Leakage of raw material

√ -- -- -- -- --


Likely Impacts on Ecological Components

As discussed earlier, environmental aspects and impacts have been identified based on an assessment of

environmental aspects associated with the project. Potential impacts on Ecology and Biodiversity are given in Table

4-23.

Table 4-23: Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures

S.

No

.

Asp

ect

Descri

pti

on

Lik

ely

Im

pa

cts

on

Eco

log

y a

nd

Bio

div

ers

ity (

EB

)

Imp

act

Co

nse

qu

en

ce

- P

rob

ab

ilit

y

De

scri

pti

on

/

Ju

sti

fica

tio

n

Impact Scoring

Re

ma

rks

Mit

iga

tio

n M

ea

su

res

EM

P R

eq

uir

ed

Ma

gn

itu

de

, M

Fre

qu

en

cy,

F

Fin

al

Sco

re,

M x

F

C1 C2 C3 C4 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7


2. Operation Phase



MITIGATION MEASURES


S.

No

.

Asp

ect

Descri

pti

on

Lik

ely

Im

pa

cts

on

Eco

log

y a

nd

Bio

div

ers

ity (

EB

)

Imp

act

Co

nse

qu

en

ce

- P

rob

ab

ilit

y

De

scri

pti

on

/

Ju

sti

fica

tio

n

Impact Scoring

Re

ma

rks

Mit

iga

tio

n M

ea

su

res

EM

P R

eq

uir

ed

Ma

gn

itu

de

, M

Fre

qu

en

cy,

F

Fin

al

Sco

re,

M x

F

2.1 Leakage of Raw material

Impact-5: Impact on

surrounding vegetation

and associated

biodiversity.

Impact-5: in case of leakage proper Disaster management plan has been prepared by the

company and immediate action will be

taken

-3 1 -3 Less

Severe

Implementation of proper safety measures and control devices (engineering

control) will be implemented.


4.10 Soil Environment

Impact Identification

Impact identified for soil is given in Table 4-24.

Table 4-24: Impact scoring for Soil

Code Impacting Activity

Impact Scoring

Basis of scoring Consequence, C

Probability, P

Final Score

C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6


2 Operation Phase

2.1 Storage of propylene -2 3 -6 Moderate impact due to

spillage


hazardous materials -2 3 -6

Spillage may have moderate impact on soil quality


-2 2 -4 Moderate impact due to

spillage

2.7 Storage, handling and

disposal of solid/hazardous waste

-2 3 -6 Moderate impact due to

spillage

2.11 Operation of ETP -2 2 -4 Spillage of ETP waste may

have minor impact

3 Decommissioning Phase No impact identified


Spillage of materials may be taken care of to avoid soil contamination and deterioration on soil quality as

cement is highly alkaline

Spillage of paints, oil, diesel etc. take care to avoid soil contamination

If soil becomes saline/alkaline due to fall of construction materials, use of ETP waste water/municipal solid

waste etc.; use gypsum, organic manures and provide drainage for removal of excess salt

4.11 Socio-economic Environment

Table 4-25: Socio-economic Impact Assessment



MITIGATION MEASURES


Code Impacting Activities Nature, N/AN/E

Consequence, C Probability, P Final Score, C X

P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6


2 Operation Phase

2.3 Transportation of Raw Materials and Products A,T 4 1 4

Note: The socio-economic impact scoring has been based on considering following assumptions:

Environment guidelines given by MoEF will be followed by the project proponent.

Project proponent will recruit local people.

The Social Corporate Responsibility will be carried on and monitored regularly

Community Consultation

The Community consultation has been carried out at Dahej, Ambheta, etc. on various topics/issues related to social

development in the surrounding areas. The CSR activities with budgetary provisions has been shown in the Table

4-26.

Table 4-26: Issues Raised During Community Consultation

Name of Participant

Designation

Village Date Issues/Requirements

Discussed Measures Proposed

Mr. Jaideep Sinh S Rana

(Mobile No. 8511516506)

Sarpanch Dahej 29/03/2017 • Employment for the land losers

& PAFs. Initiatives taken by the

industrialist to improve the

employability of local peoples.

• Details of CSR spend in the

preceding year activities wise.

• List of Activities to be carried

out by the industrialist in Dahej

GIDC/PCPIR are as follows:-

• Beautification of village pond

with sitting arrangement and

solar light facilities.

• Renovation of Anganwadis and

purchase of utensils & toys at

regular interval.

• Interval village roads

development (RCC) with paver

blocks on the both sides of

road.

• Construction of Overhead tanks

for 50,000 population (Dahej)

and underground drainage

system.

• Construction & Renovation of

toilets for approx. 300 houses of

APL/BPL communities.

• Distribution of garbage bucket

to all the families in surrounding

• At regular interval the

project proponent will

conduct internal skill

development training

to increase the

employability.

• The project proponent

shall put every effort

to improve the Quality

of life of the people of

surrounding Villages

through commitment

made in the ESC fund

meant for the

Community Welfare

Programme (phase

wise manner).

• All the developmental

activities will be

carried out in

consultation with

Village Panchayat/TDO

and collector.

• The Primary Schools

will be provided with

educational aids &

uniforms at regular

interval by the project

proponent.



MITIGATION MEASURES


Name of Participant

Designation

Village Date Issues/Requirements

Discussed Measures Proposed

areas and provision of major

garbage.

• Promotion of Sports activities in

Dahej GIDC areas with sports

complex.

• Construction of RCC roads with

communities’ hall up to

Bhootnath Mandir, which is

place of religious importance for

the surrounding areas

population.

Mr. Pravinbhai J Chavada (Sanjay Chavada Mobile

No. 9909015134)

Mr. Nand Sinh Gohil (Mobile No.

9925222961)

Mr. Kanubhai Gohil (Mobile No.

8511103241)

Mr. Budhabhai Gohil (Mobile

No.9974724236)

Mr. Gamil Sangh Padhiyar (Mobile No. 9727720757)

Mr. Vipulbhai Kokani

Sarpanch

Head Master (Govt.

Prathamik Shala)

Ambetha 23/6/2017

29/03/2017 • Construction of Adivasis House-

200 Nos. (1 Room Kitchen)

• Beautification of Village

Panchayat Pond with seating

arrangement and Solar Light

provison.

• Requirement of Wi-fie facilities

and Gymnastics Equipment for

villagers.

• Job Opportunities for the

qualified youth of Ambetha

village.

• Repair of roof of the school

building.

• Requirement with respect to the

school and the students are as

follows:-

• School Uniform (200 Nos.)

• Distribution of School Bags &

Shoes (200 Nos.)

• Sports Equipment

• Color Printer

• Cordless Mike 2

• Fridge & Water Cooler (1 No’s)

• Sitting mats for children

• Provision of 1 teacher from

company’s Pay Roll.

Source: Community Consultation- March 2017

The above table reveals that major issues in the communities are inadequate supply of drinking water, open

defecation, unemployment etc.



MITIGATION MEASURES


4.12 Occupational Health and Risk to Surrounding Communities

Due to storage tank and pipeline Leakage of Hazardous Chemicals

This includes,

Hazards Identification,

Selection of Potential Loss Scenarios,

Simulation of release source model, and

Plotting of contour maps

A detailed risk assessment and consequence analysis study is presented in chapter 7 i.e. Additional Studies of this

report (please refer Section).

On the basis of that study MLCs (as shown in Table 7-4), have been selected and studied. On the basis of the

outcomes of the study a detailed impact scoring was under taken and presented in Table 4-25, including the

following general safety measures and mitigation measures.

4.12.1 Hazard Identification and Proposed Safety Measures

M/s DPL have selected world class licensors like UOP and KBR for cumene and phenol plant who have unmatched

record in terms of health, environment and safety. The technology takes care of any hazard emanating from the

process by constant up-gradation and high level of automation. The process inherently has various safety features

like interlock systems, PSV’s, optimized operating conditions, spent air treatment, scrubbers, incinerator etc. which

ensures the protection of personnel, machinery and also the surrounding environment.

Proposed safety measures adopted are;

Thorough HAZOP study for both cumene and phenol plants was successfully conducted separately to

identify potential hazards which can arise in the process and provide any safeguards.

A well designed fire network shall be designed to take care of fire related accidents in any section of the

plant.

High level of automation shall be there to minimize operator intervention and also advanced and improved

technology to maintain the integrity of the system.

Proper Alarm system shall be provided at various levels to alert the operator before shut down of the plant.

Necessary interlocks shall be provided in various sections of the plant to safely shutdown the unit in case

of any emergency.

Utility stations having supply of potable water and nitrogen, safety showers shall be provided at various

locations in the plant to aid in event of accident.

The equipment used in the plant shall be designed as per the latest norms of API, ASTM etc. to ensure the

integrity of the equipment. Equipment layout shall be as per guidelines stipulated in OISD, PESO etc.

Gas detectors are installed in various sections of the plant to alert the operator in case if any leakage.

Storage area shall be classified as Class A, Class B and Class C storage to separate the licensed area from

the other areas.

Adequate safety measures shall be provided in the tank farm areas and storage tanks to minimize any

chances of emission and accident.

Storage tanks for chemicals shall be selected on the basis of properties of the same like IFRT with double

seal for benzene,

The personnel working in the plant shall be equipped with all the necessary PPE’s for safety.



Table 4-27: Impact Scoring of Occupational Health, Community Health and Safety

Code Impacting Activity Impact Scoring

Basis of Scoring Mitigation Measures C P C × P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8

1 Acetone Leak -2 2 -4 C=2 as Flash point is low

P=2 as sufficient safety measures

Breather valve, gas detectors, foam chamber, deluge system, Nitrogen blanketing, vent condenser to arrest the

release of VOC and dual level indicators

2 Hydrogen Leak -3 1 -3

C=3 as highly flammable gas

P=1 as hydrogen is transferred through pipeline

Transferred through pipeline so risk is low

3 Benzene Leak -3 2 -6

C=3 as low flash point and toxic liquid

P=2 as sufficient safety measures provided

Internally floating roof tanks for Benzene

Dual level indicators for avoiding overflow.

Gas detector, deluge system, foam chamber

4 Phenol Leak -2 2 -4 C=2 as flammable and toxic liquid

P=2 as sufficient safety


Breather valve, foam chamber, gas detector, nitrogen blanketing and dual level indicators

5 Propylene Leak -3 1 -3 C=3 as Highly Flammable gas

P=1 because mounded bullet

Mounded Bullet

Nitrogen blanketing and breather valves

Deluge System

Gas Detectors

6 Cumene Leak -2 2 -4 C=2 as Flash point is low

P=1 as sufficient safety measures


Breather valve, gas detectors, foam chamber, deluge system, nitrogen blanketing and dual level indicators



GIDC ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES


5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology & Site)

This is proposed expansion at existing site. Hence this exercise is not required.


GIDC ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM


6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environment monitoring program is given in Table 6-1.

Table 6-1: Environment Monitoring Program

S. No. Activity Schedule

Air Pollution Monitoring

1 Ambient air monitoring of parameters specified by GPCB in their air

consents from time to time within the premises Once in Month or as per EC and CTO

2 Stack Monitoring of process stacks/ vents & flue gas stacks as given in

air consent from time to time Once in Month or as per EC and CTO

3 Ambient air monitoring of parameters specified by GPCB in their air

consents from time to time at stations outside the premises Once in Month or as per EC and CTO

4 Work Place Monitoring Once in quarter

Water Pollution Monitoring

1 Monitoring of water consumed in various activities and waste water

generated from various areas of plants Daily

2 Monitoring of wastewater inlet and outlet at ETP plant for the principal

parameters (such as pH, SS, TDS, COD, BOD). Daily

3 Monitoring of other parameters as per PCB consent conditions in outlet

of ETP Waste Water Once in every month or as per EC and

CTO

4 Monitoring of STP inlet and outlet for the parameters (such as, pH,

COD, BOD, TDS & SS) Daily

5 Monitoring of ground water samples at site. Parameters are essential

parameters as per IS: 10500:2012. Once in a year

Noise Quality Monitoring

1 Work Place Noise Monitoring Once in six months

2 Ambient Noise Monitoring Once in six months

Solid Waste Generation Monitoring/Record Keeping

1 Monitoring of solid / hazardous waste generated from process and ETP

area. Quarterly

2 Records of generation of Solid / Hazardous Wastes Daily

3 Record of storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of solid /

hazardous wastes to recyclers, Reprocessor, and CTDF. Daily

Environmental Statement

1 Environmental Statement under EP(Act) 1986 Once in a year

Soil Monitoring Plan

Table 6-2: Environmental Monitoring Plan-Soil Pollution

S. No.

Potential Impact Action Parameters for

Monitoring Parameters for Monitoring Timings

1 Soil Erosion Level the land by cutting &

filling or by importing soil from out side

Soil WHC & porosity Prior to vegetation & site

clearance as well as completion of work

2 Soil contamination Control spillage of

construction materials EC, pH and ESP (exchangeable

sodium per cent) Completion of

construction work

3 Soil contamination

Use of ETP waste water for landscape

EC, pH and ESP (exchangeable sodium per cent)

Before plantation & once in a year post monsoon


GIDC ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM


Ecological Monitoring Plan

The plantations need to be managed by regular watering, soil enrichment work, applying manure, weeding

and provide proper protection.

Replacement of sapling (replanting) required whenever mortality occurs in the plantation during the growth

stage.

Plantation requires after care for a period of minimum five years till the saplings attain matured tree stage.

Any damage to the developed greenbelt due to any natural or cattle activity should be redeveloped and maintained

by the agency.

6.2 Regulatory Framework

The following EHS regulatory requirements are applicable to the activities being planned, and the checklist given in

Table 6-3 may be taken into consideration prior to actual commencement of operations. This checklist requires to

be reviewed at quarterly intervals.

Table 6-3: Applicable EHS Regulatory Requirements

S.

No. Applicable Legislation / Rule / Permit Requirement

Action Required /

Timing of Action

1 Environmental Clearance as per the EIA Notification dated 14th Sept 2006 and

amended till date Permit to establish facility

Before commencement of the project

2 Consent to Establish/ NOC from the GPCB

under water and air act Permit to establish facility

Before commencement of the project

3 Consent to Operate under the Air Act from

the GPCB

Permit to discharge air emissions from the flue gas stacks and process vents

Application to be filed with the GPCB once the EC and NOC is

obtained after the commencement of the project

4 Consent to Operate under the Water Act

from the GPCB

Permit to generate/discharge wastewater resulting from the

project activities



5 Authorization to generate, transport and dispose hazardous wastes from the GPCB

Permit to generate and dispose hazardous wastes



6 Applicable permits from the CCoE, Nagpur

for storage of explosive / flammable material

Requirements of permits to be ascertained prior to

establishment of facilities.

Application to be filed and required permits to be obtained.

7 The Manufacture, Storage and Import of

Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 (as amended till date)

Listing of hazardous materials; thresholds against which Safety Audit and Safety Report has to be maintained; Requirements of

disclosure of information; Availability of MSDS’

If required, safety audit and safety report to be prepared as per

Gujarat Factories Act.

8 The Public Liability Act, 1991 (PLI) Insurance to be taken Unit will take insurance under PLI

9 Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996

Preparation of Local/District Level Crisis groups, for management of offsite

emergencies.

Identify whether Local or District Level Crisis Groups exist and take proactive part in preparing Offsite

DMP.

10 Factory License from the DISH

(Department of Industrial Safety Health) License to run the Factory

Application prior to construction and also commissioning


GIDC ADDITIONAL STUDIES


7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 Public Consultation

It will included after public hearing.

7.2 Risk Assessment (Hazard Identification and Consequence Analysis)

7.2.1 Background

Key issues in Risk Assessment (RA) of the expansion of Synthetic Organic chemical based processing and

Petrochemical based processing unit (M/s Deepak Phenolics Limited.) i.e. Category 5 (f) & 5(e) of the Schedule to

the EIA Notification dated Sept. 14, 2006 (amended till date), for proposed manufacturing activities are discussed in

this chapter. The risk assessment process is intended to identify probable hazards in the work environment and all

operations, to quantify the hazards and to assess the risk levels of those hazards in order to prioritize those that

need an immediate attention.

In the unlikely event that an abnormal consequence has occurred, the disaster management kicks in. This includes

prescribing the procedures pertaining to a number of issues such as communication, encounter, rescue,

rehabilitation and further steps to prevent recurrence of such consequence in future. These issues are addressed in

the disaster management plan.

Both, the RA and DMP are living documents and need to be updated whenever there are changes in operations,

equipment or procedures.

7.2.2 Key Definitions

The terminologies used in this Risk Assessment (RA) study are defined below.

Consequence: Magnitude or size of the damage or loss. In terms of health and safety, it is the degree of harm

that could be caused to the people exposed to hazard, the potential severity of injuries or ill health, and/or the

number of people who could be potentially affected. Consequence of hazard need not only be in terms of human

safety criteria, but could also be in terms of a financial loss due to production and incurred costs due to

repairs/replacement, environmental impacts as well as public outrage.

Disaster: A catastrophic consequence of a major emergency/accident that leads to not only extensive damage to

life and property, but also disrupts all normal human activity for a significant period of time and requires a major

national and/or international effort for rescue and rehabilitation of those affected.

Emergency: A situation of process deviation that, if uncontrolled, may lead to a major accident/disaster with

potential short term and/or long term risk damage consequence to life and property in and/or around the

workplace.

Emergency Response Planning Guidelines1 (EPRG1): The maximum airborne concentration below which it is

believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour (without a respirator) without experiencing

other than mild transient adverse health effects or without perceiving a clearly defined objectionable odour.

Emergency Response Planning Guidelines2 (ERPG2): The maximum airborne concentration below which it is

believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing irreversible

or other serious health effects or symptoms that could impair their abilities to take protective action.

Emergency Response Planning Guidelines3 (ERPG3): The maximum airborne concentration below which it is

believed nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing life-threatening

health effects.




Hazard: Source of potential harm, injury or loss to man and machines.

Immediately Dangerous to life and health (IDLH): It represents the maximum concentration of a chemical

from which, in the event of respiratory failure, one could escape within 30 minutes without a respirator and without

experiencing any escape/impairing (e.g. severe irritation) or irreversible health effects.

Lethal Concentration Low (LCLo): It is the lowest concentration of a material in air, other than LC50, which has

been reported to cause death in human or animals.

Risk: Combination of the likelihood of a specific unwanted event and the potential consequences, if it occurs.

Risk Assessment: A process that involves estimation and measurement of risk to determine priorities and to

enable identification of appropriate level of risk treatment (used also to describe the overall process of risk

management).

Risk Control: Implementation of strategies to prevent, control and minimize hazards.

Risk Management: Overall description of the steps taken to manage risk, by identifying hazards and

implementing controls in the workplace.

Risk Rating: The category, level, or risk assigned following risk assessment (e.g. High, Medium, or Low).

Threshold Limit Value (TLV): it is the permitted level of exposure for a given period on a weighted average

basis (usually 8 hrs for 5 days in a week)

Short Time Exposure Limit (STEL): it is the permitted short-term exposure limit usually for a 15 minutes

exposure.

Toxic Concentration Low (TCLo): It is the lowest concentration of a material in air, to which humans or animals

have been exposed for any given period of time that has produced a toxic effects in humans or produced

carcinogenic, neoplastigenic or tetratogenic effect in humans or animals.

7.2.3 Methodology for Risk Assessment

The methodology includes,

1. Hazard identification,

2. Selection of potential loss scenarios,

3. Simulation of release source model on DNV’s PHAST 7.0,

4. Plotting the damage contour on site map

These steps undertaken to carry out risk assessment for this project are described in following sections.

7.2.4 Hazard Identification

The project description, and other project related data provided by the client have been comprehensively reviewed

to identify the hazardous operations. Also the information on the hazardous properties (MSDS) of all the chemicals

handled at the site has been reviewed to identify the hazards associated with the same.

At present DPL is going to set up an synthetic organic chemicals manufacturing facility with a maximum production

capacity of 60,000 MTPA. This involves storage of some of the raw material at the site which can lead to

uncontrolled release of hazardous material causing hazard. On the basis of this, the important hazards that can lead

to accident in the proposed project are described in Table 7-1.

Table 7-1: Important Hazardous Events

Type of Event Explanation

BLEVE

Boiling Liquid Evaporating Vapor Explosion; may happen due to catastrophic failure of refrigerated or

pressurized gases or liquids stored above their boiling points, followed by early ignition of the same,

typically leading to a fire ball




Type of Event Explanation

Deflagration Is the same as detonation but with reaction occurring at less than sonic velocity and initiation of the

reaction at lower energy levels

Detonation A propagating chemical reaction of a substance in which the reaction front advances in the

unreacted substance at or greater than sonic velocity in the unreacted material

Explosion A release of large amount of energy that form a blast wave

Fire Fire

Fireball

The burning of a flammable gas cloud on being immediately ignited at the edge before forming a

flammable/explosive mixture.

Flash Fire A flammable gas release gets ignited at the farthest edge resulting in flash-back fire

Jet Fire

A jet fire occurs when flammable gas releases from the pipeline (or hole) and the released gas

ignites immediately. Damage distance depends on the operating pressure and the diameter of the

hole or opening flow rate.

Pool Fire Pool fire is a turbulent diffusion fire burning above a horizontal pool of vaporizing hydrocarbon fuel,

where the fuel has zero or low initial momentum

Spill Release ‘Loss of containment’. Release of fluid or gas to the surroundings from unit’s own equipment / tanks

causing (potential) pollution and / or risk of explosion and / or fire

Structural Damage Breakage or fatigue failures (mostly failures caused by weather but not necessarily) of structural

support and direct structural failures

Vapor Cloud Explosion Explosion resulting from vapor clouds formed from flashing liquids or non-flashing liquids and gases

Hazard and Damage Assessment

Toxic, flammable and explosive substances released from sources of storage as a result of failures or catastrophes,

can cause losses in the surrounding area in the form of:

Toxic gas dispersion, resulting in toxic levels in ambient air,

Fires, fireballs, and flash back fires, resulting in a heat wave (radiation), or

Explosions (Vapours Cloud Explosions) resulting in blast waves (overpressure).

Consequences of Fire/Heat Wave

The effect of thermal radiation on people is mainly a function of intensity of radiation and exposure time. The effect

is expressed in term of the probability of death and different degree of burn. The consequence effects studied to

assess the impact of the events on the receptors are provided in Table 7-2.

Table 7-2 : Damage due to Radiation Intensity

Radiation (kW/m2) Damage to Equipment Damage to People

4.0 - Causes pain if duration is longer than 20 sec. But

blistering is unlikely.

12.5 Minimum energy to ignite wood with a

flame; melts plastic tubing.

1% lethality in one minute. First degree burns in 10

sec.

37.5 Severe damage to plant

100% lethality in 1 min.

50% lethality in 20 sec.

1% lethality in 10 sec.

Consequences of Overpressure

The effects of the shock wave vary depending on the characteristics of the material, the quantity involved and the

degree of confinement of the vapor cloud. The peak pressures in an explosion therefore vary between a slight over-

pressure and a few hundred kilopascals (kPa). Whereas dwelling are demolished and windows and doors broken at

overpressures as low as 0.03- 0.1 bar. Direct injury to people occurs at greater pressures. The pressure of the




shock wave decreases rapidly with the increase in distance from the source of the explosion. The overpressure

damage is shown in Table 7-3.

Table 7-3: Overpressure Damage

Overpressure (bar) Damage

0.02068 Limited minor structural damage

0.068 to 0.136

Corrugated asbestos shattered; corrugated steel or aluminum

panels, fastenings fail, followed by buckling, wood panels (standard

housing) fastenings fail, panels blown in

0.204 to 0.272 Frameless, self -framing steel panel building demolished; rupture of oil storage tanks

Source: CCPS Consequence Analysis of Chemical Release

Consequences of Toxic Release

The effect of exposure to toxic substance depends upon the duration of exposure and the concentration of the toxic

substance.

Short-term exposures to high concentration give Acute Effects while long term exposures to low concentrations

result in Chronic Effects.

Only acute effects are considered under hazard analysis, since they are likely credible scenarios. These effects are:

Irritation (respiratory system, skin, eyes)

Narcosis (nervous system)

Asphyxiation (oxygen deficiency)

System damage (blood organs)

7.2.5 Selection of Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios (MCLs’)

Following important points should be considered for the selection of release scenarios.

Flammability and the flash point of the material

Phase of material i.e. liquid or gas

Threshold quantity of the chemicals as prescribed in MSHIC Rule

Operating temperature and pressure of the material

Total inventory of the material

On the basis of study of chemical properties (MSDS) of the chemicals those are selected for simulation are

presented Table 7-4. Properties of these chemicals are given in Table 2-11.

DEEPAK PHENOLICS LIMITED ADDITION IN THE EXISTING PLANT AT DAHEJ GIDC ADDITIONAL STUDIES


Table 7-4: Storage Details of Hazardous Material

S.

No.

Containment

(Vessel)

Flash

Point

(°C)

IDLH

(PPM)

Max.

Storage

Capacity

(MT)

No. of

Storage

Vessels

Total Storage

Capacity (MT)

Dyke

Pressure Temperature Height,

m Area, m2

1 Acetone -16.99 2500 3079 2 6158 1.8 6750.76 Atm. Amb.

2 Benzene -11.11 500 4023 2 8046 1.8 6750.76 Atm. Amb.

3 Phenol 79 250 4276 2 8552 2 2795 Atm. Amb.

4 Propylene -162 2000 4293 2 8586 NA NA Atm. 18-22

5 Cumene 31 900 6927 1 6927 1.8 6750.76 Atm. Amb.

6 Hydrogen NA NA 2500 Nm3/hr 1 2500 Nm3/hr NA NA Atm. 50

On the basis of the information provided in Table 7-4, and as discussed over failures sceneries given in publications like World Bank Technical Paper 55 and TNO

Purple Book and the experience of the consultant, MCLs’ which may take place are presented in Table 7-5.

Table 7-5: Scenario Selected for Simulation

S. No. Containment (Vessel) Types of Failure Possible Consequences Studied

1 Acetone 10 mm dia hole leak in tank, 20 mm dia hole leak in tank and Catastrophic Rupture Jet Fire, Pool Fire & Explosion

2 Benzene 10 mm dia hole leak in tank, 20 mm dia hole leak in tank and Catastrophic Rupture Jet Fire, Pool Fire & Explosion

3 Phenol 10 mm dia hole leak in tank, 20 mm dia hole leak in tank and Catastrophic Rupture Jet Fire, Pool Fire & Explosion

4 Propylene 10 mm dia hole leak in tank, 20 mm dia hole leak in tank and Catastrophic Rupture Jet Fire, Pool Fire & Explosion

5 Cumene 10 mm dia hole leak in tank, 20 mm dia hole leak in tank and Catastrophic Rupture Jet Fire, Pool Fire & Explosion

6 Hydrogen 10 mm dia hole leak in tank, 25 mm dia hole leak in tank and Catastrophic Rupture Jet Fire, Fire ball & Explosion




Failure Rates

A leak or rupture of a tank, release some or all of its content, can be caused by brittle failure of the tank wall, welds or

connected pipework due to use of inadequate materials, combined with loading such as wind, earthquake or impact.

Failure rates for selected MCLS’ are provided in Table 7-6.

Table 7-6: Failure Frequency for Storage Tanks

Categories

Catastrophic Rupture

Frequency

(per tank per year)

Leak Frequency (per year)

Refrigerated Storage Tank (Single Wall) 2.3 × 10-5 1.0 × 10-5

Refrigerated Storage Tank

(Double Walled) 2.5 × 10-8

1.0 × 10-5

(for primary containment)

Atmospheric Storage Tank 3.0 × 10-6 2.8× 10-3

Pressure Vessels 4.7 × 10-7 1.2 × 10-5 (for Hole Size 3 to 10 mm)

7.1 × 10-6 (for Hole Size 10 to 50 mm)

Reference: International Association of Oil & Gas Producers (OGP); Report No. 434-3, March 2010

Also, the risk assessment is considered using certain internationally recognized yardsticks for measuring risk. These first

need to be explained, and this is done as Table 7-7.

Table 7-7: Broadly Accepted Frequency

Annual Fatality risk level

per year Conclusion

10-3 Unacceptable to everyone. Immediate action shall be taken to reduce the hazards

10-4 Willing to spend public money to control hazards, such as traffic signs, fire departments etc.

10-5 People still recognize as risk. Safety slogans have precautionary rings. Such as never swim

alone, never point a gun

10-6 Not of great concern to everyone. People are aware of these hazards but feel that they cannot

happen to them. Such as Lightning Never Strikes twice an Act of God.

7.2.6 Simulation of Release and Development of Contours

As the MCLS’ were developed for the selected set of chemicals, the next step is to carry out the consequence analysis.

The consequence analysis results along with their contours are presented in the following sections.

Acetone

Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of Acetone are presented in Table 7-8, whereas the

overpressure effect distance are presented in Table 7-9.

Table 7-8: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Acetone

Chemical

(Storage Tank)

Failure

Scenario Consequence

Met

Data

Effective Distance in meter to Radiation Level

4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

Acetone 10 mm leak Jet fire

2/E 6 4 NR

3/B 5 4 NR

5/D 5 4 NR

Late pool fire 2/E 31 20 10




Chemical

(Storage Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

3/B 30 20 10

5/D 30 21 10

20 mm leak

Jet fire

2/E 11 9 NR

3/B 11 8 NR

5/D 10 8 7

Late pool fire

2/E 60 39 20

3/B 59 38 21

5/D 58 39 22

Catastrophic

Rupture Late pool fire

2/E 232 146 87

3/B 235 150 93

5/D 236 153 101

Table 7-9: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Acetone

Chemical (Storage

Tank) Failure Scenario Consequence Met Data

Overpressure Distances in Meters

0.02 0.21 1.00

Acetone

10mm Leak Late Ignition

2/E 25 13 11

3/B 21 12 11

5/D

20mm Leak Late Ignition

2/E 54 27 23

3/B 23 13 11

5/D 19 12 11

Catastrophic

rupture Late Ignition

2/E 500 232 201

3/B 408 180 166

5/D 409 190 178

The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Acetone are presented in Figure 7-1 to Figure 7-4





Condition 2/E

Figure 7-2: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Acetone due to 20mm leak leak in Storage Tank at Weather

Condition 2/E


Condition 2/E




Figure 7-4: Late Explosion Consequence Contour of Acetone due to Catastrophic Rupture at Weather Condition

2/E

Benzene

Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of Benzene are presented in Table 7-10, whereas the

overpressure effect distance are presented in Table 7-11 whereas distance to Equivalent Toxic Dose due to release of

Ethylene Oxide are given in Table 7-12.

Table 7-10: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Benzene

Chemical

(Storage Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

Benzene

10 mm leak

Jet fire

2/E 4 NR NR

3/B 3 2 NR

5/D 3 2 NR

Late pool fire

2/E 36 20 9

3/B 36 22 9

5/D 37 25 9

20 mm leak

Jet fire

2/E 7 6 NR

3/B 7 5 4

5/D 6 5 4

Late pool fire

2/E 47 20 NR

3/B 49 21 NR

5/D 51 23 NR

Catastrophic


2/E 113 47 NR

3/B 122 48 NR

5/D 132 50 NR

Table 7-11: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Benzene

Chemical (Storage

Tank)

Failure

Scenario Consequence Met Data


0.02 0.21 1.00

Benzene 10 mm leak Late Ignition 2/E 27 13 11

3/B 22 12 11




Chemical (Storage

Tank)

Failure



0.02 0.21 1.00

5/D

20 mm leak Late Ignition

2/E 57 27 23

3/B 50 26 22

5/D 21 12 11

Catastrophic


2/E 441 206 182

3/B 359 164 155

5/D 346 160 148

Table 7-12: Distance to Equivalent Toxic Dose due to Release of Benzene

Chemical

(Storage

Tank)

Failure Scenario Met Data

Effective Distance in meter to Toxic Level

EPRG 1

(50 ppm)

EPRG 2

(150 ppm)

EPRG 3

(1000 ppm)

IDLH

(500 ppm)

Benzene

10 mm leak

2/E 221 110 30 271

3/B 65 39 19 76

5/D 87 46 12 104

20 mm leak

2/E 404 193 48 495

3/B 119 70 32 141

5/D 174 89 30 207


2/E 2984 1266 260 3814

3/B 665 313 115 825

5/D 1154 468 104 1471

The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Benzene are presented in Figure 7-5 to Figure 7-8.


Condition 5/D





Condition 2/E


Condition 5/D


Condition 2/E




Phenol

Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of Phenol are presented in Table 7-13, whereas the

overpressure effect distance are presented in Table 7-14 whereas distance to Equivalent Toxic Dose due to release of

Ethylene Oxide are given in Table 7-15.

Table 7-13: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Phenol

Chemical

(Storage Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

Phenol

10 mm leak

Jet fire

2/E NR NR NR

3/B NR NR NR

5/D NR NR NR

Late pool fire

2/E 32 19 11

3/B 33 21 11

5/D 34 23 11

20 mm leak

Jet fire

2/E NR NR NR

3/B NR NR NR

5/D NR NR NR

Late pool fire

2/E 44 21 NR

3/B 46 22 NR

5/D 48 23 NR

Catastrophic


2/E 99 47 NR

3/B 104 48 NR

5/D 109 50 NR

Table 7-14: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Phenol

Chemical (Storage

Tank)

Failure



0.02 0.21 1.00

Phenol Catastrophic


2/E 57 27 23

3/B 59 28 23

5/D 55 27 23

Table 7-15: Distance to Equivalent Toxic Dose due to Release of Phenol

Chemical

(Storage Tank) Failure Scenario Met Data

Effective Distance in meter to Toxic Level

EPRG 1

(10 ppm)

EPRG 2

(50 ppm)

EPRG 3

(200 ppm)

IDLH

(250 ppm)

Phenol

10 mm leak

2/E 37 4 4 9

3/B 11 2 2 2

5/D 12 2 2 2

20 mm leak

2/E 207 104 25 47

3/B 45 33 21 26

5/D 40 20 11 15

Catastrophic

Rupture

2/E 535 50 18 20

3/B 89 21 16 18

5/D 100 21 16 18




The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Phenol are presented in Figure 7-9 to Figure 7-15.


Condition 5/D


Condition 5/D

Figure 7-11: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Phenol due to Catastrophic Rupture of Storage Tank at

Weather Condition 5/D




Figure 7-12: Late Explosion Consequence Contour of Phenol due to Catastrophic Rupture at Weather Condition

3/B

Figure 7-13: Risk contour for Maximum concentration of Phenol in the environment due to 10mm leak in

Phenol Storage tank at weather condition 2/E

Figure 7-14: Risk contour for Maximum concentration of Phenol in the environment due to 20mm leak in

Phenol Storage tank at weather condition 2/E




Figure 7-15: Risk contour for Maximum concentration of Phenol in the environment due to Catastrophic

Rupture of Phenol Storage tank at weather condition 2/E

Propylene

Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of Propylene are presented in Table 7-16, whereas the


Table 7-16: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Propylene

Chemical (Storage

Tank)

Failure


Met

Data


4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

Propylene

10 mm leak Jet fire

2/E 36 28 24

3/B 34 27 22

5/D 32 25 20

20 mm leak Jet fire

2/E 67 53 45

3/B 64 50 42

5/D 61 46 38

Catastrophic

Rupture Fireball

2/E 2372 1299 539

3/B 2372 1299 539

5/D 2372 1299 539

Table 7-17: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Propylene

Chemical (Storage

Tank)

Failure



0.02 0.21 1.00

Propylene


2/E 72 46 43

3/B 59 36 32

5/D 58 36 32


2/E 175 115 106

3/B 168 113 105

5/D 168 113 105

Late Ignition 2/E 4013 1018 664




Chemical (Storage

Tank)

Failure



0.02 0.21 1.00

Catastrophic

rupture

3/B 3955 1000 626

5/D 4098 1137 947

The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Propylene are presented in Figure 7-16 to Figure 7-19

Figure 7-16: Jet Fire Consequence Contour of Propylene due to 10mm leak in Storage Tank at Weather

Condition 2/E


Condition 2/E

Figure 7-18: Jet Fire Consequence Contour of Propylene due to 20mm leak in Storage Tank at Weather

Condition 2/E





Condition 2/E

Cumene

Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of Cumene are presented in Table 7-18, whereas the


Table 7-18: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Cumene

Chemical (Storage Tank)

Failure Scenario

Consequence Met Data Effective Distance in meter to Radiation Level

4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

Cumene

10 mm leak

Jet fire

2/E NR NR NR

3/B NR NR NR

5/D NR NR NR

Late pool fire

2/E 65 41 24

3/B 65 42 27

5/D 65 44 29

20 mm leak Jet fire

2/E 1 NR NR

3/B 1 NR NR

5/D 1 NR NR

Late pool fire 2/E 121 76 46





Failure Scenario

Consequence Met Data Effective Distance in meter to Radiation Level

4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

3/B 121 77 49

5/D 121 79 53


Late pool fire

2/E 321 199 123

3/B 323 202 130

5/D 323 207 137

Table 7-19: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Cumene


Failure Scenario

Consequence Met Data Overpressure Distances in Meters

0.02 0.21 1.00

Cumene Catastrophic


2/E 71 30 24

3/B 77 31 25

5/D 70 30 24

The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Cumene are presented in Figure 7-20 to Figure 7-22

Figure 7-20: Late Pool Consequence Contour of Cumene due to 10mm leak in Storage Tank at Weather

Condition 5/D




Figure 7-21: Late Explosion Consequence Contour of Cumene due to 20 mm leak in Storage Tank at Weather

Condition 3/B

Figure 7-22: Late Explosion Consequence Contour of Cumene due to Catastrophic Rupture at Weather

Condition 3/B

7.2.7 Conclusion

From the above study following conclusion can be made.

Table 7-20: Maximum Distance of 20 mm Leak

Chemical Effect Distance in Meters at Weather condition 5.0/D

At Radiation Level 4 kW/m2 due to Late Pool Fire ERPG 3

Acetone 58 -

Benzene 51 30




Chemical Effect Distance in Meters at Weather condition 5.0/D

At Radiation Level 4 kW/m2 due to Late Pool Fire ERPG 3

Phenol 48 11

Propylene - -

Cumene 121 -

Table 7-21: Maximum Distance of Catastrophic Rupture

Chemical

Effect Distance in Meters at Weather condition 5.0/D

At Radiation Level 4 kW/m2 due to

Late Pool Fire

At Overpressure 0.02 bar due to Late

Ignition ERPG 3

Acetone 236 409 -

Benzene 132 346 104

Phenol 109 55 16

Propylene - 4098 -

Cumene 323 70 -

7.2.8 Risk Assessment for Pipeline

Hydrogen

Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of Hydrogen are presented in Table 7-22, whereas the


Table 7-22: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Hydrogen

Chemical Failure



4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

Hydrogen

10 mm leak Jet fire

2/E 12 9 NR

3/B 13 10 NR

5/D 13 11 NR

25 mm leak Jet fire

2/E 31 24 18

3/B 32 25 19

5/D 32 26 22

Catastrophic

Rupture Fire Ball Ellipse

2/E 483 265 121

3/B 483 265 121

5/D 483 265 121

Table 7-23: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Hydrogen

Chemical Failure



0.02 0.21 1.00

Hydrogen Pipeline


2/E 36 15 12

3/B 34 15 12

5/D 33 15 12

25 mm leak Late Ignition 2/E 107 53 45

3/B 90 42 35




Chemical Failure



0.02 0.21 1.00

5/D 89 42 35

Catastrophic


2/E 989 258 165

3/B 982 256 165

5/D 992 271 195

7.3 Disaster Management Plan

7.3.1 Objective

The objectives of the plan are as follows;

1. To provide resource and methods for effective control of emergencies arising out of leakage, explosion and fire due

to hazardous chemicals.

2. To prevent the emergency turning into a disaster.

3. Synchronized action from all the coordinating agencies with least possible delay.

4. To minimize damages to the property, people and environment.

5. Effective rescue operation and treatment of the causalities.

6. To train the people to act efficiently and with confidence in an emergency.

7. To bring back normal situation in the least possible time.

8. To provide authorities information to the news media and Govt. Agencies.

9. To minimize its occurrence.

7.3.2 Mode of Emergencies

An emergency is an extra-ordinary administrative situation, which is not confronted by the administration in its routine.

It could also be defined as an event that causes a temporary break in the normal life of an industry or community.

Term such as disaster, emergency, or Natural calamity etc. is also used depending on the particular context and the

circumstances, however, by and large, this is a question of interpretation only and the terms are interchangeable.

The emergency can be broadly classified as natural or man-made, according to origin creator. The type of emergency

can be identified as given in Figure 7-23.




Figure 7-23: Types of Emergencies

7.3.3 Fire & Explosion

Fire ranks first among the major hazards in the operational Plant. Major fires arise out of leakages of flammable

materials from the system and their getting ignited from some source of ignition & it may turn into large scale of fire.

In case of large discharge of flammable material formation of vapour clouds, the cloud travelling to another location

and causing a fire or explosion is possible. This poses danger threat to communities nearby or even at some distance.

The damage in both cases could be extensive. One of the hazards identified in our system is a potential leakage of Oil

& Gas from the Plant.

Another danger from fire is that when flammable material get ignited, there is the possibility of release of combustion

gas (being toxic) in large quantities. Major fire with no danger of explosion hazards form prolonged high levels of

thermal radiation heat & smoke.

7.3.4 Major Accident & Dangerous Occurrences

Flammable Gas Release

If Flammable gas leaks/ releases and come into contact with any source of ignition, like spark, frication, static charge,

hot surface, it may explode and may result into fire, blast wave radiation heat.

Oil Leakage

Hydrocarbon leaks from operational plant are very danger and it can lead to a major fire in the Plant. Other units within

the plant then process each of those components into different products, including Phenol & other flammable materials.

Serious Bodily Injury/Fall from Height

“Serious Bodily injury” means an injury, which involve, or in all probability will involve, the permanent loss of the use of,

or permanent injury to, any limb or the permanent loss, of or, injury to, sight or hearing or the fracture of any bone,




but shall not include the fracture of bone or joint (not being fracture of more than one bone or joint) of any phalanges

of the hand or foot.

Tsunami

Tsunamis are water waves or seismic sea waves caused by large-scale sudden movement of the sea floor, usually due

to earthquakes and on rare occasions to landslides, volcanic eruptions, or man-made explosions.

Earthquake

Earthquakes are caused by the sudden release of slowly accumulated strain energy along a fault in the earth's crust.

Cyclone

Cyclones cannot be irradiated from the western coast of India. There is excessive length of coastline across the western

coast of India and moreover the topographical features of the Indian coast and existent of Ghats in the southern part.

This could get in a cyclone from low to Very heavy strength.

7.3.5 Stages of an Emergency Plan

The plan consists of the actual performance of duties & responsibilities by designated personnel and other agencies.

Therefore, the plan is divided into three stages.

The stage one is pre-emergency period preparedness, awareness and training parts during normal activities and prior

to emergency.

While stage second explains actions during emergency period i.e. during actual emergency period, specific duties and

responding actions are to be performed by designated person by using available resources to control the emergency by

various persons in systematic ways within shortest period.

The third stage indicates post-emergency period which describes rehabilitation and normalcy after the emergency and

to preserve evidences and records for remedial measures, and to face inquiry as required by various authorities. It also

explains corrective steps learnt from the incident and investigation of reasons behind the emergency to prevent re-

occurrence of such type emergency.

Basic Structure

There are four basic structures or stages to be considered for emergency planning, as described earlier, which are

reproduced as Figure 7-24.




Figure 7-24: Stages of an Emergency Plan

Pre-Emergency

This is the first stage of the plan. Planning is the most important factor of the plan, which will reflect during actual

performance. The subjects cover mostly on preparatory action, awareness, preventive & maintenance measures,

preparedness, resource development, training, and rehearsal etc.

1. Disaster Management

The effective control and command during the emergency, the structure of organization should be developed precisely

and very clearly. This includes the organizational aspect of the plan; clearly stating the line of command, each person’s

specific responsibilities, and organizational set up available to tackle the Emergency effectively. There will be single line

of control.

2. Emergency Resources

It is the part of preparedness and awareness created during the first stage. The plan is prepared to meet the various

types of the emergencies. The type of equipment, appliances and neutralizing can be ascertained from properties of




chemicals being stored/ handled at unit. It should be ensured that the sufficient inventories should be maintained and

kept in order

Action Plan

It prescribes the role & responsibility of designated persons. The action plan describes the different actions and

performance by the various emergency services, persons and agencies during emergency. This part gives guidelines to

prevent, control and mitigate the emergency by various agencies / persons in the specific way. It describes the actual

response procedure to be followed by different categories of persons / services for different types of the emergencies.

No duplication of work or duties.

1. During Emergency

The real actions by using available resources at the earliest and performance of work in prescribed way must be carried

out by emergency services, trained persons and different agencies. The control room will be activated. There will be

declaration regarding the type of emergency. The designated persons will direct and handle the situation to control

emergency.

2. Post-Emergency

After controlling the emergency, pending actions and other incidental works are to be carried out in prescribed manner.

The process or work after emergency is called as Post-Emergency, which includes,

Safe termination of emergency

Resumption of normalcy & Rehabilitation

Essential & authentic information

Investigation and preparation of report

Corrective action

Risk Assessment on the Incident to introduce more control measures

7.3.6 Emergency Alert Codes

For the purpose of determining the level of emergency response support required the following three emergency alert

codes are used for the notification of emergencies:

Alert I Emergency

Any incident which is considered to be minor in nature and has no potential risk of threatening lives or facilities in the

plant and it is within the capability of the ERT to conduct initial containment for spills, suppression of fires, or rescue

operations for personnel shall be classified as Alert I emergency. Typical examples are:

Minor fires involving plant equipment which can be extinguished easily

Minor gas or toxic releases which can be isolated easily within a short period of time

Minor building fires or fires involving non-process/plant equipment

Minor hazardous material spills or releases from road tankers or storage tanks which can be contained by dike or

absorbent materials or recovered by vacuum cleaner.




Alert II Emergency

Any incident which is considered to be serious in nature and, though it is still within the capability of the ERT to handle,

has a potential risk of threatening other facilities or buildings on site or off-site shall be classified as Alert II emergency.

Typical examples are:

Fires involving flammable storage tanks or plant equipment

Gas or toxic releases of relatively large quantity but can be isolated safely

Spillage of flammable or hazardous substances which requires substantial resources for cleaning up or recovery.

Alert III Emergency

Any incident considered being beyond the capability of the ERT to handle and it requires the assistance from external

emergency agencies such as Fire Services shall be classified as Alert III emergency. Typical examples of Alert III

emergency are:

Major and prolonged fires involving the plants or storage tanks.

Major and prolonged gas or toxic releases due to catastrophic failure of process equipment or storage tanks which

warrant a site-wide evacuation

Major hazardous materials spills due to catastrophic failure of process equipment, storage tanks or road tankers

7.3.7 Roles and Responsibilities during Emergency

In order to achieve above objectives the role of key personnel is clearly defined to avoid confusion and to meet the

emergency effectively. The Shift In charge and the Incident Controller are the personnel for effective control of an

emergency. As per the emergency preparedness chart the success of control of an emergency situation depends upon

their timely action. The action for these persons and Emergency Do’s and Don’ts are given in this section.

Key Person and their Responsibilities

Person Noticing Emergency

Keep himself safe

He will inform Shift In-charge / other colleagues

Break MCP at the nearest location or use PA system to inform Shift Incharge

Try and mitigate the situation by not endangering himself and if with required personal protection. As far as

possible SIC / colleagues should be called even if he thinks that it is possible to deal with the situation by himself.

On hearing the emergency siren, the plant emergency key personnel shall carry out the functions as defined in

Flowchart for Emergency Handling

Site Main Controller

Assisted by Incident Controller and other services coordinators.

Overall emergency coordination.

Review and approve tactical plan.

Communicate with incident coordinator and mobilize supporting groups.

Call out and mobilize key personnel

Direct plant emergency actions (e.g. Plant /equipment isolation plant shutdown, etc.)

Monitor personnel accounting status and activate rescue operations through incident coordinator if necessary.

Assess on/off-site impact and alert neighbouring companies if necessary.




Decide on plant-wide evacuation if needed.

Continuous review and assess possible developments.

Control rehabilitation of affected areas and victims on cessation of emergency.

Announce “All Clear” message.

Site recovery and post incident critique

Incident Controller

Rush to the site and size up emergency situation and decide response strategy and tactical plan.

Deputing Deputy Incident Controller on emergency site.

Coordinating with Deputy Incident Controller.

Organize emergency response team.

Size up control zones.

Set up field incident post.

Command and direct emergency response actions.

Deploy emergency equipment.

Direct rescue operations upon getting instruction from site main controller.

Communicate with site main controller & update on incident status.

Monitor safety of operations & decide to stop unsafe operations.

Monitor personnel fatigue and stress.

Ensure decontamination is established.

Ensure that outside emergency services including mutual aid have been called in.

Coordinate with external agencies after their arrival in case of emergency.

Inform the emergency team leaders about the situation.

Deputy Incident Controller

Direct all operations within the affected area with the priority of,

Secure the safety of personnel

Minimize the damage to plant, property and environment

Minimize the loss of material

Decide whether on-site emergency action plan is to be initiated depending upon the process control and severity of

the incident.

Direct rescue, spill control, fire fighting team leaders.

Monitor the incident as a whole.

Ensure that emergency control centre / security supervisor and complementary communicating officer are

informed.

Evacuate non-essential persons to assembly point.

Appraise ECC about the developments of emergency control continuously by personal approach or messenger or

telephone.

Search for the causalities using PPE.

Appraise the situation to a senior office whoever reaches first at site.

Preserve evidences that will be necessary for subsequent inquiry into the cause of emergency and concluding

preventive measures.

Remark:




Plants are running in three shifts and shift in charges is available round the clock in each shift. As Shift in charge is

having thorough knowledge of the plant and has capability to take decisions both for process and incident control, he

will be Dy. Incident controller in absence of H.O.D.

Duties of NDO

Assisted by Incident Controller and other services coordinator.

Overall emergency coordination in absence of site main controller SMC.

Communication with SMC regarding emergency.

HSE Staff

Take instructions from the site main controller

Liaison with hospital to handle emergency cases related to injury and illness

Assist the site main controller to alert and coordinate with external emergency organizations.

Assist the site main controller to make announcement.

Call out key personnel.

Assist in handling incoming phone calls, quires from external agencies and employee family.

Ensure communication aids are provided for effective communication at ECC.

Evaluate the spill.

Mobilize all necessary and suitable spill control equipment.

Take instruction from the site main controller.

Assign spill control responders.

Provide direction for spill control responders.

Suitably rotate spill control responders to avoid fatigue.

Monitor and maintain essential supplies to the incident site.

Perform spill control activates.

Coordinate with first aid / fire fighting team if required.

Check the conditions of the PPE provided for spill control.

Inform about the situation to incident coordinator.

Suitably dispose all contaminated items after spill control.

Medical Care/ First Aid Coordinator (Medical Centre)

After hearing the siren two people will bring stretcher & medical oxygen kit to incident place.

Arrange for additional oxygen sets / cylinders required from neighbouring factories.

Get ready with the list of blood group donors and arrange to send the donors if required.

It shell be ensure that telephone traffic is controlled.

Arrange for refreshment / food for the personnel engaged in the emergency action.

Get the relevant data of the victims and inform their relatives.

Inform nearly by Hospital / medical institutions about the required help.

Provide support for first aid and rescue operations.

Update the site main controller on the first aid operations.

Monitor and assist the incident first aid canter and the medical canter.

Assembly Point In Charge

Shall evacuate the area and report to a specified assembly point




Assembly point in-charge will be any of key personal or in his absent available senior most personal takes this

responsibility.

At reaching the designated assembly points after considering the wind direction, the workers and the staff must be

instructed to queue according to the plant and the department they belong to.

Each section senior person must then count the heads and match with their daily attendance record to see if

anyone is left missing in the plant.

If so then the fire and rescue personnel must be informed accordingly with is most probable place of being.

Key Personnel

On receipt of emergency message / siren departmental in-charge shall arrange to spare and ensure to send

personnel trained in Fire Fighting, First Aid and Rescue for emergency activity at incident place.

Departmental in-charge arranges to vacate the shop floor or work place keeping necessary employees to operate

continuous process and evacuated personal should assemble at the assembly point.

The individual concern shall leave the work place as safe as possible like switching of welding machines, gas

cylinders, electrical light or appliances in their room.

Proactively takes charge of various activities (Fire & Safety, gas spill control, communication, medical services,

transport, engineering and technical help, utilities and outside help) being carried out at the time of emergency.

Coordinate and ensure the activities related to perform show (at incident control, assembly point, emergency

control, communication, security main gate) appropriately.

Direct and help securities to handle crowed / mass with proper discipline.

Non- Emergency Personnel

Do not get panic. Act accordingly to the prevailing situation.

Check the wind direction and decide the escape route if it is required to do so.

Do not approach the scene of accident as a spectator.

Do not engage phone unnecessarily somebody may be trying to pass on some information.

Non operations employee shall approach assembly points after receiving instructions.

Visitors shall move out of the factory on hearing the siren

Security Staff

Keep main gate closed till all clear siren and normalcy is restored.

Do not allow any vehicle or tanker inside the factory, except essential vehicles such as fire tenders/ foam tender,

ambulance, Govt. Agencies, Statutory Authorities, Mutual aid staff, etc.

In case of toxic gas release send two watch guards to alert the neighboring factories depending upon wind

direction.

Check about public in vicinity and ask them to evacuate on upwind at a safe place.

Help fire squad team to evacuate non-essential personnel and non-technical staff.

Depute security guards to control traffic on the internal road.

Depute security guards to help firefighting, if necessary.

Lead the external helping teams to reach the accident site.

Do not engage phone unnecessarily somebody may be trying to pass on some information.

Control the crowd.

Cordon off the affected site




Essential Staff

Fire Fighting, gas leak and spill control till fire brigade takes the charge.

To help the fire brigade and mutual aid teams, if it is so required.

Shutting down plant and making it safe.

Emergency engineering work e.g. isolating equipment, materials, process, providing temporary by-pass lines, safe

transfer of material, urgent repairing or replacement, electrical work etc.

Provision of emergency power, water, lighting, instruments, equipment, material etc.

Movement of equipment, special vehicle and transport to or from the scene of the incident.

First aid and medical help.

Moving tankers or other vehicles from areas of risk.

Carrying out atmospheric test and pollution control.

Manning of assembly points to record the arrival or evacuated personnel.

Manning for outside shelters and welfare of evacuated person there.

To look after the rehabilitation of affected persons after withdrawal of emergency at the site.

Assistance at casualties’ reception areas to record details of casualties’.

Assistance at communication centers to handle outgoing and incoming calls and to act as messengers if necessary.

Manning of works entrances in liaison with the police to direct emergency vehicles entering the work, to control

traffic leaving the works and to turn away or make alternative safe arrangements for visitors, contractors and other

traffic arriving at the works.

Informing surrounding factories and the public as directed by the site main controller

Procedure for emergency call out of key personnel (After office hours)

The shift in charge shall call the respective incident coordinator and provide the following information and record the

same and incident coordinator shall call to site main controller.

What happened ( e.g. fire, spillage, explosion, etc)

Time and location of incident

Alert level

On receiving the information from the fire alarm, Trained Security personnel shall rush to the incident location to help

the shift in-charge in handling the emergency.

If the Unit Head is not available, the Shift In charge will call the respective Incident coordinator at his home phone

number.

Upon receipt of such emergency calls, the key personnel shall call out their respective team members who need to

render assistance in the emergency in the same manner.

The Site Main Controller, Safety Officer and Incident Coordinator shall depart immediately to the site depending on the

alert level of emergency.

Important Note

Till the Site Main Controller or his designate reach the site during and after office hours Emergency, the respective HOD

shall act as a Site Main Controller and take decisions regarding the external agency call-out and on handling the

emergency.

If the key personnel, especially the Functional heads are outstation or out of the country where they can’t be reached

by mobile phone they shall delegate their responsibility to their resources or members.




Recognition of Problem

The first action in case of a chemical spill and critical to subsequent actions, is early, accurate identification of what

is being spilled, the extent of the spillage, the expected duration and potential for the incident to worsen. This can

sometimes be determined quickly. Other incidents may require some investigation time. Activate alarm through

phone call to security to alert the emergency response team.

A quick “size-up” is required if effective notification, and possible evacuation of employees or contractor are

needed. Attempt to stop leak only if personal safety is not endangered stop all work in the vicinity and ensure no

source of ignition. Evacuate all workers to up-wind location.

If in your best judgment, based on the initial known factors, there is potential to cause harm to anybody, you

should alert them as quickly as possible. To delay this action greatly increases the level of possible harmful results.

Generally, if you feel the leak can be controlled in a short time (30 minutes or less) you should advise them of the

situation. If you feel the leakage will continue for longer than that and the spilled material is very toxic or highly

corrosive you should advise immediate but orderly evacuation

Safety of Personnel

The first concern in the event of any spillage must always be the safety of people, both employees and our

contractors.

All must be counted for as quickly as possible. If anybody is missing, organize search and rescue operation with the

instruction of the emergency incident controller.

Personnel who are not needed to cope with the problem should be removed from the emergency area to an area

of safety as quickly as possible.

Persons remaining in the spill area must wear the appropriate level of personal protective equipment (PPE) to

protect them from exposure to the chemical involved before attempting any emergency action.

This PPE would include either a self-contained berating apparatus (SCBA) or an airline respirator with an

emergency egress unit. Body protection would depend on the chemical involved with reference to the MSDS.

Traffic control and barricade off accessible roads.

DEEPAK PHENOLICS LIMITED ADDITION IN THE EXISTING PLANT AT DAHEJ GIDC ADDITIONAL STUDIES


Communication Aid and Emergency Siren

Details of alarms and sirens are given in Table 7-24.

Table 7-24: Details of Alarms & Siren

SI

Plant wise alarm points Alarm

Signal

is heard

up to

Sound difference, if any

Plant /

Dept./

Location

S. No.

of

Alarm

Point

Location

of Alarm

Type of the Alarm / Siren

Period of

checking In Case of

emergency All Clear Testing

Type of

Emergency

Types of

Alarm

Type of

Sound

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 CCR CCR

(01)

On Terrace

On Terrace

30 Sec ON, 15

Sec Off, For 3

min.

Continuous 2

min.

Continues 1

min.

Weekly

(Every

Monday)

400mtr

Radius

Fire, Explosion,

Toxic & Gas

Release

Electrical Wailing &

Continues 2

Fire &

Safety

Building

F&S

(02)

3 Power Plant PPCR

(03)




7.3.8 Standard Procedures for Evacuation

A plant emergency may require various evacuation steps by employees. Depending on the seriousness of the

emergency or by specific instruction, employees must be prepared to evacuate:

Various kinds of emergencies that can warrant limited or total plant area evacuation are:

Severe Fire

Severe toxic-flammable gas release

Threatening calls, civil unrest or curfew

Earthquake, flood, storm

The Site Main Controller / Coordinator shall use his judgment and discretion to decide; as far as reasonable

practicable consult with the Management Leaderships, to effect a partial or total evacuation of personnel from the

site.

Some spillage could be serious enough to either evacuate the affected area and possibly site or have them take

shelter in safe places until the spillage passes.

Evacuation of employees and contractors should be initiated by fire alarm and then advising appropriately,

specific evacuation information and instruction. Evacuation routine shall be cross-wind and up-wind relative to

the gas cloud.

Evacuation Classification

Stage I

On hearing the siren, respective area team will make quick check for any abnormality and verify the affected

zone.

On verification shift in-charge / incident coordinator shall decide further course of action. If the fire is small and

in alert level 1, then the shift in charge / incident coordinator will engage the fire fighting team to put off fire

and need not evacuate all the people.

Stage II

On hearing the siren, respective area shift in-charge/ incident coordinator shall verify the affected area. If the

fire stage is evaluated as Alert II, then the shift in-charge / incident coordinator shall retain fire fighting team

and first aid team at incident location and evacuate rest of the people to the assembly point.

Stage III

On hearing the siren, respective area shift in-charge / incident coordinator shall verify the affected area. If the

fire stage is evaluated as Alert III level, then the shift in charge / incident coordinator shall take instruction

from Site Main Controller to do further fire fighting or to evacuate the incident location.

Plant evacuation will take time to execute. If there is adequate warning time, normal shutdown procedures will

be used as outlined in the operations manual.

Orderly evacuation steps may then take place. When time is limited, crash type shutdown procedure will be

used.

Information to evacuate will be passed down through supervision to all personnel in the plant.

Assembly Points and Evacuation Routes

There are total 4 Assembly points as below mention locations.

Assembly Point No. Location

A-1 North side of Central Warehouse




Assembly Point No. Location

A-2 West side of Cooling Tower

A-3 South-West Side of Control Room Boiler

A-4 North side of Effluent Treatment Plant ( ETP)

These are the locations where all personnel on site will assemble in case of an emergency and the head count

will be conducted by the security supervisor at the main gate.

In normal situation, evacuation route for stage III, evacuation is by the main gate.

In a critical situation, evacuation may be carried out via the existing route as plan. Assistance from external

emergency agencies shall be sought to mobilize resources for evacuation.

The Incident Coordinator and the Designated Rescuers

Respond to the scene of the release or incident and communicate with the operation team of the affected area.

Determine the needs of the area, which could include searching, rescue and transporting of victims to area

where medical assistance is available.

Determine extent of release.

Develop a plan of action with the site main controller and review plan with operation Heads.

1. Determine scope of search

Decide whether search is needed

Decide on size of area to search (downwind)

Do not search unoccupied or locked buildings unless someone is believed to be inside

2. Consider resources available

Extra manpower available

Vehicles available for transportation

Extra safety equipment available

3. Determine use of manpower and protective gear worn

Minimum of two persons per team

Donned proper protective gear

Ambulance and First Aider on Standby

4. Execute Plan – revise plan as needed

7.3.9 Emergency Control Centre

The Emergency Control Centre (or Room) is the place from which the operations to handle the emergency and

directed and coordinated. It will be attended by the site main controller, key personnel and senior officer of the

Fire, Police, Dy. Director – Industrial Safety and Health, District Authorities and Emergency Services. The Centre

should be equipped to receive and transmit information and directions from and to the incident controller and areas

of the works as well as outside. It should also have Equipment for logging the development of the incident to assist

the controllers to determine any necessary action.

In addition to the means of communication, the centre should be equipped with relevant data and equipment which

will assist those manning the centre to be conversant with the developing situation and enable them to plan

accordingly.

It should be sited in an area of minimum risk and close to a road to allow for ready access by a radio-equipped

vehicle for use if other systems fail or extra communication facilities are needed.




For large sites, or where toxic releases might be anticipated, consideration should be given to setting up 2 control

centres to ensure, so far as is possible, that one will be available for use, should the other be disabled. If necessary

the police will assist to set up an Emergency Control Centre remote from the works.

The Centre should therefore contain:

1. An adequate number of external telephones. It is strongly recommended that at least one should be ex-

directory or capable of use for outgoing calls only. This will avoid the telephone switchboard being overloaded

with calls from anxious relatives, the press etc. the latest telephone directories with a separate list of important

numbers.

2. An adequate number of internal telephones.

3. Radio equipment, hot lines, walky-talky etc.

4. Plans of the factory to show:

Areas of large inventories of hazardous materials including tanks, reactor drums and compressed gas

cylinders.

Location of radioactive sources.

Sources of sirens and safety equipment including fire, explosion, spill and gas controls.

Stock of other fire extinguishing materials.

The fire-water system and additional sources of water.

Site entrances and road system, updated at the time of the emergency to indicate any road that is

impassable.

Assembly points, shelters, lunch room and canteen.

Casualty treatment centres, first aid centres and ambulance.

Parking points, rail sidings and visitors room.

Location of the factory in relation to the surrounding community.

Site main controller will operate from ECC; details regarding ECC are given as below:

S. No. Materials kept in the ECC Quantity Person who’ll handle /operate

1 External Telephones 2 Nos. Head HSE

2 Internal Telephones 2 Nos. Head HR & Admin

3 Telephone Directory – Internal &

External 1 No. Head HR & Admin

4 Wireless 2 Nos. Head HSE

5 Map of the Site 1 No. Head Engineering

6 Factory Layout 1 No. Head Engineering

7 Layout of Fire Hydrant &

Extinguishers 1 No. Head HSE

8 Layout of Emergency Control Center

& Assembly Point 1 No. Head HSE

9 Stock sheet of Fire Extinguisher

material and its availability 1 No. Head HSE

10 Muster role of employees 1 No. Head HR & Admin

11 Work Permit Book 1 No. Head O&M

12 Gate Passes book 1 No. Head HR & Admin

13 List of employee blood group 1 No. Head HR & Admin

14 Stationery (i.e., Note Pads, Pens,

Pencils, Rubbers, etc.) Adequate Head HR & Admin

15 Copy of On-site emergency Plan 1 No. Head HSE

16 Copy of Off-site emergency Plant 1 No. Head HSE




S. No. Materials kept in the ECC Quantity Person who’ll handle /operate

17 Torches 3 Nos. Head HR & Admin

18 Umbrella 5 Nos. Head HR & Admin

19 Raincoat 10 Pairs Head HR & Admin

20 Safety Shoes 5 Pairs Head HR & Admin

21 Helmets 10 Nos. Head HR & Admin

22 Goggles 10 Nos. Head HR & Admin

23 Ear Muffs 10 Pairs Head HR & Admin

24 Aprons 5 Nos. Head HR & Admin

25 Digital Camera with Memory Card 1 No. Head HR & Admin

26 Stop Watch 1 No. Head HR & Admin

27 Self-Breathing Apparatus 2 Nos. Head HSE

7.3.10 About medical arrangements

Occupational Health Centre (OHC) with all the required facilities with 1 nos. of Ambulances is available, which runs

round the clock. Qualified Medical Officer and 4 Male nurses are available at OHC.

Following equipment are available at OHC:

Central Oxygen Line

Separate Oxygen Cylinders

ECG Machine

PFT Machine

Audiometry Machine

Vision Test

Suction Machine

7.3.11 Accounting for Personnel / Head count

It is necessary to know that everyone on site has been accounted for and that the relatives of casualties if any

have been appropriately informed. Holidays and sickness absence will have to be taken into account and

adequate personnel for relief are made available including replacement for some others who may be at off site

at time engaged on other work.

Records of the employee (normal roll) present on a particular day or shift can be known from timekeeper

office. Officers’ presence can be known in departments.

Shift schedules are also maintained in the department and in time office for each person.

Shift change time will create confusion. In such case to record will help depending on outgoing or incoming

punches.

Records of arrival and departure of all visitors is maintained by the security department together will the names

of persons/ officers of the company to whom they have come to meet. Etc.

In charge of assembly point will record the names & department of people reporting at assembly point.

A responsible person will collect the list to compare them against the normal roll or list of those believed to be

on-site inform the police of any believed to the missing. IC will be informed and arrangement will be made for

further search.

Visitors should be accompanied by responsible member of the works staff. Designated to perform emergency

duty. Display proper board for storage area.

In the immediately affected area incident controller etc. will arrange for a search to locate any injured persons

or causalities.

Other workers / colleagues also will give information regarding the same.




Head count at the respective assembly point shall be tallied by head count coordinator and communicate to

communicator wait for further instruction from the emergency response incident commander or communicator.

Any person who is not accounted for will be located by the officer ( HR & Safety) on instruction from

communicator and the rescue team will carry out search and rescue operations to locate the missing person or

persons upon the instruction of the incident commander.

Public Relations

Inevitably a major incident will attract the attention of the press, television and radio services and anxious

inquiries from friend and relatives will be flooding the factory.

It is essential to make arrangements for authoritative release of information to them.

Declaration of cessation of emergency

The security officer or guard will not signal the end of the emergency until that all the spillage / leakage are

arrested or fires are extinguished and there is no risk of re-ignition in case of fire, in case of gas; the all clear

will be declared only when the source of emission has been effectively isolated and gas cloud dispersed well

above safe level.

Even when the all clear signal has been given, great care is needed while entering in affected areas and no

work in connection with salvage, collection of evidence should be commenced until a thorough examination of

the area has been carried out.

The siren code will follow for declaring the cessation of an emergency. Source of leakage, spillage or re-

ignition such as diesel engine, and / or power operated tools, flame cutting equipment and so on until it has

been established that no flammable materials remain where they could be ignited. All clear shall be given by

site main controller.

Traffic Controller

The security incharges or guard shall contact site incharge and shall make himself available at main gate for

traffic control. Till local authorities help is available. In case of diverting the traffic of nearby roads or stoppage,

security guard shall coordinate site incharge with outside agencies as police ADM etc. Unwanted traffic and

public gathering shall be controlled and avoided by security personnel till local help from police is available.

7.3.12 About Fire System

The plant is equipped with a comprehensive fire protection system, following facilities have been provided for

the fire protection.

To meet and control the emergency and to minimize the dangerous consequences, ready to use tools and

equipment are essential. A list of fire fighting equipment is prepared and their location is indicated in the list.

All buildings and process areas are provided with hand-held fire extinguishers. Depending on the type of

hazards, Foam Type, CO2 or Dry Chemical are installed and spaced in accordance with the regulatory

requirements

Details of Fire Fighting & Life Saving Equipment

Table 7-25: Fire Water Storage & Pumping Capacity

Fire Pumps Fire Water

Type of Pump Nos. Type of Storage

Engine Driven ( 780 m3/Hr) 3 Water Reservoir

Motor Driven ( 780 m3/Hr) 3 Water Reservoir

Jockey Pump ( 160 m3/Hr) 2 Water Reservoir




Table 7-26: Fire Alarm Systems

Sr. No. Detectors Nos.

1 Beam Detector 8

2 Smoke Detector 266

3 Heat Detector 6

4 MCP 87

5 Hooter 25

Table 7-27: GAS Detection System

Sr. No. Detectors Nos. Detection Range Minimum Detection Limit

1 HC Detector 102 0-100 % 1%

2 Benzene Detector 8 0-100 ppmv 1 ppmv

3 H2 Detector 4 0 -100 % 3 %

Table 7-28: Fire Extinguisher

Sr. No. Item Description Nos.

1 Fire Bucket 4

2 Fire Extinguisher – DCP – 6 Kg 145

3 Fire Extinguisher – DCP – 9 Kg 252

4 Fire Extinguisher – DCP – 50 Kg, Trolley Type 41

5 Fire Extinguisher – CO2 – 4.5 Kg 15

6 Fire Extinguisher – CO2 – 6.8 Kg 39

7 Fire Extinguisher – CO2 – 22.5 Kg, Trolley Type 7

Table 7-29: Auxiliary Equipment in Fire Station

Sr. No. Item Description Nos.

1 Breathing Apparatus Set (45 minutes/300bar with 15 space cylinder) 6

2 Breathing Apparatus set compressor with air quality monitoring kit 1

3 Fire Proximity Suit 2

4 Fire Entry Suit 2

5 Multi Gas Monitor 2

6 Area Gas Monitor 2

7 Fire Siren with Controller 1

8 Hand Operated Siren 1

9 Hand Held PA System 1

Fire Suppression and Control

Most site employees receive training on basic fire fighting. Any employee is capable of extinguish a small fire.

Larger fires will require coordinated effort cantered around the specially trained emergency response team on each

shift. Due to our remote location from outside assistance, our response plan is premised on handling our own fire

fighting.

Immediate action for quick fire fighting

Think! Can I extinguish the fire? Do I need help?

If fire is in incipient stage, use hand held fire extinguisher, hose reel or fire monitor to extinguish fire.

If Fire is too large – get Help! Activate fire alarm and report the location of the fire. If you know, give wind

direction.




Stop all work in the area. Secure all ignition sources in the area.

Emergency Response Team report to staging area upwind of incident and don PPE and receive instruction from

incident coordinator.

Account for all personnel.

Site Main Controller / Emergency Incident coordinator and emergency response team determine course of

action.

Uninvolved employees report to one of the assembly points. Do not enter the site of the emergency unless you

have a specific emergency assignment there.

7.3.13 Action at Site in case of Emergency

Site Main Controller

The site main controller will have the responsibility for directing the emergency until the emergency is brought

under control. He will be responsible for manning the command post and coordinating all site activities which could

impact upon the control of the emergency. He will work with the incident coordinator to develop a plan of action

and will direct him in whatever duties are required. He will be responsible for directing the emergency response

team in all fire fighting in the field. He must also be kept advised on all operations at the unit that might affect fire

control or endanger personnel.

Incident Controller

The Incident coordinator will take charge of the incident site and instruct Fire team & First aid Team and maintain 2

way communications with Emergency Control Centres and report to the site main controller.

List of Rescue / Safety Equipment (Respiratory & Non- Respiratory PPE)

Safety Helmet

Safety Goggles

Safety Hand Gloves

Face Shield & Gum Boots

SCBA (Self – Contained Breathing Apparatus)

Respirators

Safety Shoes

Full Body safety Harness with double lanyard and shock absorber

System elements or Events

Control of Spillage

Efforts must be undertaken where safely possible to minimize the effect of the spillage until it can be secured.

If the spill is creating a vapour cloud and the material is water soluble, a water fog curtain can dramatically

reduce the concentration of escaping vapour.

Even water reactive materials can be handled this way in some cases by keeping the water fog curtain away

from direct contact with the spill area.

If the spill is liquid, run-off of the spill and/or any applied water can be confined by closing isolation valves in

the drainage systems.

Once the spillage is controlled and the emergency is over, clean up and recovery can then be handled by

vacuum cleaners, excavations, adsorbent, drumming, etc.

Spills of volatile liquid materials may be successfully controlled by the application of stabilized foam.

The gelled foam blanket will effectively suppress vapour release from many spills for periods of several hours to

several days. The gel can be penetrated and a suction hose used to remove the liquid beneath it.




In some cases of airborne dust, a properly applied water fog curtain downwind can also provide an effective

barrier.

In all cases, any action that can be safely attempted by properly protected personnel to reduce or terminate

the chemical release will be carried out.

As in all emergencies communication, clearly understood responsibilities and roles, and an action plan are all

critical to a safe, effective response.

Clean – Up

Following any accidental release, all spilled materials will be recovered and disposed of safely in accordance

with established regulatory permits, standards and proper practices.

All contaminated items will be either thoroughly decontaminated or properly disposed off by incineration.

Contaminated clothing should also be incinerated.

Spill Emergency Reporting

Location

Name of Material (spilled)

Equipment from which the spillage occurred

Rate and size of spill./spill control media

Emergency actions in case of spillage

Access the situation and blow siren depending upon the situation

Stop operation if required.

Stop hot job in surrounding area; suspend operations which are likely to create sparks.

Check wind direction and approach from upward direction

Inform effluent treatment plant about the possibility of hydrocarbons coming into the effluent plant.

Be prepared for firefighting if required start evacuation

Cool down surrounding equipment /vessel with water

Vapours travelling in downwind directions should be knocked down with the fire water spray.

Cordon off the area if required

Evacuate non-essential persons from the surrounding depending upon the emergency.

In case of liquid pool advise fire personnel to cover it with foam.

Control of toxic release:

A slow or intermittent release of toxic may affect the people who are at outside the site.

A major event leading to a sudden release of a large quantity of a toxic substance, which would form a large

toxic cloud e.g. release to atmosphere of most of the contents of a storage vessel through the failure of a tank

shell, man hole cover etc.

Although the probability of occurring of such event is extremely low, the consequence would be severe for the

people living close to the incident and in the path of cloud.

The role of emergency service would be rescue, treatment of the injured, making safe the affected area etc.

7.3.14 Antidotes

DPL has agreement with nearby hospital and all antidotes will be made available at hospital. Details of antidotes are

given as below;

Table 7-30: Details of Antidotes

Chemicals Antidotes

Benzene, Xylene & Toluene Diazem – 1 mg/kg. (Intravenous), Epenephia, Ephedrine




Chemicals Antidotes

Phenol and derivatives

Take the patient in clean air,

activated charcoal and 240ml milk,

if the eye or skin affected than wash with plenty of water,

clean the skin with poly ethylene glycol (PEG)

Hydrochloric Acid Drink Large quality of water,

Milk of Magnesia

Sulphuric Acid 98%

Milk of Magnesia,

4% Sodium Hydro Carbonate Solution, milk

Phenol Diphoterine

7.3.15 Emergency Do’s and Don’ts

Do’s Don’ts

For Safer Operation

Store used oil at proper place as per plant guidelines.

Use lubricating oil carefully to avoid spillage on ground.

Use lubricating oil as per requirement.

Use minimum amount of water wherever it is required

as per plant guidelines.

Waste disposal system for all plants should be separate.

Avoid spillage of coal, liquid, hand gloves, cotton waste

on road, which will cause pollution. Recycle or dispose

that material.

Use cleaning equipment carefully. (i.e. cotton waste, oil

& chemicals)

Place all the equipments (i.e. Fire Hose, Rubber Pipe

and Chisel) at proper place.

Handling of chemicals should be as per plant guidelines

to avoid undesired chemical reaction.

Safety training and correct use of PPE’s must for all the

employees.

Environment guidelines should follow during cleaning of

vessels, Tank, channels etc.

Follow shift in charge’s instructions during loading or

unloading of chemicals.

In case of fire or any accident, immediately inform

responsible person,

In case of emergency, inform operator as well as control

room.

Area of work during excavation, radiography, sand

blasting shall be cordoned with warning tags of "work in

progress”, “no entry”, “radiography” in progress' etc.

Switch off lights and computers when not in use.

Shut the water cock properly when not in use.

Always follow safety rule during the plant operation.

Do not use fire hydrant water for washing/bath purpose.

Do not use water for cleaning purpose, use broomstick if

possible.

Do not wash or clean trolley, tractor or trucks which are

used for chemical/fertilizer’s transportation. Wash them

at proper place.

Smoking & carrying matchbox, cigarettes, lighter, bidis

etc. are prohibited.

Photography & carrying cameras/Mobile phones are

strictly prohibited in all areas.

Do not spill liquid or chemicals in open atmosphere.

The use of Radio Active Source within the plant shall not

be allowed without obtaining valid permission/work

permit and intimation in the form of a circular to all plant

persons shall be given in advance.

Unauthorized entry into any battery limit of plant is

strictly prohibited.

Sitting or walking on rail tracks, crossing between

wagons, taking rest under stabled wagons, crossing the

rail through the openings underneath the stationary

wagons are strictly prohibited.

During Shutdown

All equipment, vessels, lines where hot work is

envisaged shall be purged, flushed thoroughly and

positively isolated. Similar precautions should be taken

for vessel entry also.

Back flow of materials from sewers, drains should be

avoided by proper isolations.

Do not use gasket or other blinds as it can fail during

job. All blinds should be metallic.

No toxic/corrosive/irritating materials should remain

plants or sections where hot work is to be carried out.

No hot work should be permitted in battery limits near

sewers till areas have been cleaned flushed properly.




Do’s Don’ts

In case of confined space entry and other cleaning,

catalyst removal, sludge removal jobs etc. which are to

be carried out by the process department, vessel entry

permit should be issued to immediate supervising

officer/operator by shift in charge. This permit should be

renewed by incoming shift in charge during every shift.

Hoist, Platform, cages used for lifting persons or to send

persons inside vessels by such means must be of sound

construction with wire ropes slings, etc. to avoid failure.

All steam, condensate, hot water connections should be

made tight with clamps.

All underground sewers shall be flushed, protected from

sparks.

Full PPEs like PVC suits, gum boots, face shield & other

required shall be used while draining, flushing and other

reclaiming activities to avoid burn, poisoning etc.

Wet asbestos cloth/metallic plate should be used to

collect flying sparks.

Water, steam flushing, nitrogen blanketing shall be

continued where spontaneous combustion takes place.

Precautions should be taken for pyrophoric nature of

material.

Temporary electrical connections, cords, boards and

other electrical fixtures should be of sound material to

prevent electrical shock.

Oil spillage in the pit of oil slope tank should be cleaned

with water/sand.

Proper approach like aluminum ladder should be

provided to reach to the platforms of scaffolding and

ladder must be tied.

All clumps of scaffolding should be tightened properly

and planks should be tied at both ends and supported at

proper distances along span to avoid sagging and

failure.

Always use safety belt while working at height of more

than 2 meters and ensure tieing the life line of safety

belt with firm support.

Ensure area cordoning for hot work, X-ray, excavation,

hazard material temporary storage.

Ensure proper tagging of valves, switches etc to prevent

its use.

Ensure proper guidance to workman and make him

aware about local area hazards before start of the job.

All welding machines should be provided with power

isolation switch of suitable rating.

Portable electrical appliances/tools earthing should be in

good working condition. Insulation portion should be

free from damages.

All electrical cables should be joints free and connection

taken by using three pin plugs.

While inserting fuse all care should be taken so that no

one touches conductor to avoid the shock to the

persons.

No hot work irrespective of place of area shall be done

without valid permit.

No combustible material shall be there in flare line for

taking up of flare line job. Isolations shall be ensured.




Do’s Don’ts

During hydro jetting work workers should wear hand

gloves, safety helmet goggles and PVC suit.

7.4 Occupational Health Surveillance

7.4.1 Purpose

Health assessment procedure is a particular method or technique for assessing health. Health assessment of ability

to do a job is the combination of procedures undertaken to ensure that the work does not endanger the health and

safety of the employee and that of others who may be affected by the actions of the employee. Health assessment

as a supplement to control of health risks in the working environment is undertaken in order to:

Measure the absorption of toxic substances or their metabolites in body tissues or fluids as a means of

evaluating exposure control;

Look for adverse health effects at an early stage;

Identify work related disease from clinical or personnel records;

Identify and protect those with an increased risk of developing adverse health effects, before they commence

any activity that could result in exposure.

7.4.2 Scope

The procedure is applicable to Deepak Phenolics Limited, Dahej Site.

7.4.3 Responsibility

Company Medical Officer shall ensure that the health assessment program is carried out as stated in the

procedure.

Departmental Heads shall responsible to ensure that the persons working under them shall be medically

examined regularly and they shall aware of hazards of chemicals and about occupational diseases.

7.4.4 Procedure

Pre-employment Health Assessment:

This shall be carried out for all categories of DPL employees and contractors workmen before employment to

ascertain physical fitness of the person for the purpose. Pre-employment Health Assessment shall be done by

qualified medical practitioner.

The objective of Pre-employment Medical Check-up is:

Ensure that the individual is fit-to-work and fulfill assigned duties at minimal risk to himself and to the assets

prior to recruitment and internal job transfer.

Advise on the significance to employment of past or existing medical conditions.

Ensure that individual disability does not present a risk to themselves or other persons.

Establish adequate baseline health data.

Comply with the requirements of Gujarat Factory Rules.

Periodic Health Assessment:

This shall be carried out

once in a period of six months for the persons employed in `hazardous process' in order to ascertain the health

status of workers in respect of occupational health hazards to which they are exposed.

Once in a year for those who are not exposed to `hazardous process'.




Periodic Health Assessment shall be carried out by qualified medical practitioner.

The attendance of employees at the necessary routine health assessments is monitored and reported by

Company Medical Officer.

Examination on transfer:

When an existing worker is transferred to a job which requires specific standards then a further health assessment

shall be carried out.

Medical check-up after prolong sickness

Any employee resuming duty after prolonged illness (15 days) shall first report to Company Medical Officer with all

details for check-up and then report to his Manager.

Following Special Health Checks shall be carried out at DPL, Dahej Works (This shall be in addition to

routine tests):

Physical examination

Vision

Color vision

Audiometry

Chest X-ray

ECG

Pulmonary function test

CBC

ESR

Blood sugar

Creatinine

Uric acid

Blood urea nitrogen

SGOT, SGPT, serum bilirubin,

Serum cholesterol

Urine routine microscopic

TSH

Confidentiality of Information

Employees have rights on the confidentiality of the health records or any other clinical information that pertains to

him and it is ensured at all times. The disclosure, that too with the employee’s consent, shall be made only under

exceptional situations where:

The disclosure is a legal requirement;

In the opinion of the Company Medical Officer, such a disclosure is necessary for the protection and benefit of

the individual concerned or others.

7.4.5 Cross Reference

The details of pre-employment and periodical medical examinations carried out as aforesaid shall be recorded in the

Health Register in Form 7.

The medical records shall be preserved in the Occupational Health Centre in an individual files by Medical Officer.

A copy of up to date health and medical records shall be made available to worker on application in writing.




7.5 Social Impact Assessment. R&R Action Plans

Not applicable as this is expansion of existing unit.


GIDC PROJECT BENEFITS


8 PROJECT BENEFITS

The proposed Cumene/Phenol project is located at Dahej, Gujarat INDIA. Technology and engineering services are

being provided by Kellogg, Brown & Root International Inc. (KBR), USA for Phenol and by UOP LLC, USA for

Cumene. The EPCM contractor is ThyssenKrupp Industrial Solutions India Pvt. Ltd. (formerly known as UHDE,

India) for both Phenol and Cumene. This is being set up as per MOU with the Government of Gujarat

during Vibrant Gujarat Summit 2011.





GIDC ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS


9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

Environmental cost benefit analysis has not been recommended at the scoping stage, and has therefore not been

carried out.


GIDC ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

10.1 Purpose

The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental management

of the project, in general and implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery

mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all

project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of

every potential biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation, which

could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:

Role of Croda and its contractors;

A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that DPL shall implement;

The parameters that shall be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action;

The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are fully met

10.2 Air Quality

The environmental management plan for air quality is given as Table 10-1.

DEEPAK PHENOLICS LIMITED ADDITION IN THE EXISTING PLANT AT DAHEJ GIDC ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


Table 10-1: Environmental Management Plan for Air Quality

Objective To ensure that air emissions due to the site preparation, installation of proposed project and operation phase will be minimum

Concern Operation phase can deteriorate air quality

Benefit of EMP Reduced air pollution and protection of health of workers and local community

Impacting Activities

Mitigation Measures and

Rationale

Implementation and Management Remarks

Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records

Transportation of raw materials and

products

Ensure that vehicles have a Pollution

Under Control (PUC) Certificate

Along the vehicle

movement track

At all times during

operational phase

Safety department Checks by security staff at the entry

gate PUC Certificate -

Adequate safety measures along with

spill control mechanism

At site During

Transportation EHS Officer

Periodic monitoring by a party acceptable

to regulatory authority

Type of chemicals, operating condition of chemicals transported, Periodic Workplace air

quality monitoring

Record of leak detection

Proper personnel protective equipment to

be worn by workers at all times

Manufacturing process

Adequate safety measures, adequate

stack height for exhausted gases like VOC, Pigment dust will be controlled by

equipment like scrubbers, dust

collectors (Bag filters), etc.

At processing areas of the plant premises

At all times during

operational phase

EHS Officer

Periodic stack monitoring,

ambient air quality monitoring, work place monitoring

Stack, ambient air quality monitoring reports, work place monitoring report

PPEs to be provided to workers and will be used

by workers in process area; regular health

checkups of the employees/workers

Operation of Boiler and DG set (and

incinerator)

Adequate safety measures, adequate

stack height At site

At all time, during the production

process

Safety department Periodic stack

monitoring Ambient air monitoring

records of the stack -


The environmental management plan for noise generated due to the proposed project is as presented in Table 10-2.



Table 10-2: Environmental Management Plan for Noise Environment

Objective To reduce noise level due to the proposed expansion

Benefit of EMP Noise environment of the area will not be impacted by the proposed activity

Impacting Activity

Mitigation Measures

Implementation and Management

Remark Data Analysis

Measurement Methodology

Frequency Location

Reporting Schedule/

Responsibility

Emergency Procedure

Procurement Schedule

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C11 C12

Vehicular movement for

transportation of materials and

equipment

Vehicles trips during daytime only fixing route by avoiding populated area

Vehicle movement

records Manual Daily

At material

gate Security officer

Route for safe exit will be in

place.

During construction and operation phase

-

Start-up activities like operation of equipment for all

the proposed expansion

Acoustic enclosures will be used. Ear

plugs and Ear muffs will be provided to

workers

Noise Levels

SLM

Once during week (Hourly reading for 24 hours at each

location)

Inside plants

Plant in charge & Third

Party/Contractor

Regular Maintenance of equipment to

be done.

During operation phase

Ear plugs/Ear muffs to be

worn by workers at all

times.

Operation of other utilities like

Cooling Tower, Pumps, Blowers etc. & Equipment

maintenance

SOP’s will be followed. Acoustic enclosures will be

provided. Ear plugs and Ear muffs will

be provided to workers

Noise Levels

SLM

Once during week (Hourly reading for 24 hours at each

location)

All plants Plant in charge &

Third Party/Contractor

Periodic Maintenance of all equipment

will be scheduled

During operation phase

Proper personal protective

equipment to be worn by

workers at all times.

10.4 Surface Water & Solid Waste Management

Chapter 4 has identified impacts that are likely to arise. Where moderate impacts have been identified, the FAE has examined the extent to which these impacts would be

mitigated through the adoption of industry standard practice and guidelines and following legislative requirements of PCB. The Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

describes both generic good practice measures and site specific measures, the implementation of which is aimed at mitigating potential impacts associated with the proposed

activities.

Details of expected impact from various activities, and its management plan are given in Table 10-3.



Table 10-3 Details of Activities responsible for Impact on Water Environment and Management Plan

Objective To reduce surface water pollution

Concern Pollution to surface water

Benefit of EMP Surface water quality will not be impacted by the proposed activity


Mitigation Measures and Rationale



Usage of Water

Water conservation practice shall be done by recycling of treated water through recycling RO in plant premises to reduce water demand as well as

to conserve natural resources.

Drip irrigation systems shall be proposed for

gardening.

Online flow meters shall be installed at each of raw water consumption

point.

Explore the condensate recovery from the boiler.

At site All time Site EHS

Manager / EHS Team

Monitoring of water

consumption at intake points

Records of Water consumption at each unit

to be carried out -

Wastewater generation,

treatment and disposal

Wastewater generated from the proposed project

shall be segregated at source and treated in ETP

followed by RO and treated water shall be

reuse in plant.

Online flow meters shall be installed at inlet and

outlet of the ETPs.

Use of PPE’s shall be mandatory while handling the chemicals in ETP to

avoid spillages.

ETP Sludge shall be disposed into approved

Landfill site and STP

At Site All time

Site EHS Manager / EHS

Team/ETP incharge

Monitoring of inlet and outlet quality

of wastewater

Records of wastewater generation and discharge quantity to be maintained.

Also records for recycled treated wastewater to be

maintained.



Objective To reduce surface water pollution

Concern Pollution to surface water

Benefit of EMP Surface water quality will not be impacted by the proposed activity


Mitigation Measures and Rationale



sludge shall be used as a manure.

Hazardous waste Management and

Disposal

Hazardous waste shall be segregated at source and stored in hazardous waste

storage area.

Proper area shall be demarcated for the

storage of hazardous waste facilitate with

impervious flooring and bunding to avoid leakage

problem.

Spill control mechanism shall be in place. PPE’s shall be mandatory wile handling the hazardous waste during loading & unloading of wastes.

At Site All time Site EHS

Manager / EHS Team

Periodic Workplace

monitoring shall be carried out

Records of hazardous waste generation and disposal

quantity to be maintained.




10.5 Land and Soil Environment

Table 10-4: Environmental Management Plan -Soil Environment

EI No.

Environmental Indicator (EI)

Monitoring Parameter

Location Period & Frequency Responsibility

B. SITE DEVELOPMENT

B.1 Top Soil

Area occupied for top soil storage/ Area

planned for top soil storage, height of top

soil stockpile

Site Till it is used for green belt, once in a month

I/C Civil works

B.2

Soil used for Land Filling (Soil quality)

EC (Salinity), pH, Organic Carbon (OC),

ESP(Exchangeable sodium percentage)

Site After land is levelled I/C Civil works

B.2 Soil Quality

EC (Salinity), pH, Organic Carbon (OC),

ESP(Exchangeable sodium percentage)

Green belt site

Before raising plantation & once in a

year after post monsoon

Garden-in-Charge

10.6 Ecological Management

10.6.1 Green Belt Development

Green belt not only provides habitat for faunal species but also helps to suppress air and noise pollutants up to

some extent. This will not only mitigate the ecological problem but also enhance the beauty of project area that will

attract avifauna, small mammals & insect species, and by this way ecological balance can be maintained to great

extent.

10.6.2 Greenbelt Designing

Following parameters have been considered to design green belt,

Selection of Plant Species

Considering the environmental status of project area four main parameters like salinity, draught, fire resistance,

species with faster growth rate and ever green nature have been considered while selecting the species. Facts

considered during selection of plant species for greenbelt development are:

Agro climatic zone (Semi-arid to dry sub humid – as per CPCB) of the project area

Evergreen species to mitigate cumulative impacts due to other industries also.

Type of pollutant (mainly air) likely to disperse from project activities.

Biological–filter Efficiency: Absorption of gases, Dust capturing and Noise control.

10.6.3 Locations of the Proposed Greenbelt

Greenbelt will be developed within project site boundary and within various identified locations of LIZ of 1.5 km.

Greenbelt in Within Project Boundary

Total greenbelt area of 50935 (33%) square meters has been allotted for greenbelt development within project

boundary. Considering 16 square meter area (4x4) for one tree, project area will have plantation of 3183 plants of

suggested species. Plantation will be carried out around periphery, near / around built-up areas and along internal




roads of the project area as well as the plantation of 10000 trees in GIDC land outside the plant premises is also

suggested.

Table 10-5: Plant Species Suggested for Greenbelt and Landscaping at Various Locations

S. No Scientific Name Common Name Ecological

performance Type

Location of Plant

1. Aegle marmelos Bel CN, DC Evergreen A

2. Azardirachta indica Neem CN, OGE, DC Evergreen A,B

3. Delbergia sissoo Shesham DC, DR, FR Evergreen A,B

4. Ficus bengalensis Banyan, Vad CN, DC Evergreen B

5. Ficus religiosa Peepal CN, OGE, DC Evergreen B

6. Syzygium cumini Jamun CN, DC Evergreen B,A

7. Tamarindus indica Emali CN, OGE, DC Evergreen B

8. Morus alba Shetur DC Evergreen B

9. Prosopis cineraria Khejri -- Evergreen B

10. Terminalia arjuna Arjun CN, OGE, DC Evergreen B

11. Anona squamosa Sitafal DC Evergreen A

12. Phoenix sylvestris Palm DC Evergreen A

13. Nerium indicum Landscaping: these species will be planted with in interspaces of trees at various

locations like along road side, around built-up areas and around outer boundary of the project area (not near to fire prone places)

14. Lawsonia inermis

15. Hibiscus rosa-sinensis

Ecological performance: CN –Control Noise level, OGE – Absorb Gas Emission (Sexena 1991)10 and (Abbasi & Khan 2000)11, DC - Dust Controller (CPCB 2007)12.

Location of Plant: A-Around built-up area and along internal road, B-on Project periphery / boundary

Budget Allocation for Greenbelt within Project Site

Greenbelt around the project site will be developed with in initial two years. Detailed budget break-up is given in

Table 10-6.

Table 10-6: Budget for Proposed Greenbelt Development within Project Site

S. No Work or Activity

1st year 2nd year 3rd year 4th year 5th year Budget (INR)

Within Project Site, totally 3183 saplings will be planted (Approx. Cost @ Rs. 100 per sapling / plant)

Saplings Required 635 635 635 635 635 3,17,500

Amount 63500 63500 63500 63500 63500

Outside Plant Premises 500 trees will be planted (Approx. Cost @ Rs. 100 per sapling / plant

Saplings Required 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 10.00,000

Amount 200000 200000 200000 200000 200000

Total Budget 13,17,500

10 Saxena, V.S. 1991. Afforestation as a tool for environmental improvement. In: Executive development program on greening the townships. Vaniki Prashikshan

Sansthan, Jaipur. Pp 13-44.

11 Greenbelts for Pollution Control: Concepts, Design, Applications. 2000. Abbasi, S.A. and F.I. Khan. Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi.

12 Phytoremediation of particulate matter from ambient environment through dust capturing plant species. Published 2007 by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB),

Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India in Delhi.




Greenbelt in the LIZ Area (within 1.5 Km. Radius)

Additional plantation for green belt development will be carried out in the various places (around water bodies, in

school and temple premises) of LIZ to improve habitat status of the project area. This activity will be carried out as

a part of conservation plan of Schedule-I reported from the study area, so species recommended for plantation and

budget allocation for same is given in the conservation plan section.

10.6.4 Plantation Technique and Care

Plantation Technique

Following basic procedures need to be followed for greening the area.

Since the project area having poor / slightly saline soil quality, plantation of tree species required approx.

1m3 pit for soil enrichment

Pit should be filled with imported soil with 3:1:1 the ratio of sand, silt and form yard manure

Procure well grown saplings of recommended species from the nearby Forest Department nursery

Make 1m diameter ring bund around the planted saplings for water retention

Watering of sapling is species specific, therefore watering need to be done daily in monsoon and once in 2

days in other seasons for a period of two years.

10.7 Rainwater Harvesting

For rainwater collection and recharge calculations, areas like process and storage, Godown, scrap yard etc. are

excluded due to having chances of contamination. Storm water generated from such areas must be stored,

internally used and not allowed to drain outside premises.

Storm water generated from admin buildings, paved area and green belt area can be used to recharge ground

water. In order to use rainwater to meet the water requirement for some period, construction of rainwater

harvesting as well as rainwater recharging may be possible at the site.

As per IMD data average rainfall of Bharuch is 912.1 mm/annum (0.912 m). The estimated runoff quantum using

different run off coefficient applicable for roof top, Green belt and Roads is given below;

Table 10-7: Land Area Breakup and Estimation of Runoff

S. No. Title Area, m2 Rainfall intensity

(m) Runoff coefficient

Runoff generated (m3)

1

Roof top

(admin & security building)

570 0.912 0.8 415.87

2 Road 32,435 0.912 0.5 14,790.36

3 Greenbelt 50,935 0.912 0.2 9,290.54

Total 24,496.77

From the above it is inferred that ~24,496.77 m3 effective run off water may likely to be available that can be

stored in the proposed tank for reuse.

Average rainwater available per day = 24,496.77 m3/365 rainy days/annum =67 m3/day

The likely storing capacity of proposed pond/tank will be 5 m×5 m×3 m i.e. to store 75 m3/day




10.8 Occupational Health Management Plan

10.8.1 Noise

Noise will be regularly monitored plant boundary for checking compliance against environmental noise parameters

as per CPCB norms. It will also be monitored near noise generating equipment to ensure that all noise generating

equipment do not emit noise in excess of the statutory norms.

All workmen will be provided with required set of PPEs like ear plug, ear muff etc. where noise levels in excess of

80 db (A) are regularly generated.

Preventive maintenance of noise generating equipment shall be regularly carried out to ensure that noise levels are

minimized to the extent possible. To the extent feasible, equipment will be purchased considering noise generation

as one of the parameters.

10.8.2 Heat

The project does not envisage conditions that could lead to excess heating. Consequently, special requirements for

protection against heat stress are not anticipated. However, the following shall be carried out:

Ventilation shall be provided to take care of heat evacuation.

Drinking water availability shall be ensured at several locations within the plant to ensure workers have

easy access to the same.

In case of occasional handling of heated equipment or materials, suitable PPEs such as heat resistant

gloves will be used.

10.8.3 Dust, other Chemicals being suspended in the Environment

The possibility of suspended particles going into the body of the workmen, either in the form of inhalation,

ingestion or through skin absorption are least and negligible as because the entire operation at the plant will be

performed under closed loop condition, right from charging till discharging, hence it’s a rare possibility that the

workmen will come in direct contact with raw material or final goods.

At the same time the level of SPM and RPM will definitely be of least and nominal value. But even though the same

will be under closed monitoring and periodical surveillance as per EIA norms and applicable legislations and any

minor deviation from the same will be dealt immediately and will be corrected.

Further to this all of the workmen will be provided with complete set of appropriate PPEs, like nose musk / nose

respirator, gloves, helmet, protective uniform and clothing, eye protections etc.

10.8.4 Occupational Hazards Specific Pre-placement and Periodic Monitoring

As per policy and norms all of the workmen are put to medical examination and testing periodically and at set

interval and based on the medical report actions are taken, if at all anything is necessary and required. Even based

on the medical examination report/feedback, workmen are counselled and put in different area /job rotation kind of

activities. Following are the periodic tests conducted by DPL.

Physical examination

Vision

Color vision

Audiometry

Chest X-ray

ECG

Pulmonary function test

CBC

ESR




Blood sugar

Creatinine

Uric acid

Blood urea nitrogen

SGOT, SGPT, serum bilirubin,

Serum cholesterol

Urine routine microscopic

TSH

10.9 Socio-Economic Environment

As a corporate social responsibility DPL will do some following activities with the cooperation with Deepak

Foundation. Deepak Foundation has carried out so many activities till date in various areas. From that, mobile

health unit is major activity they started;

Mobile Health Unit

Objective

Provide primary health care services to population residing in remote areas.

Activities Undertaken

Provide preventive, promotive and curative services through OPD services and free medications

Organizing periodic medical camps

ANC/PNC screening & basic diagnostic tests

Counseling Services

Awareness of government health schemes & facilitates its utilization

Referrals for complicated cases

Features Dahej

Years since Inception 4 years (Initiated in Nov 2013)

District Bharuch

Area Vagra

Population Type Rural

Total Population 46,728

Coverage: villages 36

No. of Staff 4




Photographs 10-1: CSR Activities

10.9.1 Budgetary Provision

In addition to the existing infrastructure further improvement will be carried out in the field of providing new

crematorium/burial grounds, hospital, veterinary centre, sanitation facilities, renovation of the internal village roads

etc. The project proponent is committed towards the Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC). Various community

development/Social Welfare activities will be implemented with a total provision of Rs. 10 crores (approx.) of the

capital expenses for the next 5 years.

The project proponent is committed to spend 2.5% of the cost of project on ESC as mentioned in the Table 10-8.

Table 10-8: Enterprise Social Commitment (Initial 5 Years)

S. No.

Proposed Activity

Amount (Rs/Lakhs) per year

2017-2018

2018-2019

2019-2020

2020-2021

2021-2022

Total Amount

1 Educational Activities 34.75 38.23 42.05 46.25 50.88 212

2 Medical & Health Facilities 27.55 30.31 33.34 36.67 40.34 168

3 Safe Drinking Water 21.35 23.49 25.83 28.42 31.26 130

4 Infrastructure Development/Sanitation

& Drainage System 52.50 57.75 63.53 69.88 76.87 321

5 Skill Development/Training Program 27.60 30.36 33.40 36.74 40.41 169

Total Amount per Year 163.75 180.13 198.14 217.95 239.75 1,000

Total provision for 5 years - Rupees One Thousand Lakhs (10 Crores)

In addition to above the project proponent shall retain 2% CSR expense as per section 135 of the Companies Act

2013 for the socio-economic development of the study area.




10.10 Expenditure on Environmental Matter

The expenditure to be incurred by DPL on environmental matters is given in Table 10-9.

Table 10-9: Expenditure on Environmental Matters

S. No.

Head Approximate recurring cost per annum (Rs. in

lacs)

Approximate Capital cost (Rs. In Lacs)

Basis for cost estimates

1. Air pollution

control 5.50 1200.0

The capital cost would include cost of providing adequate height of the stack,

ladder and platform and recurring cost would include cost of monitoring of air environment.

2. Water pollution

control 4.3 725.2

Capital cost would include cost of ETP. In capital cost civil work, mechanical work,

electrical work and piping work is included. Recurring cost is cost of treatment of

wastewater at site

3. Noise pollution

monitoring 0.12 10.0

Assuming that DG sets used will be new and will be provided with acoustic enclosures, the

recurring cost would include cost of noise monitoring

4. Solid and

hazardous waste management

0.5

5.00

Capital cost would include cost of providing storage space for hazardous waste and

membership of TSDF Fee. Recurring cost would include cost of land filling and

transportation.

5. Environment

monitoring and management

0.18

0.25 The recurring cost would be incurred on

hiring of consultants and payment of various statutory fees to regulatory agencies.

6. Green belt 2.38 24.55 -

Total 12.98 1965

The total estimated cost of project is INR ~400 crores. Approximate capital cost on environmental issue will be INR

~1965 Lac and recurring cost INR ~12.98 Lac/ Annum.

10.11 Environmental Management Cell

An environment management cell shall be created which shall perform the following functions:

Achieve objectives of the ‘Environment Protection Policy’ of the management.

Collect information from regular monitoring and create a database.

Analyze the data and decide thrust area.

Based on the data collected, decide target for each thrust area.

Carry out ‘Projects’ in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to environmental problems.

Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information.

Work out ‘Action plan’ for implementation of the recommendations made in the reports.

Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget for environment management

program.

The Plant Manager will be responsible for environmental issues at plant. The responsibilities of the various

members of the environment management cell are given in Table 10-10 .

Table 10-10: Environment Management Cell

S. No. Designation Proposed responsibility

1. Managing Director / Director Environmental policy and directions




S. No. Designation Proposed responsibility

2. General Manager (Operations) Overall responsibility for environmental management and decision

making for all environmental issues

3. Plant Manager Overall in-charge of operation of environmental management facilities

of respective sections.

4. Manager (Utilities) Secondary responsibility for environmental management and decision

making for all environmental issues

5. EHS in-charge

Ensure environmental monitoring as per appropriate procedures

Ensure correct records of generation, handling, storage, transportation and disposal of solid hazardous wastes.

Ensuring legal compliance by properly undertaking activities as laid down by various regulatory agencies from time to time and interacting

with the same and arranging awareness programme among the workers


GIDC SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS


11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

11.1 Introduction and Background

Deepak Phenolics Limited (formerly known as Deepak Clean Tech Limited) is a wholly owned subsidiary of Deepak

Nitrite Limited.

The proposed expansion of Cumene/Phenol project is located at existing plant of Dahej, Gujarat INDIA. Technology

and engineering services are being provided by Kellogg, Brown & Root International Inc. (KBR), USA for Phenol and

by UOP LLC, USA for Cumene. The EPCM contractor is ThyssenKrupp Industrial Solutions India Pvt. Ltd. (formerly

known as UHDE, India) for both Phenol and Cumene. This is being set up as per MOU with the Government of

Gujarat during Vibrant Gujarat Summit 2011.




11.2 The Project



Plant as a part of downstream derivatives at the same location. The proposed expansion is located at Plot No.

12/B/1, GIDC Dahej, Taluka Vagra, Dist. Bharuch, Gujarat. The estimated cost of the proposed expansion is INR

~400 Crores. Total plot area is 1,63,645 m2. Out of that, 1,40,125.73 m2 is owned by Deepak Phenolics Limited and

balance 23,519.27 m2 area is taken on lease from Deepak Nitrite Limited.

11.3 Regulatory Framework

Products falling under project/activities listed within the Schedule to the EIA notification dated September 14th

2006 (amended till date) requires prior Environmental Clearance (EC) from the Impact Assessment Authority (IAA)

at the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) (for Category A project) or the State Level

Environmental Impact Assessment Authorities (SEIAA) (for Category B projects).

The existing EC on the name of Deepak Phenolics Limited is No. SEIAA/GUJ/EC/5(f), 4(d) & 1(d)/634/2016 dated

29th October 2016. Proposed expansion is for Schedule 5 (f) and 5 (e) namely “Synthetic Organic Chemical” and

“Petrochemical based Processing” requiring Environmental Clearance from SEIAA, Gujarat as the project site is

located within Notified Industrial Area. So it is considered as B category project.

11.4 Project details

11.4.1 Cost of the Project

The cost of the proposed expansion is INR ~ 400 Crores.

11.4.2 Area Statement

Total plot area for the project is 163645 m2, which includes 50935 m2 for greenbelt development, 32435 m2 as road

area and open area.




11.4.3 Power Requirement

DPL has applied for 19 MW (20 MVA) power connection to Dakshin Gujarat Vij Company Ltd. (DGVCL). A captive

power plant of 42 MW is also there. Existing 1 DG Set of Capacity of 1500 kVA is used as a backup in emergency.

Another 1 DG Set of Capacity of 1500 kVA is proposed in amendment.

11.4.4 Water Resources and Water Quality

Source

For the proposed expansion, main source of water is available from GIDC Dahej. Existing water requirement is 2048

KLD (Environment Clearance received) which will be increased up to 8481 KLD after proposed expansion. Out of

8481 KLD, fresh water used will be 7099 KLD and 1382 KLD will be recycled water. To reduce fresh water demand

adequate measures will be proposed at site as below.

1. Recycling RO will be installed and RO permeate will be used for cooling tower make up.

2. Drip irrigation system will be provided to reduce fresh water demand.

3. Condensate recovery from the boiler will be increased.

4. Washing wastewater will be again reuse in washing activities wherever possible.

By adopting all these measures overall water demand will be reduced so natural resource will be conserved and

minimum water will be sourced from the surface water body.

Wastewater

Waste water generation from the proposed expansion will be segregated at source and treated in proposed ETP

followed by RO which will reduce the discharge quantity of treated wastewater. The permeate water from the RO

will be reused in cooling tower make and reject water will be discharged into GIDC drain. There will be no disposal

of untreated wastewater outside the plant premises. Hence will have no adverse impact on surface water quality.


generation will be 1417 KLD which will be recycled. So after expansion total wastewater generation will be 2366


11.4.5 Air Emission

After proposed expansion 2 boilers, 1 incinerator and 2 DG sets will be instated at site.

11.4.6 Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility

Hazardous waste will be disposed to M/s. Saurastra Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd. (SEPPL) for Integrated Common

Hazardous Waste Management Facility.

11.5 Description of Environment

Baseline environmental studies were carried out during 12 weeks of the summer season of the year 2017.

11.5.1 Study Period

The study period is summer season i.e. March- May of the year 2017.

11.5.2 Study Area

The study area is defined as area within 10 km radius from the project site.




11.5.3 Landuse of the Study Area

Landuse within 10 km radius of the study area has been determined with the help of satellite imagery.

11.5.4 Climatology

The climatological data presented on the basis of information collected by the meteorological station set up in the

study area for a period of three months.

Site specific meteorological data shows that average wind speed in summer season of year 2017 is 3.5 m/s

and maximum wind speed of 8.3 m/s.

It can be observed that in summer season, wind blows mostly from West South West sector.

Average temperature recorded for summer season was 33.2°C with maximum temperature of 44°C and

minimum of 11°C which is a characteristic of this study area.

Ambient Air Quality

Ambient air monitoring was carried out at 8 locations in the study area in the month of March to May of year 2014-

15 i.e. the winter season. A comparison of results obtained during monitoring with the range indicators provided by

CPCB indicates the followings.

DEEPAK PHENOLICS LIMITED ADDITION IN THE EXISTING PLANT AT DAHEJ GIDC SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS


Sta

tio

n C

od

e

Sa

mp

lin

g

Lo

ca

tio

n

Dis

tan

ce

in

Km

fro

m

Ce

ntr

e o

f

Pro

ject

Sit

e

Dir

ecti

on




100 60 80 80 400 NS NS NS NS 2 NS

AAQ001 DPL Project

Site 0.00 Base 82 33 <8.0 17.2 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1327 <1.142 <1.0

AAQ002 Ambheta Village

0.85 SSW 83 32 <8.0 18.5 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1282 <1.142 <1.0

AAQ003 Lakhigam

Village 3.86 W 98 43 14.5 20.4 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1567 <1.142 <1.0

AAQ004 Dahej Village 1.64 NW 91 37 <8.0 22.2 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1334 <1.142 <1.0

AAQ005 Suva Village 6.00 ESE 77 27 <8.0 17.8 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1185 <1.142 <1.0

AAQ006 EPL Project

Site 2.11 NNE 71 26 <8.0 17.2 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1327 <1.142 <1.0

AAQ007 Nr. Vajapura

Village 6.4 NNE 65 25 8.5 12.8 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1114 <1.142 <1.0

AAQ008 Vadadla Village

4.93 NE 81 32 11.0 30.9 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1075 <1.142 <1.0

A comparison of the above results with the value range indicators provided by CPCB indicates that all the parameters are well within the limit.




11.5.5 Noise

Noise monitoring was done at 8 locations within the study area. The results are given in following table,

Location Code

Location Date Category

CPCB Limits in dB (A) Average Noise levels

in dB (A)

Day Time

Night Time

Day Time Night Time

NL01 At project Boundary (NE) 11-Apr-17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 69.0 60.9

NL02 At project site (ETP) 11-Apr-17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 69.1 66.0

NL03 At Project boundary (East) 09-Apr-17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 65.5 63.7

NL04 Admin Office 10-Apr-17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 65.5 63.7

NL05 Nr. DG Set 09-Apr-17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 69.7 65.5

NL06 Main gate 10-Apr-17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 69.8 65.4

NL07 Ambetha village 12-Apr-17 Residential 55.0 45.0 55.5 44.9

NL08 Dahej village 12-Apr-17 Residential 55.0 45.0 54.8 45.1

Noise level during day time and night time, in Industrial area was observed within the CPCB standards i.e. industrial

area (75 dBA (d) & 70 dBA (n)).Noise level during daytime and night time, in Residential area was observed within

the CPCB standards i.e. residential area (55 dBA (d) & 45 dBA (n)).

11.5.6 Ground Water Quality

Ground water samples were collected at 7 locations as shown in following table.

Code Location Date of

Sampling Source

Distance in Km from Centre of Project Site

Direction Results Higher than Permissible Limits

GW 1 Vadadla 12.05.2017 Dug well 4.82 NE Fluoride

GW 2 Dahej 12.05.2017 Dug well 2.05 N -

GW 3 Galenda 12.05.2017 Dug well 9.18 NE -

GW 4 Rahiyad 12.05.2017 Dug well 7.56 E -

GW 5 Jolva 12.05.2017 Dug well 5.77 E Fluoride

GW 6 Koliyad 12.05.2017 Dug well 9.74 E -

GW 7 Ambetha 12.05.2017 Bore well 0.90 S -

11.5.7 Surface Water Quality

Surface water samples were collected at 5 locations as shown in following table.

Code Location Source Date of

Sampling

Distance in Km from Centre of

Project Site Direction

Results Higher than Permissible Limits

SW 1 Vadadala Pond 27.04.17 5.26 NE Quality of River water can be compared with class D as per classification of Inland Surface Water and use for propagation

of wild life and fisheries.

SW 2 Vav Pond 27.04.17 8.10 NE

SW 3 Kadodara Pond 27.04.17 9.08 NNE

SW 4

Narmada river (D/s)

near Ambeta

Estuary 27.04.17 1.82 S The Quality of Narmada

estuary is nearly matching with class SW-II (Bathing, Contact Water Sports and Commercial Fishing) as per causal water

marine standards. SW 5 Narmada river (U/s) near Suva

Estuary 27.04.17 6.68 ESE




11.5.8 Soil

Surface soil samples were taken from 5 locations as mentioned in following table.

Code Location Date of Sampling Distance in Km from Centre of Project Site

Direction Type of Soil

S 1 Galenda 12-05-2017 9.18 NE Clay loam

S 2 Rahiyad 12-05-2017 7.56 E Clay loam

S 3 Jolva 12-05-2017 5.77 E Sandy clay loam

S 4 Vadadala 12-05-2017 4.82 NE Clay loam

S 5 Koliyad 12-05-2017 9.74 E Sandy loam

11.5.9 Biological Environment

No National Park or Sanctuary falls within buffer zone. However, two Reserve Forest (RF) areas falls in the buffer

zone of the study area i.e. Dahej RF and Lakhigam. These forest areas encompass mainly common species like

Prosopis juliflora (invasive species) and shrubs like Datura metel, Calotropis gigantea and Lantana camera are

common.

Flora

Project site was reported with six common species of flora / plants. Buffer zone has been reported 155 floral

species, which includes 53 species of trees (25 families), 30 species of Shrubs (21 families), 50 species of herbs (27

families), 8 species of grasses (one family) and 14 species of climbers (6 families).

Fauna

Core Zone / Project Site

No herpetofauna or mammals reported from the project site.

Buffer Zone

Overall 8 herpetofaunal species have been reported from the buffer zone.

Overall 47 species of birds from 24 families have been reported from the buffer zone area.

Totally 9 species from six families have been enlisted from buffer zone of the project area.

11.5.10 Socio- Economics

The project study area consists of 17 villages /habitation falling in Vagra taluka of Bharuch district.

11.6 Environment Impact Identification, Prediction and Mitigation

11.6.1 Air Environment


Activities causing air emissions of various pollutants due to operation of proposed expansion.

24 hr. Average Incremental Increase in GLC




S. No.


(Distance in km/

Direction)

Pollutant


Concentration

(µg/m3)

Incremental GLC

(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)

Indian Coal

Imported Coal


Indian Coal

Imported Coal


C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C4 + C5

C4 + C6 C4 + C7

AA 1

At Project Site

(0.00/Base)

(Industrial, Residential,

Rural & Other Areas)

PM10 82 1.07 1.026 2.41 83.07 83.026 84.41

SO2 <8.0 0.053 0.151 0.53 <8.053 <8.151 <8.53

NOX 17.2 0.082 0.087 0.095 17.282 17.287 17.295

HC 1327 0.619 1327.619

AA 2

At Ambheta Village

(0.85/SSW)



PM10 83 0.42 0.403 0.95 83.42 83.403 83.95

SO2 <8.0 0.019 0.058 0.21 <8.019 <8.058 <8.021

NOX 18.5 0.025 0.028 0.057 18.525 18.528 18.557

HC 1282 0.328 1282.328

AA 3

At Lakhigam Village

(3.86/W)



PM10 98 0.15 0.147 0.35 98.15 98.147 98.35

SO2 14.5 0.005 0.019 0.07 14.505 14.519 14.57

NOX 20.4 0.003 0.004 0.006 20.403 20.404 20.406

HC 1567 0.033 1567.033

AA 4

At Dahej Village

(1.64/NW)



PM10 91 0.22 0.209 0.49 91.22 91.209 91.49

SO2 <8.0 0.007 0.028 0.11 <8.007 <8.028 <8.11

NOX 22.2 0.009 0.010 0.011 22.209 22.21 22.211

HC 1334 0.083 1334.083

AA 5

At Suva Village

(6.00/ESE)



PM10 77 0.18 0.173 0.41 77.18 77.173 77.41

SO2 <8.0 0.008 0.024 0.09 <8.008 <8.024 <8.09

NOX 17.8 0.009 0.011 0.013 17.809 17.811 17.813

HC 1185 0.075 1185.075

AA 6

EPL Project Site

(2.11/ NNE)



PM10 71 0.21 0.198 0.47 71.21 71.198 71.47

SO2 <8.0 0.007 0.027 0.10 <8.007 <8.027 <8.10

NOX 17.2 0.013 0.013 0.013 17.213 17.213 17.213

HC 1327 0.088 1327.088

AA 7

At Vajapura Village

(6.4/NNE)

PM10 65 0.10 0.091 0.22 65.10 65.091 65.22

SO2 8.5 0.004 0.012 0.05 8.504 8.512 8.55

NOX 12.8 0.006 0.007 0.007 12.806 12.807 12.807




S. No.


(Distance in km/

Direction)

Pollutant


Concentration

(µg/m3)

Incremental GLC

(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)

Indian Coal

Imported Coal


Indian Coal

Imported Coal


C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C4 + C5

C4 + C6 C4 + C7



HC 1114 0.045 1114.045

AA 8

At Vadala Village

(4.93/NE)



PM10 81 0.40 0.383 0.90 81.40 81.383 81.90

SO2 11.0 0.018 0.054 0.20 11.018 11.054 11.20

NOX 30.9 0.025 0.028 0.031 30.925 30.928 30.931

HC 1075 0.172 1075.172

Total predicted GLC for proposed expansion is compared with CPCB limits. All parameters are well within prescribed

limit.

Mitigation Measures

Electrostatic precipitator (ESP) is provided on two boilers.

DPL has provided chilled water condensers and activated carbon bed adsorbers to remove VOCs from

spent air. However, to make sure that no VOCs is released to atmosphere and for additional protection

spent air incinerator is provided.

To burn lighter hydrocarbon from process emergency relief system a flare is provided. Flare height is 65 m

and it is decided to take care of maximum possible relief from the plant.

Bag-filter is provided on crusher house to reduce PM emission.

Greenbelt will be developed at the facility.

Attenuation of pollution/protection of receptor through greenbelt/green cover.

Regular monitoring of air polluting concentrations.

All vehicles shall be PUC Certified from time to time.

Proper PPE like dust masks will be provided to workers.

11.6.2 Noise Environment


Generation of noise from the proposed project during operation will occur due to machinery, vehicle movement, DG

Set, boiler and incinerator etc. However their effect will be localized and transient in nature and will principally

affect the facilities adjacent to the access road.

Mitigation Measures

Acoustic Enclosures on all major equipment in the plant will have to be provided for noise attenuation

Workers should also be provided with suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) such as earmuffs and

earplugs.

Rotation of workers in the high noise area.

High noise generating areas would be identified and tags marked.

Green belt will be developed to reduce noise.




Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent possible.

Acoustic mufflers / enclosures to be provided in large engines/machineries.

Equipment to be maintained in good working order.

Implement good working practices (equipment selection) to minimize noise and reduce its impacts on

human health (earmuffs, safe distances, and enclosures).

Noise to be monitored in ambient air within the premises.

All equipment operated within specified design parameters

11.6.3 Surface Water

Impact Prediction

No any untreated water will be disposed of outside the plant area to avoid impact on surface water quality and

land.

Mitigation Measures

Following mitigation measures will be implemented to reduce surface water related impacts:

Treated water will be recycled and reused in plant premises through recycling RO.

Explore the possibility of condensate recovery from the boiler which will reduce the overall water demand.

Wastewater from the washing activities will again reuse in washing purpose.

Drip irrigation system will be proposed to reduce fresh water demand for gardening.

Proper operation and maintenance of effluent treatment plant & RO will be done to ensure meeting

specified disposal standards and also no discharge of untreated waste water on land, avoiding leakages;

Provide separate drainage for storm water and effluent to avoid any contamination of surface water

sources;

All chemical and fuel storage and handling areas will be provided with proper bunds to avoid run-off

contamination.

Hazardous Wastes will be properly handled in containers and properly stored in hazardous waste storage

areas as per rules and also bunding will be provided to avoid overflow of spillage waters which can

contaminate the surroundings.

Recyclable waste will be handed over to authorized recyclers and other hazardous waste will be disposed

at approved TSDF facility

11.6.4 Ground Water and Geology

No adverse impact on ground water. Impact on ground water due to leakage during chemical transportation,

storage of chemicals and storage of hazardous waste.

Mitigation Measures

This being a notified area the concept of water conserve is water produce can be used here. The stored run off

water from green belt are roof top and Paved are can be used as a supplemental water supply to reduce fresh

water consumption to some extent.

11.6.5 Land Environment

Impact Identification& Mitigation Measures

Spillage of materials may be taken care of to avoid soil contamination and deterioration.

Spillage of paints, oil, diesel etc. take care to avoid soil contamination

If soil becomes saline/alkaline due to use of ETP wastewater/ municipal solid waste etc.; use gypsum,

organic manures and provide drainage for removal of excess salt




11.6.6 Biological Environment

Impact Identification& Mitigation Measures

As Though the concentrations of the emitted pollutants will be kept within permissible levels through the various

engineering controls, it is essential to have eco-management in the Likely Impact Zone (LIZ) for safeguard and

enhanced of ecological environment of the project area.

11.6.7 Socio-Economic Environment


The plant does not have any potential negative impact on the habitations. The Social Management Plan (SMP)

therefore concentrates on mitigation of perceived impacts during the running of plant.

Mitigation Measures

Emphasizes will be given on the followings;

Health,

Hygiene,

Education issues.

Overall, the project would improve quality of life of the villages in the vicinity and also the surroundings.

The project proponent is committed towards the Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC). Various community

development/Social Welfare activities will be implemented with a total provision of Rs. ~10 crores of the capital

expenses for the next 5 years.

11.6.8 Hazard Identification and Consequence Analysis

On the basis of the study of the chemical properties like flash point, phase of chemical, operating conditions and

total inventory etc. following chemicals have been selected to carry out consequence analysis.

Acetone, Benzene, Phenol, Propylene, Hydrogen & Cumene.

Major failures selected for the analysis are 10 mm& 20mm leak as maximum credible scenario and catastrophic

rupture as worst case.

Mitigation Measures

Medical check-up would be carried out at a regular intervals

Appropriate PPEs will be provided to site workers and staff members

Appropriate personnel protective clothing to be used to prevent skin contact.

Safety Goggles will be used to prevent eye contact.

Hand gloves of natural rubber, neoprene, and polyvinyl chloride will be used as and when required

Acoustic enclosures will be provided to DG sets and other noise generating equipment

DPL will develop and implement a spill management plan to prevent risk of spill which may cause health

problem.

11.7 Project Benefits

The project benefits are summarized as follows:

Substantial Socio-economic benefits

Good Techno-commercial viability




Employment to the semi-skilled and unskilled workmen located around the project site during operation

phase.

Infrastructural facilities will be improved due to the proposed expansion.

11.8 Environmental Management and Monitoring Plant

11.8.1 Environmental Management Plan

The EMP is prepared with a view to facilitate an effective environmental management of the project in general and

implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address

potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for entire project works. For

each stage of the programme, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every potential

biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation that could otherwise give

rise to impact, the following information is presented:

A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that DPL will implement;

The parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action

11.8.2 Environmental Monitoring Plan

Environmental monitoring plan is given below:

S. No. Activity Schedule

Air Pollution Monitoring

1 Ambient air monitoring of parameters specified by GPCB in their air consents from

time to time within the premises Once in Month or as per EC

and CTO

2 Stack Monitoring of process stacks/ vents & flue gas stacks as given in air consent

from time to time Once in Month or as per EC

and CTO

3 Ambient air monitoring of parameters specified by GPCB in their air consents from

time to time at stations outside the premises Once in Month or as per EC

and CTO

4 Work Place Monitoring Once in quarter

Water Pollution Monitoring

1 Monitoring of water consumed in various activities and waste water generated

from various areas of plants Daily

2 Monitoring of wastewater inlet and outlet at ETP plant for the principal parameters

(such as pH, SS, TDS, COD, BOD). Daily

3 Monitoring of other parameters as per PCB consent conditions in outlet of ETP

Waste Water Once in every month or as

per EC and CTO

4 Monitoring of STP inlet and outlet for the parameters (such as, pH, COD, BOD,

TDS & SS) Daily

5 Monitoring of ground water samples at site. Parameters are essential parameters

as per IS: 10500:2012. Once in a year

Noise Quality Monitoring

1 Work Place Noise Monitoring Once in six months

2 Ambient Noise Monitoring Once in six months

Solid Waste Generation Monitoring/Record Keeping

1 Monitoring of solid / hazardous waste generated from process and ETP area. Quarterly

2 Records of generation of Solid / Hazardous Wastes Daily

3 Record of storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of solid / hazardous

wastes to recyclers, Re-processor, and CTDF. Daily

Environmental Statement

1 Environmental Statement under EP(Act) 1986 Once in a year




11.9 Summary and Conclusion

It can be concluded from overall assessment of the impacts in terms of positive and negative effects on various

environmental components that the project activities will not have any adverse effect on the surrounding

environment.


GIDC DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS


12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

12.1 Brief Resume and Nature of Consultancy Rendered by Kadam Environmental

Consultants

Kadam Environmental Consultants (KEC) was established in 1981 and has more than 3 decades of varied

experience in the field of environment. The mission of company is providing sustainable solutions on “Environment

for Development”.

The company has a dedicated and experienced team of more than 200 technical staff. The team comprise of

Environmental Planners and Engineers, Chemical and Civil Engineers, Geologist, Socio-Economic Experts,

Microbiologists, Zoologists, Botanists and Industrial/Analytical Chemists. The company’s strength lies in Project

Management, Performing Risk Assessment, Formulating Environmental Disaster Plans, Use of Satellite Imagery in

Impact Assessment, Use of Mathematical Models for Air, Water and Soil Assessment and Expertise in Public

Consultation.

Customer services are mainly categorized into:

Consultancy services in the field of environmental impact assessment, environmental site assessment and

due diligence, Enviro legal services, statutory environmental audits/ statements, risk assessments and

HAZOP, energy audit, environmental health and safety management systems and waste management

systems.

Engineering Services for collection and conveyance of liquid and solid wastes, designing and executing

effluent and sewage treatment plants, municipal solid waste studies and solid waste management

systems, bio gas plants, rain water harvesting systems and deep sea marine disposal systems.

Laboratory services in chemical and waste testing, microbiology, soil testing and Field sampling (we have

amongst the highest number of environmental field sampling equipment amongst environmental

companies in the country). The company has a well-equipped laboratory with modern instruments and

experienced staff catering to the need of statutory and advisory environmental testing for air, water and

wastewater and hazardous solid waste. Laboratory has received NABL Accreditation.

The group has a varied industrial clientele encompassing Indian and Multinational Companies covering the industrial

and services spectrum viz. Bulk Drugs and Pharmaceuticals, Paints, Chemicals, Oil and Gas, Real Estate, Hospitality

and Infrastructure sectors. Whilst the heart of our clientele encompasses the top 50/Blue Chip Indian companies (

Reliance Industries, ONGC, Infosys, ITC, ICICI, Indian Oil, GAIL, GSPC/GSPL, Sun Pharma, NTPC, Reliance

Energy/Reliance Power, Welspun and many others) who have placed implicit trust in us over the decades. We are

increasingly working with several multinationals (such as : ABB, Alstom , Areva , GM, Hindustan Lever, Honeywell,

Kohler, Sabic and Tyco amongst others) who value our deep rooted general domain and India centric functional

knowledge, reasonable costs and comparable services as those offered by our multinational competitors. Their

continued patronage is our biggest testimonial.

The Group has branch offices at Delhi and other places in Gujarat.

KEC has received ISO 9001:2008 certification for its Quality Management System.

The company is accredited EIA Consultant organization by NABET, Quality Council of India under EIA accreditation

scheme as per mandatory requirement of the MOEF, Govt. of India for carrying out Environmental Clearance

studies. It has approved EIA coordinators and Field Area Experts for undertaking Environmental and related studies

in eleven approved sectors.

Kadam’s laboratory is accredited with NABL and also gazette by MoEF under EP Act.


GIDC DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS


12.2 EIA Team Members

Work presented in this report was carried out by KEC with active co-operation from M/s. Deepak Phenolics Limited.

The names of the EIA co-ordinator and FAEs deployed for the project are mentioned at the start of the report (in

Quality Control section). KEC team members (along with their role in the project) include:

Name Areas NABET Designation (if

any) Involvement / Tasks

Dhara Patel AEC EIA Coordinator ‘B’ & FAE

RH

Site Visit, assist in identification of impact of the

project & suggesting mitigation measures, preparation

of EMP & environment budget, key issue identification

in the project, EIA documentation, Identification of

water & effluent generation sources, water balance,

site visit, finalization of monitoring locations, impact

identification, EIA documentation

Heta Bhatt &

Arpana Patel

Air Pollution

Monitoring &

Control (AP)

-

Identification of impacting activities, identification,

checking of air quality data, EIA documentation in

chapter 3 includes checking and compiling of AAQ

results, description of mitigation measures, description

of climate, site specific data

Heta Bhatt &

Arpana Patel

Air Quality

Modeling and

Prediction (AQ)

-

Preparation of emission estimate for stacks,

preparation of MET file, preparation of windrose

diagram, running AERMOD for dispersion modelling,

preparation of contour maps, interpretation of results

Arpana Patel Water Pollution

(WP) -

water balance for the project and contribution to EIA

documentation

Dhara Patel Noise and Vibration

(NV)

EIA Coordinator ‘B’ & FAE

RH

Site visit, communication with client, Assisted the FAE

in calculating Leq, analysis of data, running Noise

software SoundPlan Essential 3.0 for noise modeling,

assisting in identifying impacts and suggesting

mitigation measures

Anup Oza -

Heta Bhatt Risk and Hazards

(RH) -

Site visit, identification of hazardous inventories, study

of MSDS of chemicals, identification of possible

scenarios, running of PHAST for consequence analysis,

generation of contour maps, interpretation of results

Dhara Patel

Solid and

Hazardous Waste

Management

(SHW)

EIA Coordinator ‘B’ & FAE

RH

Identification of waste generated from the industry,

studying adequacy of mitigation measures for

management of hazardous waste

Bhavisha

Pandya Laboratory -

Sample analysis of water, soil and air collected from

the study area as per MoEF requirements.

Kunal Kharva &

Chetan Panchal Drafts Man -

Preparation of landuse maps of study area using GIS /

related tools


GIDC ANNEXURES


ANNEXURES


GIDC ANNEXURES


Annexure 1: Terms of Reference Issued by SEIAA, Gujarat


GIDC ANNEXURES



GIDC ANNEXURES


Annexure 2: Copy of Existing Environmental Clearance


GIDC ANNEXURES



GIDC ANNEXURES


Annexure 3: Existing Consent to Established Issued by GPCB


GIDC ANNEXURES



GIDC ANNEXURES


Annexure 4: Licensor’s Note on Proposed Capacity Utilization


GIDC ANNEXURES


Annexure 5: Land Possession Documents from GIDC


GIDC ANNEXURES



GIDC ANNEXURES


Annexure 6: Undertaking Provided by Deepak Phenolics Limited

DEEPAK PHENOLICS LIMITED ADDITION IN THE EXISTING PLANT AT DAHEJ GIDC ANNEXURES


Annexure 7: Toposheet of the Project site with Demarcation of Nearest Habitation in 1: 50000 Scale



Annexure 8: Toposheet of the Project site in 1: 50000 Scale



Annexure 9: Map Showing Separate Entry, Exist and Tanker Movement at Site


GIDC ANNEXURES


Annexure 10: Certificate of PESO, Nagpur


GIDC ANNEXURES



GIDC ANNEXURES


Annexure 11: Land use/cover classification

The definitions for the first and second level of classification are provided in the following sections.

Built up Land or Habitation

It is defined as an area of human habitation developed due to non-agricultural use and that which has a cover of

buildings, transport, communication utilities in association with water vegetation and vacant lands.

Kadam has chosen to further define this landuse category into additional categories, namely residential and

industrial.

Residential / Commercial

Structures used by humans for living and working, but not including structures used exclusively for manufacturing.

Industrial

Structures used for manufacturing products.

Agricultural Land

It is defined as the land primarily used for farming and for production of food, fibre, and other commercial and

horticultural crops. It includes land under crops (irrigated and un-irrigated), fallow land and plantations. These are

further defined.

Crop Land

It includes those lands with standing crop (per se) as on the date of the satellite imagery. The crops may be of

either Kharif (June-September) or Rabi (October – March) or Kharif Rabi seasons.

Fallow Land

It is described as agricultural land which is taken up for cultivation but is temporarily allowed to rest un-cropped for

one or more seasons, but not less than one year. These lands are particularly those which are seen devoid of crops

at the time when the imagery is taken during Rabi and Kharif.

Plantations

Plantations are described as an area under agricultural tree crops (for e.g. mango plantations) planted adopting

certain agricultural management techniques. It includes tea, coffee, rubber, coconut, arecanut, citrus, orchards and

other horticultural nurseries.

Forests

It is an area (within the notified forest boundary) bearing an association predominantly of trees and other

vegetation types capable of producing timber and other forest produce. Forests can be further divided into sub-

categories mentioned as follows.

Evergreen / Semi-Evergreen Forests

These are forests which comprise thick and dense canopy of tall trees, which predominantly remain green

throughout the year. Such forests include both coniferous and tropical broad-leaved evergreen trees. Semi-

evergreen forests are often a mixture of both deciduous and evergreen trees but the latter predominate.

Deciduous Forests

These are described as forests which predominantly comprise of deciduous species and where the trees shed their

leaves once in a year.

Degraded Forest or Scrub


GIDC ANNEXURES


It is described as a forest where the vegetative (crown) density is less than 20% of the canopy cover. It is the

result of both biotic and abiotic influences. Scrub is a stunted tree or bush/shrub.

Forest Blank

A forest blank is an opening amidst forests without any tree cover. It includes openings of assorted size and shapes

as seen on the imagery.

Forest Plantations

It is described as an area of trees of species of forestry importance and raised on notified forest lands. It includes

eucalyptus, casuarinas, bamboo, etc.

Mangroves

Mangroves are described as a dense, thicker or woody, aquatic vegetation or forest cover occurring in tidal waters

near estuaries and along the confluence of delta in coastal areas. Mangroves include species of the genera

Rhizophora and Aviccunia.

Wastelands

Wastelands are described as degraded lands which can be brought under vegetative cover with reasonable water

and soil management or on account of natural causes. Wastelands can result from internal / imposed constraints

such as by location, environment, chemical and physical prosperities of the soil or financial or management

constraints.

Different types of wastelands include salt-affected lands, waterlogged lands, marshy/swampy lands, mudlands,

gullied / ravenous lands, land with or without scrub, sandy areas and barren rocky / stony waste / sheet rock areas.

Salt-Affected Land

The salt-affected land is generally characterized as the land that has adverse effects on the growth of most plants

due to the action or presence of excess soluble or high exchangeable sodium. Alkaline land has an exchangeable

sodium percentage (ESP) of about 15, which is generally considered as the limit between normal and alkali soils.

The predominant salts are carbonates and bicarbonates of sodium. Coastal saline soils may be with or without

ingress or inundation by seawater.

Waterlogged Land

Waterlogged land is that land where the water is at/or near the surface and water stands for most of the year.

Such lands usually occupy topographically low-lying areas. It excludes lakes, ponds and tanks or in the context of

the Wetlands (Conservation and Management Rules, 2010) such areas that could be considered as ‘protected

wetlands’.

Marshy / Swampy Land / Mud Land Area

Marshy land is that which is permanently or periodically inundated by water and is characterized by vegetation,

which includes grasses and weeds. Marshes are classified into salt/brackish or fresh water depending on the salinity

of water. These exclude Mangroves.

Gullied / Ravenous Land

The ‘gullies’ are formed as a result of localized surface runoff affecting the friable unconsolidated material in the

formation of perceptible channels resulting in undulating terrain. The gullies are the first stage of excessive land

dissection followed by their networking which leads to the development of ravenous land. The word ‘ravine’ is

usually associated not with an isolated gully but a network of deep gullies formed generally in thick alluvium and

entering a nearby river, flowing much lower than the surrounding high grounds. The ravines are extensive systems

of gullies developed along river courses.

Land with / without Scrub


GIDC ANNEXURES


They occupy (relatively) higher topography like uplands or high grounds with or without scrub. These lands are

generally prone to degradation or erosion. These exclude hilly and mountainous terrain.

Sandy Area (Coastal and Desertic)

These are the areas, which have stabilized accumulations of sand in-site or transported in coastal riverine or inland

(desert) areas. These occur either in the form of sand dunes, beaches, channel (river/stream) islands, etc.

Barren Rocky / Stony Waste / Sheet Rock Area

It is defined as the rock exposures of varying lithology often barren and devoid of soil cover and vegetation and not

suitable for cultivation. They occur amidst hill forests as openings or scattered as isolated exposures or loose

fragments of boulders or as sheet rocks on plateau and plains. It includes quarry or gravel pit or brick kilns.

Water Bodies

It is an area of impounded water, areal in extent and often with a regulated flow of water. It includes man-made

reservoirs/lakes/tank/canals, besides natural lakes, rivers/streams and creeks.

River / Stream

It is a course of flowing water on the land along definite channels. It includes from a small stream to a big river and

its branches. It may be perennial or non-perennial.

Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks

It is a natural or man-made enclosed water body with a regulated flow of water. Reservoirs are larger than

tanks/lakes and are used for generating electricity, irrigation and for flood control. Tanks are smaller in areal extent

with limited use than the former. Canals are inland waterways used for irrigation and sometimes for navigation.

Others

It includes all those landuse and landcover classes which can be treated as miscellaneous because of their nature of

occurrence, physical appearance and other characteristics.

Shifting Cultivation

It is the result of cyclic land use practice of felling of trees and burning of forest areas for growing crops. Such

lands are also known as jhoom lands and cultivation called jhoom cultivation.

Grassland / Grazing Land

It is an area of land covered with natural grass along with other vegetation, often grown for fodder to feed cattle

and other animals. Such lands are found in river beds, on uplands, hill slopes, etc. Such lands can also be called as

permanent pastures or meadows. Grazing lands are those where certain pockets of land are fenced for allowing

cattle to graze.

Snow Covered / Glacial Area

These are snow-covered areas defined as a solid form of water consisting of minute particles of ice. It includes

permanently snow covered areas as on the Himalayas. Glacier is a mass of accumulated ice occurring amidst

permanently snow-covered areas.

Ports/ Harbours

A harbour is a place where ships may shelter from the weather or are stored. Harbors can be man-made or natural.

A man-made harbor will have sea walls or breakwaters and may require dredging. A natural harbor is surrounded

on most sides by land.

A port is a man-made coastal or riverine facility where boats and ships can load and unload. It may consist of

quays, wharfs, jetties, piers and slipways with cranes or ramps. A port may have magazine buildings or warehouses

for storage of goods and a transport system, such as railway, road transport or pipeline transport facilities for


GIDC ANNEXURES


relaying goods inland. In short a port is used mainly for marine trading and a harbour is used as a parking space or

a storage space for ships

Vegetation Cover

It is a land area predominantly covered with vegetation and is not part of Protected / Reserved Forests. This

includes scrub, open and close vegetation.

Scrub

It is described as a vegetative cover having density is less than 10% of the canopy cover. Scrub is area covered by

grasses or herbs and scattered tree or shrubs.

Open Vegetation

This is also categorized based on the vegetation cover having density between 10% to 20% of the canopy cover.

Close Vegetation

This is also categorized based on the vegetation cover having density greater than 20% of the canopy cover.


GIDC ANNEXURES


Annexure 12: Photo Documentation

Mudflat with scattered Mangroves at Ambetha Cotton cultivation

Mangroves along the creek Salt pans at Kadodara

Mangroves in Khadi (Creak) Area Mangroves in Khadi (Creak) Area

Vadadala Pond Vav Pond


GIDC ANNEXURES


Kadodara Pond Narmada Estuary near Suva

Education Facility at Ambheta Village Skill Development Centre at Dahej

Dahej Health & Welfare Society Hospital Primary Health Centre at Ambetha village

Animal Husbandry Agricultural Field at the Study area


GIDC ANNEXURES


Primary School at Ambehta Village Consultation with Dahej Sarpanch

Meeting with Ambetha Village Sarpanch Interaction with Adivasis Community



Annexure 13: Ambient Air Monitoring Results

S. No.

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area/ Category


PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX NH3 HBr HCl Cl2 HCs CO VOCs

1 AAQ01 08.03.17 DPPL Site Industrial 86 43 8.0 13.5 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1582 <1.142 <1.0

2 AAQ01 09.03.17 DPPL Site Industrial 81 32 8.0 14.8 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0

















1 AAQ02 08.03.17 Ambheta Village Residential 89 33 8.0 15.4 <10 <1.0 1.2 <1.0 1163 <1.142 <1.0

2 AAQ02 09.03.17 Ambheta Village Residential 125 60 8.0 15.3 <10 <1.0 1.4 <1.0

3 AAQ02 18.03.17 Ambheta Village Residential 93 35 8.0 13.5 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1235 <1.142 <1.0

4 AAQ02 19.03.17 Ambheta Village Residential 67 26 8.0 19.2 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0






S. No.

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area/ Category














1 AAQ03 08.03.17 Lakhigam Village Residential 150 63 13.0 24.2 <10 <1.0 1.4 <1.0 1668 <1.142 <1.0

2 AAQ03 09.03.17 Lakhigam Village Residential 138 56 10.3 19.2 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0


4 AAQ03 19.03.17 Lakhigam Village Residential 86 38 15.3 21.4 <10 <1.0 1.6 <1.0














S. No.

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area/ Category






1 AAQ04 01.03.17 Dahej Residential 78 28 8.0 31.7 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1310 <1.142 <1.0


3 AAQ04 11.03.17 Dahej Residential 73 27 8.0 22.7 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0










13 AAQ04 30.04.17 Dahej Residential 103 41 8.0 22.5 <10 <1.0 1.3 <1.0

14 AAQ04 09.05.17 Dahej Residential 73 32 9.2 20.5 <10 <1.0 1.0 <1.0 1321 <1.142 <1.0




18 AAQ04 29.05.17 Dahej Residential 126 47 8.6 23.1 <10 <1.0 1.6 <1.0 1396 <1.142 <1.0

19 AAQ04 30.05.17 Dahej Residential 84 34 8.0 19.2 <10 <1.0 1.5 <1.0

1 AAQ05 01.03.17 Suva Village Residential 84 28 9.5 18.9 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 992 <1.142 <1.0

2 AAQ05 10.03.17 Suva Village Residential 71 22 8.9 18.4 <10 <1.0 1.4 <1.0 1137 <1.142 <1.0

3 AAQ05 11.03.17 Suva Village Residential 107 37 8.0 17.7 <10 <1.0 1.8 <1.0




S. No.

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area/ Category



5 AAQ05 21.03.17 Suva Village Residential 59 18 10.3 20.2 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0















1 AAQ06 01.03.17 Expanded

Plymers Limited Industrial 44 21 8.0 14.6 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1421 <1.142 <1.0


Plymers Limited Industrial 54 18 8.0 17.8 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1292 <1.0


Plymers Limited Industrial 71 26 9.2 17.2 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.142












Plymers Limited Industrial 71 29 8.9 20.9 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0



S. No.

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area/ Category
















Plymers Limited Industrial 91 35 9.2 15.7 <10 <1.0 1.3 <1.0 1351 <1.142 <1.0




Plymers Limited Industrial 78 26 8.0 13.8 <10 <1.0 1.1 <1.0 1296 <1.142 <1.0


Plymers Limited Industrial 81 28 8.0 14.3 <10 <1.0 1.0 <1.0

1 AAQ07 02.03.17 Vajapura Residential 57 29 8.0 18.6 <10 <1.0 1.2 <1.0 987 <1.142 <1.0

2 AAQ07 03.03.17 Vajapura Residential 52 24 8.0 13.5 <10 <1.0 2.0 <1.0















S. No.

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area/ Category









1 AAQ08 04.03.17 Vadadla Village Residential 82 31 8.0 19.0 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1141 <1.142 <1.0

2 AAQ08 05.03.17 Vadadla Village Residential 98 35 8.0 18.6 <10 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0











13 AAQ08 03.05.17 Vadadla Village Residential 103 43 10.4 24.5 <10 <1.0 1.1 <1.0 989 <1.142 <1.0










Annexure 14: Long-term climatological Table, Surat (Gujarat)



Annexure 15: Dispersion Modeling Results

Table 1: Incremental GLC of Particulate Matter (PM10) from Flue Gas Stacks & Process Vent (fuel-Indian Coal)

DIRECTION DISTANCE (METERS)

(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

10 1.24 0.88 0.50 0.28 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.13 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.09

20 1.22 0.98 0.55 0.31 0.21 0.16 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.09 0.09 0.08

30 1.20 1.11 0.88 0.59 0.43 0.35 0.30 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.20 0.17 0.14 0.13 0.10

40 1.17 1.62 1.29 0.80 0.54 0.42 0.37 0.34 0.31 0.30 0.28 0.25 0.22 0.20 0.17

50 1.15 1.87 1.82 1.28 0.97 0.80 0.71 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.52 0.48 0.44 0.41 0.38

60 1.22 1.96 1.32 0.86 0.66 0.56 0.50 0.46 0.43 0.42 0.40 0.36 0.33 0.29 0.24

70 1.23 1.57 1.20 0.76 0.59 0.53 0.49 0.45 0.43 0.40 0.38 0.34 0.30 0.26 0.21

80 1.09 1.24 0.97 0.60 0.38 0.34 0.33 0.30 0.32 0.34 0.35 0.35 0.33 0.32 0.28

90 1.00 1.00 0.59 0.40 0.31 0.26 0.22 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.16

100 0.98 0.78 0.48 0.42 0.34 0.29 0.26 0.23 0.20 0.18 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.08

110 0.97 1.05 0.66 0.62 0.52 0.44 0.37 0.33 0.29 0.25 0.22 0.18 0.16 0.15 0.13

120 0.99 1.05 0.65 0.56 0.47 0.39 0.34 0.30 0.28 0.25 0.23 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.11

130 1.11 1.27 0.71 0.43 0.31 0.24 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.09

140 1.06 1.26 0.74 0.55 0.41 0.31 0.24 0.22 0.21 0.19 0.19 0.17 0.16 0.15 0.14

150 1.19 1.30 0.78 0.49 0.40 0.35 0.31 0.28 0.25 0.22 0.20 0.16 0.13 0.12 0.09

160 1.16 1.41 0.79 0.52 0.43 0.43 0.41 0.39 0.36 0.34 0.31 0.27 0.24 0.22 0.18

170 1.00 1.34 0.79 0.50 0.34 0.26 0.24 0.24 0.23 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.19 0.18 0.15

180 0.91 0.97 0.75 0.52 0.37 0.33 0.31 0.29 0.27 0.25 0.23 0.21 0.19 0.18 0.14

190 0.91 0.59 0.45 0.52 0.54 0.53 0.50 0.47 0.44 0.41 0.38 0.34 0.30 0.27 0.22

200 0.91 0.55 0.42 0.40 0.41 0.39 0.36 0.33 0.30 0.27 0.25 0.22 0.19 0.16 0.13

210 0.92 0.51 0.38 0.43 0.47 0.48 0.47 0.45 0.42 0.40 0.37 0.33 0.30 0.27 0.22

220 0.93 0.51 0.50 0.63 0.68 0.68 0.65 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.53 0.47 0.42 0.38 0.31

230 0.94 0.52 0.49 0.54 0.53 0.49 0.45 0.41 0.37 0.34 0.31 0.27 0.23 0.21 0.17

240 0.95 0.52 0.39 0.37 0.33 0.28 0.25 0.22 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.13 0.11 0.09 0.07




(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

250 0.97 0.54 0.41 0.40 0.35 0.28 0.23 0.19 0.17 0.16 0.15 0.13 0.11 0.09 0.07

260 0.98 0.65 0.43 0.45 0.42 0.37 0.32 0.28 0.24 0.22 0.19 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.08

270 1.00 0.73 0.41 0.34 0.28 0.24 0.20 0.18 0.15 0.14 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08

280 1.02 0.76 0.41 0.27 0.21 0.17 0.14 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06

290 1.04 0.73 0.39 0.25 0.19 0.15 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.05

300 1.06 0.65 0.32 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.05

310 1.09 0.81 0.33 0.22 0.16 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.05

320 1.12 0.88 0.35 0.22 0.18 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04

330 1.16 0.84 0.36 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.04

340 1.19 0.72 0.38 0.23 0.18 0.15 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.07

350 1.21 0.70 0.35 0.24 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.13 0.13 0.12 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.09 0.07

360 1.24 0.76 0.46 0.25 0.22 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.15 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.13 0.12 0.11

Table 2: Incremental GLC of Oxides of Sulphur (SO2) from Flue Gas Stacks (fuel-Indian Coal)


(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

10 0.042 0.029 0.014 0.008 0.007 0.007 0.008 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.008 0.008 0.007 0.006

20 0.042 0.031 0.017 0.011 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002

30 0.042 0.047 0.035 0.022 0.016 0.012 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004

40 0.049 0.062 0.049 0.035 0.026 0.021 0.017 0.015 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.005

50 0.070 0.091 0.087 0.063 0.049 0.040 0.033 0.030 0.029 0.027 0.025 0.022 0.020 0.018 0.015

60 0.082 0.099 0.078 0.052 0.036 0.027 0.022 0.019 0.017 0.016 0.015 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.009

70 0.083 0.075 0.056 0.038 0.028 0.022 0.019 0.017 0.015 0.013 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.006

80 0.080 0.077 0.051 0.030 0.024 0.021 0.019 0.018 0.017 0.016 0.015 0.013 0.012 0.010 0.009

90 0.066 0.059 0.031 0.022 0.016 0.013 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.008 0.007 0.007 0.006 0.006

100 0.065 0.042 0.024 0.016 0.015 0.014 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004

110 0.062 0.048 0.030 0.022 0.017 0.014 0.011 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.008 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005




(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

120 0.055 0.053 0.037 0.026 0.019 0.015 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004

130 0.056 0.048 0.029 0.018 0.012 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.003

140 0.060 0.059 0.027 0.019 0.015 0.013 0.013 0.013 0.013 0.012 0.012 0.011 0.010 0.009 0.007

150 0.072 0.058 0.032 0.022 0.017 0.014 0.011 0.009 0.009 0.008 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.006 0.006

160 0.068 0.067 0.041 0.029 0.023 0.019 0.017 0.015 0.013 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.005

170 0.063 0.060 0.029 0.019 0.016 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.007 0.006 0.006 0.005 0.004

180 0.057 0.059 0.031 0.018 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.008 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.006 0.006 0.005

190 0.057 0.037 0.025 0.021 0.019 0.017 0.016 0.014 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.006

200 0.057 0.033 0.019 0.016 0.017 0.016 0.015 0.014 0.012 0.011 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005

210 0.055 0.031 0.020 0.018 0.017 0.016 0.015 0.014 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.007

220 0.052 0.026 0.024 0.024 0.023 0.022 0.021 0.019 0.018 0.017 0.016 0.014 0.012 0.011 0.009

230 0.049 0.021 0.017 0.017 0.015 0.014 0.012 0.011 0.010 0.009 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.006 0.005

240 0.047 0.024 0.018 0.013 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002

250 0.045 0.027 0.022 0.017 0.013 0.010 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002

260 0.044 0.029 0.027 0.022 0.017 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002

270 0.043 0.029 0.013 0.010 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002

280 0.040 0.027 0.013 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002

290 0.038 0.024 0.011 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001

300 0.038 0.022 0.009 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001

310 0.037 0.025 0.010 0.006 0.005 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001

320 0.038 0.028 0.013 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001

330 0.039 0.028 0.015 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002

340 0.041 0.025 0.013 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002

350 0.043 0.023 0.012 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003

360 0.044 0.027 0.015 0.009 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.008 0.008 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.006 0.006 0.005

Table 3: Incremental GLC of Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) from Flue Gas Stacks (fuel-Indian Coal)




(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

10 0.057 0.032 0.012 0.010 0.010 0.013 0.015 0.016 0.016 0.015 0.014 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.010

20 0.056 0.031 0.017 0.014 0.013 0.011 0.010 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.008 0.006 0.006 0.005 0.004

30 0.068 0.063 0.036 0.022 0.018 0.015 0.013 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005

40 0.085 0.070 0.050 0.041 0.033 0.026 0.022 0.018 0.015 0.013 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.006

50 0.122 0.127 0.109 0.091 0.073 0.059 0.049 0.047 0.044 0.041 0.038 0.033 0.029 0.025 0.020

60 0.156 0.169 0.113 0.073 0.050 0.037 0.034 0.031 0.028 0.025 0.023 0.019 0.016 0.014 0.011

70 0.157 0.123 0.069 0.050 0.039 0.031 0.025 0.021 0.018 0.015 0.013 0.011 0.010 0.008 0.007

80 0.148 0.124 0.075 0.055 0.045 0.036 0.030 0.025 0.022 0.019 0.017 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.007

90 0.125 0.102 0.063 0.044 0.032 0.024 0.020 0.017 0.015 0.014 0.012 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.005

100 0.111 0.056 0.031 0.028 0.027 0.024 0.021 0.019 0.017 0.015 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.006

110 0.101 0.068 0.040 0.025 0.024 0.021 0.019 0.017 0.015 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006

120 0.090 0.080 0.053 0.032 0.024 0.020 0.017 0.014 0.012 0.011 0.010 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.004

130 0.089 0.087 0.046 0.027 0.017 0.012 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004

140 0.097 0.070 0.030 0.020 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.018 0.018 0.018 0.017 0.015 0.013 0.012 0.009

150 0.117 0.081 0.043 0.027 0.019 0.017 0.016 0.016 0.016 0.015 0.014 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.010

160 0.114 0.104 0.066 0.043 0.030 0.023 0.018 0.014 0.013 0.012 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.006

170 0.102 0.086 0.045 0.031 0.022 0.017 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003

180 0.081 0.083 0.033 0.023 0.017 0.014 0.012 0.012 0.011 0.011 0.011 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.007

190 0.082 0.062 0.035 0.023 0.017 0.014 0.012 0.011 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.007

200 0.080 0.047 0.025 0.018 0.021 0.020 0.019 0.017 0.015 0.014 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.006

210 0.076 0.049 0.027 0.019 0.018 0.017 0.016 0.014 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.005

220 0.070 0.041 0.029 0.023 0.021 0.021 0.019 0.018 0.016 0.014 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.009 0.009

230 0.064 0.027 0.018 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.011 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004

240 0.065 0.031 0.029 0.017 0.011 0.008 0.007 0.007 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003

250 0.065 0.038 0.031 0.020 0.012 0.011 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002

260 0.060 0.033 0.038 0.027 0.018 0.013 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003

270 0.052 0.030 0.011 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001




(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

280 0.047 0.026 0.010 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001

290 0.044 0.026 0.009 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001

300 0.043 0.025 0.011 0.008 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001

310 0.054 0.029 0.015 0.010 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001

320 0.057 0.037 0.015 0.009 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001

330 0.051 0.035 0.015 0.010 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.003

340 0.047 0.033 0.016 0.014 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002

350 0.059 0.040 0.018 0.013 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002

360 0.063 0.039 0.017 0.009 0.012 0.013 0.014 0.014 0.014 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.009 0.009 0.008

Table 4: Incremental GLC of Particulate Matter (PM) from Flue Gas Stacks & Process Vent (fuel-Imported Coal)


(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

10 1.189 0.847 0.483 0.265 0.180 0.152 0.138 0.128 0.121 0.115 0.109 0.105 0.100 0.091 0.082

20 1.173 0.938 0.527 0.300 0.198 0.155 0.129 0.115 0.104 0.095 0.092 0.091 0.090 0.087 0.079

30 1.147 1.064 0.848 0.568 0.417 0.338 0.287 0.252 0.228 0.208 0.190 0.160 0.138 0.121 0.095

40 1.123 1.557 1.234 0.764 0.517 0.407 0.355 0.323 0.301 0.283 0.266 0.239 0.214 0.193 0.162

50 1.100 1.794 1.746 1.227 0.931 0.772 0.677 0.608 0.561 0.526 0.499 0.461 0.426 0.396 0.360

60 1.169 1.878 1.266 0.823 0.634 0.534 0.477 0.440 0.417 0.402 0.384 0.348 0.313 0.279 0.227

70 1.180 1.505 1.152 0.727 0.568 0.505 0.468 0.436 0.410 0.386 0.364 0.324 0.286 0.253 0.203

80 1.048 1.185 0.929 0.573 0.369 0.328 0.313 0.292 0.308 0.326 0.334 0.334 0.321 0.303 0.264

90 0.960 0.958 0.570 0.383 0.301 0.249 0.216 0.197 0.198 0.200 0.205 0.206 0.196 0.181 0.157

100 0.941 0.750 0.462 0.400 0.327 0.280 0.246 0.216 0.192 0.170 0.151 0.122 0.105 0.093 0.078

110 0.927 1.012 0.629 0.592 0.502 0.421 0.359 0.312 0.274 0.241 0.214 0.173 0.154 0.144 0.128

120 0.951 1.008 0.621 0.540 0.450 0.378 0.327 0.292 0.265 0.241 0.222 0.186 0.158 0.136 0.104

130 1.072 1.224 0.678 0.417 0.297 0.231 0.198 0.191 0.181 0.168 0.155 0.132 0.113 0.098 0.091

140 1.014 1.214 0.710 0.527 0.390 0.297 0.233 0.212 0.197 0.187 0.179 0.167 0.157 0.148 0.134




(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

150 1.139 1.243 0.752 0.470 0.388 0.338 0.299 0.264 0.236 0.210 0.189 0.155 0.129 0.110 0.091

160 1.116 1.356 0.755 0.495 0.413 0.409 0.396 0.372 0.347 0.322 0.299 0.260 0.230 0.206 0.171

170 0.959 1.283 0.762 0.481 0.328 0.249 0.234 0.227 0.222 0.217 0.211 0.199 0.185 0.169 0.142

180 0.870 0.929 0.724 0.496 0.356 0.319 0.297 0.275 0.255 0.237 0.221 0.203 0.185 0.168 0.139

190 0.871 0.566 0.428 0.498 0.519 0.508 0.482 0.452 0.421 0.392 0.366 0.322 0.286 0.257 0.212

200 0.875 0.523 0.403 0.387 0.391 0.371 0.343 0.314 0.287 0.263 0.242 0.207 0.180 0.158 0.128

210 0.881 0.489 0.364 0.411 0.451 0.460 0.450 0.430 0.406 0.382 0.360 0.319 0.286 0.258 0.215

220 0.889 0.493 0.476 0.603 0.652 0.651 0.627 0.595 0.563 0.534 0.507 0.455 0.406 0.364 0.300

230 0.900 0.498 0.468 0.521 0.506 0.469 0.429 0.391 0.356 0.326 0.299 0.256 0.223 0.197 0.159

240 0.912 0.503 0.370 0.354 0.312 0.271 0.236 0.207 0.184 0.164 0.148 0.122 0.104 0.089 0.069

250 0.927 0.521 0.394 0.386 0.334 0.271 0.221 0.187 0.166 0.151 0.140 0.122 0.104 0.091 0.071

260 0.943 0.622 0.409 0.433 0.399 0.352 0.308 0.268 0.235 0.207 0.184 0.149 0.124 0.106 0.080

270 0.960 0.698 0.394 0.330 0.270 0.226 0.194 0.168 0.147 0.131 0.118 0.105 0.095 0.086 0.073

280 0.979 0.728 0.397 0.261 0.199 0.163 0.139 0.123 0.111 0.101 0.094 0.082 0.073 0.066 0.055

290 0.998 0.700 0.370 0.240 0.181 0.147 0.125 0.109 0.098 0.089 0.082 0.071 0.062 0.055 0.046

300 1.017 0.626 0.310 0.198 0.169 0.140 0.117 0.099 0.084 0.073 0.067 0.062 0.058 0.054 0.048

310 1.041 0.780 0.317 0.208 0.156 0.118 0.099 0.086 0.075 0.067 0.063 0.057 0.055 0.053 0.048

320 1.075 0.842 0.336 0.209 0.172 0.138 0.111 0.097 0.087 0.078 0.070 0.057 0.048 0.042 0.034

330 1.111 0.802 0.344 0.216 0.167 0.136 0.116 0.101 0.096 0.088 0.081 0.070 0.061 0.054 0.043

340 1.139 0.690 0.362 0.223 0.173 0.143 0.122 0.107 0.097 0.090 0.084 0.073 0.064 0.062 0.065

350 1.163 0.668 0.336 0.232 0.183 0.155 0.138 0.128 0.122 0.116 0.111 0.100 0.090 0.082 0.067

360 1.185 0.729 0.442 0.244 0.207 0.184 0.160 0.146 0.141 0.139 0.136 0.131 0.125 0.117 0.102

Table 5: Incremental GLC of Oxides of Sulphur (SO2) from Flue Gas Stacks (fuel-Imported Coal)


(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

10 0.163 0.114 0.063 0.034 0.024 0.020 0.018 0.016 0.015 0.017 0.018 0.018 0.017 0.016 0.014




(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

20 0.159 0.126 0.069 0.039 0.027 0.021 0.017 0.015 0.013 0.013 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.010

30 0.155 0.148 0.121 0.080 0.058 0.046 0.039 0.034 0.030 0.028 0.025 0.021 0.018 0.016 0.012

40 0.152 0.215 0.174 0.113 0.078 0.061 0.053 0.047 0.044 0.041 0.038 0.033 0.030 0.027 0.022

50 0.157 0.256 0.264 0.187 0.141 0.116 0.100 0.088 0.080 0.074 0.070 0.063 0.058 0.054 0.049

60 0.170 0.273 0.194 0.133 0.096 0.077 0.067 0.061 0.057 0.055 0.052 0.046 0.041 0.037 0.030

70 0.178 0.215 0.166 0.111 0.085 0.074 0.066 0.061 0.056 0.053 0.049 0.043 0.038 0.033 0.026

80 0.168 0.169 0.127 0.079 0.057 0.049 0.045 0.046 0.048 0.049 0.049 0.047 0.044 0.041 0.035

90 0.144 0.139 0.081 0.055 0.044 0.036 0.031 0.028 0.027 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.027 0.025 0.021

100 0.135 0.116 0.069 0.056 0.045 0.038 0.033 0.029 0.025 0.022 0.020 0.016 0.015 0.014 0.012

110 0.134 0.150 0.094 0.082 0.068 0.056 0.048 0.041 0.036 0.032 0.028 0.024 0.023 0.021 0.018

120 0.134 0.154 0.092 0.081 0.065 0.053 0.046 0.040 0.036 0.032 0.030 0.025 0.021 0.018 0.014

130 0.153 0.170 0.090 0.055 0.040 0.031 0.028 0.026 0.024 0.022 0.021 0.017 0.015 0.013 0.012

140 0.159 0.180 0.099 0.073 0.055 0.042 0.036 0.034 0.032 0.031 0.030 0.027 0.025 0.024 0.021

150 0.175 0.181 0.102 0.067 0.056 0.048 0.042 0.036 0.032 0.028 0.025 0.021 0.017 0.015 0.012

160 0.180 0.198 0.107 0.070 0.065 0.061 0.057 0.052 0.048 0.044 0.041 0.035 0.031 0.027 0.023

170 0.158 0.190 0.105 0.065 0.043 0.036 0.032 0.031 0.030 0.029 0.028 0.026 0.024 0.022 0.019

180 0.145 0.153 0.104 0.068 0.048 0.043 0.039 0.036 0.034 0.031 0.029 0.027 0.024 0.022 0.018

190 0.145 0.093 0.067 0.072 0.072 0.069 0.065 0.060 0.056 0.052 0.049 0.043 0.038 0.034 0.028

200 0.145 0.086 0.058 0.055 0.053 0.050 0.046 0.041 0.038 0.035 0.032 0.027 0.024 0.021 0.017

210 0.144 0.076 0.055 0.059 0.062 0.062 0.061 0.058 0.054 0.051 0.048 0.042 0.038 0.034 0.029

220 0.142 0.069 0.072 0.085 0.089 0.088 0.084 0.080 0.075 0.071 0.067 0.060 0.054 0.048 0.040

230 0.140 0.069 0.065 0.070 0.067 0.062 0.056 0.051 0.046 0.042 0.039 0.033 0.029 0.026 0.021

240 0.139 0.069 0.052 0.046 0.041 0.035 0.031 0.027 0.024 0.021 0.019 0.016 0.013 0.012 0.009

250 0.138 0.079 0.057 0.057 0.047 0.037 0.030 0.025 0.022 0.020 0.018 0.016 0.014 0.012 0.009

260 0.137 0.092 0.068 0.065 0.057 0.049 0.042 0.036 0.032 0.028 0.024 0.020 0.016 0.014 0.011

270 0.137 0.100 0.053 0.043 0.035 0.029 0.025 0.022 0.019 0.017 0.016 0.014 0.012 0.011 0.010

280 0.138 0.101 0.053 0.035 0.026 0.021 0.018 0.016 0.014 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.009 0.009 0.007




(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

290 0.140 0.095 0.049 0.032 0.024 0.019 0.016 0.014 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006

300 0.141 0.085 0.041 0.027 0.022 0.018 0.015 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.009 0.008 0.008 0.007 0.006

310 0.143 0.105 0.042 0.028 0.020 0.015 0.013 0.011 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.006

320 0.147 0.112 0.044 0.028 0.022 0.018 0.014 0.013 0.011 0.010 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.006 0.004

330 0.151 0.106 0.049 0.029 0.021 0.017 0.015 0.014 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006

340 0.156 0.092 0.050 0.029 0.022 0.018 0.016 0.014 0.012 0.012 0.011 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.009

350 0.161 0.090 0.045 0.031 0.024 0.020 0.018 0.017 0.016 0.015 0.015 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.009

360 0.164 0.101 0.058 0.034 0.028 0.025 0.021 0.020 0.019 0.019 0.018 0.018 0.017 0.016 0.014

Table 6: Incremental GLC of Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) from Flue Gas Stacks (fuel-Imported Coal)


(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

10 0.059 0.037 0.016 0.012 0.011 0.013 0.015 0.017 0.016 0.016 0.015 0.014 0.013 0.012 0.010

20 0.061 0.038 0.022 0.014 0.013 0.011 0.010 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004

30 0.072 0.072 0.045 0.028 0.019 0.016 0.014 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006

40 0.087 0.082 0.063 0.049 0.038 0.030 0.025 0.021 0.018 0.016 0.014 0.011 0.010 0.009 0.007

50 0.127 0.142 0.125 0.101 0.080 0.065 0.053 0.051 0.048 0.045 0.041 0.036 0.032 0.028 0.023

60 0.159 0.178 0.125 0.081 0.056 0.041 0.037 0.034 0.030 0.027 0.025 0.021 0.018 0.016 0.013

70 0.158 0.126 0.081 0.055 0.042 0.034 0.028 0.023 0.020 0.017 0.016 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.008

80 0.152 0.132 0.083 0.055 0.045 0.038 0.032 0.028 0.025 0.022 0.020 0.017 0.014 0.012 0.009

90 0.127 0.107 0.064 0.044 0.033 0.025 0.021 0.018 0.016 0.015 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007

100 0.113 0.064 0.036 0.029 0.028 0.025 0.022 0.019 0.017 0.015 0.014 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.006

110 0.107 0.070 0.044 0.028 0.024 0.022 0.019 0.017 0.015 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007

120 0.095 0.083 0.059 0.038 0.026 0.020 0.017 0.015 0.013 0.011 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005

130 0.095 0.089 0.050 0.029 0.019 0.014 0.011 0.009 0.009 0.008 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004

140 0.103 0.083 0.034 0.023 0.020 0.019 0.019 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.019 0.017 0.015 0.013 0.011

150 0.125 0.091 0.049 0.031 0.023 0.018 0.017 0.017 0.016 0.016 0.015 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.010




(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

160 0.119 0.109 0.070 0.047 0.034 0.027 0.022 0.018 0.016 0.014 0.012 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.006

170 0.109 0.092 0.049 0.033 0.025 0.019 0.016 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005

180 0.090 0.093 0.040 0.025 0.019 0.015 0.014 0.013 0.012 0.012 0.011 0.011 0.010 0.009 0.008

190 0.091 0.066 0.039 0.028 0.023 0.019 0.017 0.016 0.014 0.013 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.007

200 0.089 0.052 0.028 0.022 0.024 0.024 0.022 0.020 0.018 0.016 0.014 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.007

210 0.085 0.053 0.031 0.023 0.022 0.021 0.019 0.018 0.016 0.015 0.014 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.007

220 0.079 0.044 0.034 0.030 0.027 0.025 0.024 0.021 0.019 0.018 0.017 0.015 0.013 0.012 0.010

230 0.073 0.031 0.021 0.018 0.015 0.015 0.014 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.004

240 0.071 0.036 0.030 0.019 0.013 0.010 0.008 0.008 0.007 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.003

250 0.072 0.040 0.035 0.024 0.016 0.011 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002

260 0.068 0.040 0.042 0.031 0.022 0.017 0.013 0.010 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.003

270 0.061 0.038 0.015 0.010 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002

280 0.053 0.034 0.014 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001

290 0.048 0.029 0.012 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001

300 0.048 0.028 0.012 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001

310 0.056 0.033 0.016 0.010 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001

320 0.059 0.042 0.018 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001

330 0.053 0.040 0.019 0.011 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003

340 0.048 0.034 0.017 0.014 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003

350 0.060 0.042 0.019 0.013 0.010 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003

360 0.064 0.043 0.020 0.012 0.012 0.014 0.014 0.015 0.014 0.013 0.013 0.011 0.010 0.010 0.009

Table 7: Incremental GLC of Particulate Matters (PM) from Flue Gas Stacks & Process Vent (fuel-Imported Coal + Lignite)


(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

10 2.79 2.00 1.14 0.63 0.42 0.36 0.32 0.30 0.28 0.27 0.25 0.25 0.23 0.21 0.19

20 2.76 2.21 1.24 0.71 0.47 0.36 0.30 0.27 0.24 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.19




(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

30 2.70 2.50 2.00 1.34 0.98 0.80 0.68 0.59 0.54 0.49 0.45 0.38 0.33 0.28 0.22

40 2.64 3.67 2.90 1.79 1.21 0.96 0.83 0.76 0.71 0.67 0.63 0.56 0.50 0.46 0.38

50 2.58 4.21 4.10 2.88 2.19 1.81 1.59 1.43 1.32 1.24 1.18 1.09 1.00 0.93 0.85

60 2.73 4.40 2.97 1.93 1.49 1.25 1.12 1.03 0.98 0.94 0.90 0.82 0.74 0.66 0.53

70 2.75 3.54 2.71 1.71 1.33 1.19 1.10 1.03 0.96 0.91 0.86 0.76 0.67 0.60 0.48

80 2.43 2.78 2.18 1.35 0.87 0.77 0.74 0.69 0.72 0.77 0.78 0.79 0.76 0.71 0.62

90 2.26 2.25 1.34 0.90 0.70 0.58 0.50 0.46 0.47 0.47 0.48 0.48 0.46 0.43 0.37

100 2.21 1.75 1.08 0.94 0.77 0.66 0.58 0.51 0.45 0.40 0.36 0.29 0.24 0.22 0.18

110 2.17 2.37 1.48 1.39 1.18 0.99 0.85 0.74 0.65 0.57 0.51 0.41 0.36 0.34 0.30

120 2.22 2.36 1.46 1.27 1.06 0.89 0.77 0.69 0.62 0.57 0.52 0.44 0.37 0.32 0.25

130 2.49 2.86 1.59 0.97 0.69 0.54 0.47 0.45 0.43 0.40 0.37 0.31 0.27 0.23 0.21

140 2.37 2.83 1.66 1.24 0.92 0.70 0.55 0.50 0.46 0.44 0.42 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.31

150 2.66 2.92 1.77 1.10 0.91 0.80 0.70 0.62 0.56 0.50 0.44 0.36 0.30 0.26 0.21

160 2.60 3.19 1.78 1.16 0.97 0.96 0.93 0.88 0.82 0.76 0.70 0.61 0.54 0.49 0.40

170 2.24 3.01 1.79 1.13 0.77 0.59 0.55 0.53 0.52 0.51 0.50 0.47 0.44 0.40 0.34

180 2.04 2.17 1.70 1.17 0.84 0.75 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.56 0.52 0.48 0.44 0.40 0.33

190 2.04 1.33 1.01 1.17 1.22 1.20 1.14 1.07 0.99 0.92 0.86 0.76 0.67 0.61 0.50

200 2.05 1.22 0.95 0.91 0.92 0.87 0.81 0.74 0.68 0.62 0.57 0.49 0.42 0.37 0.30

210 2.06 1.15 0.86 0.97 1.06 1.08 1.06 1.01 0.96 0.90 0.85 0.75 0.67 0.61 0.51

220 2.09 1.16 1.12 1.42 1.54 1.53 1.48 1.40 1.33 1.26 1.19 1.07 0.96 0.86 0.71

230 2.11 1.17 1.10 1.23 1.19 1.11 1.01 0.92 0.84 0.77 0.71 0.60 0.53 0.46 0.37

240 2.14 1.19 0.87 0.83 0.74 0.64 0.56 0.49 0.43 0.39 0.35 0.29 0.24 0.21 0.16

250 2.18 1.22 0.93 0.91 0.79 0.64 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.36 0.33 0.29 0.25 0.21 0.17

260 2.22 1.46 0.96 1.02 0.94 0.83 0.72 0.63 0.55 0.49 0.43 0.35 0.29 0.25 0.19

270 2.26 1.64 0.93 0.78 0.64 0.53 0.46 0.40 0.35 0.31 0.28 0.25 0.22 0.20 0.17

280 2.30 1.71 0.94 0.62 0.47 0.38 0.33 0.29 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.13

290 2.35 1.65 0.87 0.57 0.43 0.35 0.29 0.26 0.23 0.21 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.13 0.11




(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

300 2.39 1.47 0.73 0.47 0.40 0.33 0.28 0.23 0.20 0.17 0.16 0.15 0.14 0.13 0.11

310 2.45 1.84 0.75 0.49 0.37 0.28 0.23 0.20 0.18 0.16 0.15 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.11

320 2.53 1.98 0.79 0.49 0.41 0.33 0.26 0.23 0.20 0.18 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.08

330 2.62 1.89 0.81 0.50 0.39 0.32 0.27 0.24 0.23 0.21 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.13 0.10

340 2.68 1.63 0.85 0.52 0.41 0.34 0.29 0.25 0.23 0.21 0.20 0.17 0.15 0.15 0.15

350 2.74 1.57 0.79 0.55 0.43 0.36 0.32 0.30 0.28 0.27 0.26 0.23 0.21 0.19 0.16

360 2.78 1.72 1.04 0.58 0.49 0.43 0.38 0.34 0.33 0.33 0.32 0.31 0.29 0.28 0.24

Table 8: Incremental GLC of Oxides of Sulphur (SO2) from Flue Gas Stacks (fuel-Imported Coal + Lignite)


(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

10 0.60 0.43 0.24 0.13 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.04

20 0.59 0.47 0.26 0.15 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04

30 0.58 0.54 0.43 0.29 0.21 0.17 0.15 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05

40 0.57 0.79 0.63 0.39 0.27 0.21 0.18 0.17 0.15 0.15 0.14 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.08

50 0.56 0.91 0.91 0.64 0.48 0.40 0.35 0.31 0.29 0.27 0.25 0.23 0.22 0.20 0.18

60 0.60 0.96 0.65 0.43 0.33 0.27 0.24 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.11

70 0.61 0.77 0.58 0.38 0.29 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.13 0.10

80 0.55 0.60 0.47 0.29 0.19 0.17 0.16 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.16 0.15 0.13

90 0.49 0.49 0.29 0.20 0.15 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.09 0.08

100 0.48 0.39 0.24 0.20 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04

110 0.48 0.52 0.33 0.30 0.25 0.21 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.07

120 0.48 0.52 0.32 0.28 0.23 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.05

130 0.54 0.62 0.34 0.21 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05

140 0.52 0.62 0.36 0.27 0.20 0.15 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.07

150 0.59 0.64 0.38 0.24 0.20 0.17 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05

160 0.59 0.70 0.39 0.25 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.16 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.10 0.09




(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

170 0.51 0.66 0.39 0.24 0.16 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.09 0.07

180 0.46 0.49 0.37 0.25 0.18 0.16 0.15 0.14 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07

190 0.46 0.30 0.22 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.24 0.23 0.21 0.20 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.13 0.11

200 0.47 0.28 0.21 0.20 0.20 0.19 0.17 0.16 0.14 0.13 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.06

210 0.47 0.25 0.19 0.21 0.23 0.23 0.23 0.22 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.13 0.11

220 0.47 0.25 0.25 0.31 0.33 0.33 0.32 0.30 0.28 0.27 0.26 0.23 0.20 0.18 0.15

230 0.47 0.25 0.24 0.26 0.25 0.24 0.22 0.20 0.18 0.16 0.15 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.08

240 0.48 0.26 0.19 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03

250 0.48 0.27 0.20 0.20 0.17 0.14 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04

260 0.49 0.32 0.22 0.22 0.21 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04

270 0.49 0.36 0.20 0.17 0.14 0.11 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04

280 0.50 0.37 0.20 0.13 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03

290 0.51 0.35 0.19 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02

300 0.52 0.32 0.16 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02

310 0.53 0.39 0.16 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02

320 0.55 0.42 0.17 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02

330 0.56 0.40 0.18 0.11 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02

340 0.58 0.35 0.18 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03

350 0.59 0.34 0.17 0.12 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.03

360 0.60 0.37 0.22 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.05

Table 9: Incremental GLC of Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) from Flue Gas Stacks (fuel-Imported Coal + Lignite)

DIRECTION DISTAANCE (METERS)

(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

10 0.066 0.045 0.021 0.014 0.012 0.014 0.016 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.016 0.015 0.014 0.013 0.011

20 0.071 0.049 0.027 0.017 0.013 0.012 0.010 0.010 0.009 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004




(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

30 0.076 0.082 0.056 0.035 0.024 0.018 0.015 0.014 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.006

40 0.090 0.101 0.078 0.059 0.045 0.035 0.029 0.024 0.021 0.019 0.017 0.014 0.012 0.011 0.009

50 0.133 0.161 0.147 0.113 0.089 0.071 0.059 0.056 0.052 0.049 0.046 0.040 0.036 0.032 0.026

60 0.162 0.188 0.140 0.091 0.063 0.047 0.040 0.036 0.032 0.029 0.027 0.024 0.021 0.019 0.015

70 0.162 0.136 0.095 0.064 0.046 0.037 0.030 0.026 0.023 0.020 0.018 0.015 0.013 0.012 0.009

80 0.156 0.142 0.091 0.055 0.046 0.040 0.035 0.031 0.029 0.026 0.024 0.021 0.018 0.016 0.013

90 0.130 0.113 0.064 0.044 0.033 0.025 0.022 0.019 0.017 0.016 0.014 0.012 0.011 0.010 0.009

100 0.120 0.073 0.041 0.030 0.029 0.026 0.023 0.020 0.018 0.016 0.014 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.007

110 0.115 0.081 0.051 0.034 0.026 0.022 0.019 0.017 0.015 0.015 0.014 0.013 0.011 0.010 0.008

120 0.103 0.090 0.065 0.044 0.032 0.024 0.019 0.016 0.014 0.012 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006

130 0.104 0.093 0.054 0.032 0.021 0.016 0.012 0.011 0.011 0.010 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.007 0.005

140 0.110 0.098 0.043 0.030 0.024 0.023 0.022 0.022 0.022 0.022 0.021 0.019 0.017 0.015 0.012

150 0.135 0.102 0.055 0.037 0.028 0.022 0.018 0.017 0.017 0.016 0.015 0.014 0.012 0.012 0.011

160 0.124 0.116 0.075 0.052 0.040 0.032 0.027 0.023 0.020 0.018 0.016 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.007

170 0.117 0.103 0.053 0.036 0.028 0.022 0.018 0.015 0.013 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.008 0.006

180 0.101 0.104 0.049 0.028 0.021 0.017 0.015 0.014 0.014 0.013 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.010 0.009

190 0.102 0.070 0.044 0.034 0.029 0.026 0.023 0.021 0.019 0.018 0.017 0.014 0.013 0.011 0.009

200 0.100 0.059 0.033 0.026 0.029 0.028 0.026 0.023 0.021 0.019 0.017 0.014 0.012 0.011 0.008

210 0.096 0.057 0.035 0.029 0.026 0.025 0.023 0.021 0.020 0.019 0.018 0.016 0.014 0.012 0.010

220 0.091 0.048 0.040 0.037 0.035 0.033 0.031 0.029 0.027 0.025 0.023 0.020 0.018 0.016 0.013

230 0.085 0.036 0.027 0.025 0.022 0.020 0.018 0.016 0.014 0.013 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.006

240 0.079 0.041 0.033 0.021 0.015 0.011 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004

250 0.080 0.046 0.039 0.029 0.020 0.015 0.011 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003

260 0.077 0.048 0.047 0.037 0.027 0.021 0.017 0.014 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.007 0.005 0.005 0.003

270 0.072 0.047 0.020 0.014 0.011 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003

280 0.065 0.043 0.019 0.012 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002

290 0.060 0.037 0.017 0.010 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002




(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

300 0.059 0.033 0.014 0.010 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002

310 0.058 0.038 0.017 0.011 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002

320 0.061 0.048 0.021 0.011 0.009 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001

330 0.059 0.047 0.023 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003

340 0.063 0.040 0.020 0.015 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004

350 0.067 0.044 0.021 0.013 0.010 0.008 0.006 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004

360 0.069 0.048 0.024 0.015 0.013 0.014 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.014 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.010 0.009

Table 10: Incremental GLC of HC (in μg/m3) from Process Vents


(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

10 0.395 0.234 0.122 0.105 0.097 0.091 0.085 0.079 0.074 0.070 0.067 0.065 0.065 0.065 0.064

20 0.398 0.258 0.118 0.102 0.088 0.076 0.066 0.059 0.057 0.054 0.051 0.045 0.043 0.040 0.035

30 0.401 0.292 0.224 0.180 0.140 0.110 0.093 0.087 0.080 0.073 0.066 0.056 0.047 0.041 0.036

40 0.403 0.363 0.264 0.227 0.193 0.163 0.144 0.133 0.124 0.115 0.106 0.091 0.085 0.079 0.068

50 0.424 0.528 0.463 0.411 0.369 0.335 0.314 0.296 0.278 0.257 0.238 0.205 0.177 0.154 0.133

60 0.454 0.601 0.464 0.375 0.303 0.251 0.219 0.193 0.184 0.172 0.162 0.144 0.130 0.118 0.101

70 0.438 0.608 0.400 0.380 0.319 0.261 0.226 0.200 0.177 0.157 0.141 0.116 0.096 0.081 0.060

80 0.464 0.508 0.397 0.336 0.321 0.298 0.264 0.234 0.208 0.186 0.168 0.140 0.118 0.101 0.081

90 0.474 0.453 0.228 0.184 0.198 0.194 0.175 0.156 0.139 0.126 0.115 0.099 0.086 0.077 0.063

100 0.486 0.393 0.199 0.158 0.127 0.117 0.100 0.086 0.079 0.078 0.076 0.070 0.062 0.057 0.050

110 0.499 0.322 0.258 0.218 0.163 0.124 0.118 0.109 0.100 0.092 0.084 0.075 0.068 0.063 0.060

120 0.516 0.347 0.313 0.274 0.212 0.164 0.130 0.108 0.104 0.099 0.093 0.081 0.070 0.061 0.048

130 0.539 0.408 0.217 0.161 0.135 0.110 0.090 0.074 0.068 0.062 0.056 0.047 0.040 0.036 0.030

140 0.560 0.542 0.303 0.181 0.133 0.112 0.103 0.102 0.104 0.104 0.106 0.109 0.110 0.106 0.092

150 0.578 0.515 0.267 0.208 0.154 0.118 0.095 0.078 0.074 0.080 0.084 0.091 0.094 0.093 0.082

160 0.591 0.482 0.302 0.278 0.224 0.184 0.156 0.136 0.120 0.106 0.095 0.077 0.064 0.054 0.041




(DEGREES) 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 7000 8000 10000

170 0.598 0.435 0.269 0.165 0.134 0.125 0.114 0.100 0.088 0.078 0.070 0.056 0.050 0.045 0.037

180 0.600 0.392 0.293 0.178 0.131 0.107 0.092 0.081 0.073 0.066 0.060 0.051 0.044 0.039 0.034

190 0.595 0.555 0.368 0.260 0.210 0.175 0.150 0.132 0.117 0.106 0.097 0.083 0.072 0.064 0.052

200 3.512 0.845 0.328 0.231 0.180 0.149 0.127 0.111 0.099 0.089 0.081 0.069 0.060 0.053 0.042

210 2.868 3.324 1.434 0.953 0.715 0.568 0.470 0.399 0.346 0.304 0.271 0.221 0.185 0.159 0.122

220 0.550 0.511 0.532 0.446 0.363 0.303 0.259 0.225 0.200 0.179 0.162 0.137 0.119 0.105 0.085

230 0.528 0.252 0.230 0.182 0.146 0.122 0.104 0.091 0.081 0.073 0.066 0.056 0.049 0.043 0.035

240 0.504 0.292 0.140 0.131 0.111 0.085 0.064 0.050 0.041 0.034 0.031 0.025 0.023 0.022 0.020

250 0.480 0.330 0.131 0.160 0.138 0.108 0.085 0.068 0.056 0.047 0.041 0.032 0.025 0.021 0.016

260 0.457 0.343 0.193 0.223 0.192 0.153 0.121 0.096 0.078 0.065 0.055 0.042 0.033 0.027 0.020

270 0.435 0.329 0.140 0.079 0.065 0.052 0.042 0.036 0.033 0.030 0.028 0.024 0.021 0.019 0.016

280 0.416 0.294 0.128 0.072 0.049 0.038 0.031 0.026 0.023 0.020 0.019 0.016 0.014 0.012 0.010

290 0.404 0.244 0.107 0.061 0.041 0.032 0.026 0.022 0.019 0.017 0.015 0.013 0.011 0.010 0.008

300 0.398 0.200 0.111 0.067 0.044 0.034 0.030 0.026 0.023 0.020 0.018 0.015 0.013 0.011 0.010

310 0.394 0.208 0.091 0.082 0.068 0.056 0.046 0.039 0.033 0.029 0.025 0.021 0.018 0.015 0.012

320 0.390 0.205 0.119 0.084 0.067 0.054 0.044 0.037 0.031 0.027 0.023 0.018 0.014 0.012 0.009

330 0.387 0.195 0.141 0.098 0.070 0.052 0.041 0.033 0.028 0.024 0.025 0.026 0.024 0.022 0.019

340 0.385 0.184 0.103 0.079 0.069 0.059 0.051 0.050 0.049 0.048 0.047 0.041 0.036 0.032 0.026

350 0.387 0.191 0.142 0.107 0.091 0.079 0.068 0.058 0.051 0.044 0.039 0.031 0.025 0.021 0.021

360 0.391 0.202 0.154 0.106 0.085 0.071 0.063 0.060 0.058 0.057 0.056 0.055 0.053 0.052 0.049



Figure 1: Isopleth for Incremental GLC of Particulate Matter (PM10) from Flue Gas Stacks & Process Vents (fuel-Indian Coal)



Figure 2: Isopleth for Incremental GLC of Oxides of Sulphur (SO2) from Flue Gas Stacks (fuel-Indian Coal)



Figure 3: Isopleth for Incremental GLC of Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) from Flue Gas Stacks (fuel-Indian Coal)



Figure 4: Isopleth for Incremental GLC of Particulate Matters (PM) from Flue Gas Stacks & Process Vent (fuel-Imported Coal)



Figure 5: Isopleth for Incremental GLC of Oxides of Sulphur (SO2) from Flue Gas Stacks (fuel-Imported Coal)



Figure 6: Isopleth for Incremental GLC of Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) from Flue Gas Stacks (fuel-Imported Coal)



Figure 7: Isopleth for Incremental GLC of Particulate Matters (PM) from Flue Gas Stacks & Process Vent (fuel-Imported Coal + Lignite)



Figure 8: Isopleth for Incremental GLC of Oxides of Sulphur (SO2) from Flue Gas Stacks (fuel-Imported Coal + Lignite)



Figure 9: Isopleth for Incremental GLC of Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) from Flue Gas Stacks (fuel-Imported Coal + Lignite)



Figure 10: Isopleth for incremental GLC (in μg/m3) of HC from Process Vents


DAHEJ GIDC ANNEXURES


Annexure 16: Compliance of Consent to Establish



Annexure 17: Layout of Fire Water Network

Annexure 18: Map showing Gas Detectors Location




Annexure 19: Undertaking of Project Proponent on the Ownership of the Report




Annexure 20: Existing EC Compliance




Annexure 21: Certificate of Accreditation Issued by the NABET, QCI




Annexure 22: Application of Certified Compliance Report to MOEFCC, Bhopal




Annexure 23: Agreement with Cement Manufacturing Unit




Annexure 24: Equipment List of Various Process

Equipment of Phenol

Exchangers Pump

Primary Stripper Reboiler OWS pit transfer pump

Primary Stripper Condenser Recycle Cumene Caustic Wash Pumps

Secondary Stripper Reboiler Air Scrubber Circulation Pumps

Secondary Stripper Condenser Oxidizer Feed Pumps

Cleavage Reactor Condenser Oxidizer - 1 Circulation Pumps

Crude Acetone Column Feed Heater Oxidizer - 4 Circulation Pumps

Acetone Product Column Condenser CHP Drain Drum Pump

Hydrocarbon Removal Column Condenser Secondary Stripper Bottoms Pumps

Hydrocarbon Removal Column Side Reboiler/Steam Flash Acetone Drum Pumps

Hydrocarbon Removal Column Side Reboiler/PFC Cleavage Product Pumps

Oxidation Unit Vent Chiller Flash Acetone Condensate Pumps

Oxidizer Feed Circulation cooler Neutralizer Circulation Pumps

AMS Topping Column Reboiler Neutralizer Wash Drum Circulation Pump

Oxidizer Feed Preheater Crude Acetone Column Feed Pumps

Oxidizer 1 Cooler Phenol Drain Drum Pumps

Oxidizer Overhead Vapour Cooler Recovery Surge Tank Pumps

Spent Air Chiller Crude Acetone Column Bottoms Pumps

Spent Air Exchanger Crude Acetone Column Reflux Pumps

Adsorber Regeneration Condenser Acetone Product Column Reflux Pumps

Flash Acetone Recycle Cooler Light Hydrocarbon Purge Pump

Cleavage Circulation Cooler Acetone Product Column Bottoms Pumps

Neutralizer Trim Cooler Acetone Product Transfer Pumps

Oxidizer 4 Cooler Crude Phenol Column Reflux Pumps

Crude Acetone Column Reboiler Crude Phenol Column Bottoms Pumps

Crude Acetone Column Condenser Hydrocarbon Removal Column Bottoms Pumps

Acetone Product Column Reboiler/HRC Overhead Hydrocarbon Removal Column Reflux Pumps

Acetone Product Column Reboiler Phenol Water Pumps

Concentrated CHP Cooler Hydrocarbon Removal Column Side Reboiler Pumps

Second Stage Cleavage Reactor Phenol Finishing Column Bottoms Pumps

Crude Phenol Column Reboiler Phenol Finishing Column Reflux Pumps

Fractionation Startup Cooler Phenol Product Pumps

Acetone Product Column Vent Chiller Phenol Product Transfer Pumps

Hydrocarbon Removal Column Reboiler Hydrated Phenol Transfer Pumps

Acetone Product Column Bottoms Cooler Caustic Wash Circulation Pumps

Acetone Product Cooler AMS Water Wash Circulation Pump

Phenol Finishing Column Reboiler AMS Topping Column Feed Pumps

Acetone Stripper Bottoms Cooler AMS Topping Column Bottoms Pumps

Crude Phenol Column Condenser AMS Topping Column Reflux Pumps

AMS Topping Column Condenser AMS Tailing Column Bottoms Pumps

AMS Tailing Column Reboiler AMS Tailing Column Reflux Pumps

Hydrocarbon Removal Column Overhead Trim Cooler AMS Hydrogenation Reactor Feed Pumps




Equipment of Phenol

MHP Decomposer AMS Hydrogenation Reactor Product Pumps

MHP Decomposer Product Cooler AMS Product Column Bottoms Pumps

Hydrocarbon Removal Column Side Reboiler/CPC AMS Product Column Reflux Pumps

Phenol Purification Feed/Effluent Exchanger AMS Product Transfer Pumps

Phenol Purification Feed Cooler Recovery Column Bottoms Pumps

Phenol Finishing Column Condenser Dephenolation Feed Pumps

Phenol Product Cooler Dephenolation Solvent Pumps

Stripper Area Vent Chiller First Stage Solvent Regen Aqueous Pumps

Cleavage Reactor Vent Chiller Second Stage Solvent Regn Aqueous Pump

AMS Topping Column Feed Preaheater Aqueous Dephenolation Circulation Pump

AMS Hydrogenation Reactor Feed Cooler Relief Scrubber Pump

AMS Hydrogenation Reactor Vent Condenser Caustic 30%wt pump

AMS Product Cooler Sulphuric Acid Pump

AMS Hydrogenation Product Cooler Hot Condensate Transfer Pumps

Recovery Column Reboiler Tempered Water Pumps

Vent Chiller R&D Emergency Quench Water Pumps

AMS Tailing Column Condenser Vessels

AMS Product Column Reboiler Recycle Cumene Wash Drum

AMS Product Column Condenser Oxidizer Relief Drum

MHP Vent Condenser Spent Air Separator

Atmospheric flash condenser Adsorber Knockout Drum

Columns Adsorber Condensate Separator

Recovery Column Oxidate Degasser

Crude Acetone Column CHP Drain Drum

Acetone Product Column CHP Receiving Drum

Crude Phenol Column Flash Acetone Recycle Drum

Hydrocarbon Removal Column Sulfuric Acid Head Drum

Phenol Finishing Column Neutralizer

AMS Topping Column Neutralizer Wash Drum

Air Scrubber Phenol Drain Drum

AMS Product Column Crude Acetone Column Reflux Drum

AMS Tailing Column Acetone Product Column Reflux Drum

Acetone Stripper Crude Phenol Column Reflux Drum

Extraction Column Hydrocarbon Removal Column Reflux Drum

Vent Scrubber Phenolic Water Drum

Primary Stripper Phenol Finishing Column Reflux Drum

Secondary Stripper Acetone Product Column Bottoms Separator

Vessels Crude AMS Caustic Wash Drum

LP Steam Flash Drum AMS Topping Column Reflux Drum

Atmospheric Flash Drum AMS Tailing Column Reflux Drum

CAC Reboiler Condensate Pot AMS Hydrogenation Reactor Knockout Drum

CPC Reboiler Condensate Pot AMS Hydrogenation Relief Drum

HRC Reboiler Condensate Pot AMS Product Column Reflux Drum




Equipment of Phenol

HRC Side Reboiler Condensate Pot Dephenolation Solvent Drum

PFC Reboiler Condensate Pot Solvent Regeneration Drum

AMS Tailing Column Condensate Pot 30 WT % Caustic Storage Drum

AMS Product Column Condensate Pot Sulfuric Acid Storage Drum

Recovery Column

Equipment list for Cumene

Exchangers Columns

Propylene Feed Column Condenser (Phase-1) /Propylene Rerun Column Condenser (Phase-2)

PROPYLENE FEED COLUMN (PHASE 1)/ DEETHANIZER (PHASE 2)

Propylene Feed Column Reboiler (Phase-1) / Deethanizer Reboiler (Phase-2)

PROPYLENE RERUN COLUMN

Propylene Feed Column Steam Reboiler (Phase-1) /Propylene rerun Column Steam Reboiler (Phase-2)

DEPROPANIZER

Propylene Feed Column Bottoms Cooler (Phase-1) /Propylene Rerun Column Bottoms Cooler (Phase-2)

BENZENE COLUMN

Propylene Feed Column Vent Condenser (Phase-1) / Deethanizer Vent Condenser (Phase-2)

CUMENE COLUMN

Propylene Feed Guard Beds Cooler PIPB COLUMN

Deethanizer Condenser Vessels

Propylene Rerun Column Reboiler Propylene Feed Column Receiver (Phase-1)

/ Deethanizer Receiver (Phase-2)

Alkylation Reactor Feed Heater Propylene Feed Surge Drum (Phase-1) /

Propylene Rerun Column Receiver(Phase-2)

Recycle Benzene-Reactor Effluent Recycle Exchanger Propylene Feed Guard Beds

(Nitrogen/Sulfur)

Depropanizer Feed-Bottoms Exchanger Propylene Feed Guard Bed (Arsine)

Depropanizer Condenser Depropanizer Receiver

Depropanizer Reboiler Water Break Drum

Transalkylation Reactor Feed Exchanger Benzene Feed Guard Beds (Clay)

Benzene Feed Guard Beds Exchanger Benzene Feed Guard Beds (NiGuard)

Benzene Feed Guard Beds Heater Benzene Column Receiver

Benzene Column Condenser Cumene Column Receiver

Benzene Column Drag Cooler PIPB Column Receiver

Benzene Column Reboiler Fuel gas knock out drum

Cumene Column Steam Generator MP Flash Drum

Cumene Product-Circulating Condensate Exchanger LP Flash Drum

Cumene Product-Recycle Benzene Exchanger LLP Flash Drum

Cumene Product Trim Cooler Closed Drain Drum

Cumene Column Reboiler Cumene rundown storage vessels

PIPB Column Condenser Degasser drum

PIPB Column Reboiler Reactors

Fuel gas vaporizer Alkylation Reactor




Equipment list for Cumene

Alkylation Reactor Effluent Recycle Cooler Transalkylation Reactor

PIPB Column Bottoms Cooler Package Units

Pumps PIPB Column Vacuum System

Propylene Feed Column Reflux Pumps (Phase 1)/Deethanizer Reflux Pumps (Phase 2)

Miscellaneous

Propylene Charge Pumps Benzene Feed Coalescer

Propylene Rerun Column Reflux Pumps (Phase 2)

Propylene Deinventory Pump (Phase 1)

Alkylation Reactor Effluent Recycle Pumps

Depropanizer Overhead Pumps

Benzene Feed Water Injection Pumps

Benzene Column Overhead Pumps

Benzene Recycle Pumps

Benzene Column Bottoms Pumps

Cumene Column Overhead Pumps

Cumene Column Bottoms Pumps

PIPB Column Overhead Pumps

PIPB Column Sidedraw Pumps

PIPB Column Bottoms Pumps

LLP Condensate Transfer Pump

Closed drain drum Pumps

Cumene Transfer Pumps

Offspec Cumene Pumps

Degasser Drum Pump

Equipment List of OSBL

Exchangers Vessels

Hot Condensate / DMW Exchanger Plant Air Receiver

Condensate Cooler Instrument Air Receiver

Caustic Cooler N2 Receiver

Compressed Air Cooler Acetone Purge Storage Vessel

Acetone Vent Condenser Light Hydrocarbon urge Vessel

Residue Cooler Tankfarm Phenol Drain Drum

Pumps Tankfarm Cumene Drain Drum

Condensate Transfer Pump Tankfarm Benzene Drain Drum

Polished Condensate Transfer Pump Flare Knock out drum

Caustic Unloading /Transfer Pumps Benzene drag storage vessel

98wt% H2SO4 unloading / Transfer Pumps

30wt% HCl Unloading /Transfer Pump Tanks

Cooling Tower Circulation Pumps Condensate Storage Tank

Drain Pump for Cooling Tower Polished Condensate Storage Tank

Chilled Water Circulation Pump 48wt% Caustic Storage Tank

Raw Water Transfer Pumps 30wt% Caustic Dilution Tank




Equipment List of OSBL

Service Water Transfer Pumps 98wt% H2SO4 Storage Tank

Potable Water Transfer Pumps 30 wt% HCl Storage Tank

DM Water Transfer Pumps Chilled Water Storage Tank

Neutralization Pit Transfer Pump Service Water Storage Tank

Waste Water Transfer Pumps Potable Water Storage Tank

Treated Effluent Transfer Pump DM Water Storage Tank

Product Phenol Loading Pumps Product Phenol Storage Tank

Hydrated Phenol Loading Pumps Hydrated Phenol Storage Tank

Product Acetone Loading Pump Product Acetone Storage Tank

Cumene Unloading Pumps Cumene Storage Tank

Cumene Transfer Pumps Cumene / Benzene Storage Tank

Product AMS Loading Pump Product AMS Storage Tank

Heavies Loading Pump Heavies Storage Tank

Purge Loading Pump Propylene Bullets

Tankfarm Phenol Drain Pump Propylene Bullets

Tankfarm Drain Pump Propane Bullet

Fire Water Pumps (DE) PIPB storage tank

Fire Water Pumps (EL) Package Units

Jocky Pump Condensate Polishing Unit

Benzene transfer pumps Cooling Tower

Tankfarm Benzene Drain Pump Side Steam Filtration

Flare KOD Pumps Cooling Tower Dosing Unit

Propylene Feed Charge Pumps Chilled Water Glycol Package

Propane Loading Pumps Raw Water Treatment / DM Water

Package

PIPB Drag Transfer Pumps Air Dryer Unit

Benzene Drag Transfer Pumps N2 PSA

Liquid Nitrogen Package

Effluent Treatment Package

Boiler Package

Coal Handling System




Annexure 25: Environmental Policy of DPL

CONTACT DETAILS

Vadodara (Head Office)

871/B/3, GIDC Makarpura, Vadodara, India – 390 010.

E: [email protected]; T:+91-265-6131000

Delhi / NCR

Spaze IT Park, Unit No. 1124, 11th Floor, Tower B-3, Sector 49, Near Omaxe

City Center Mall, Sohna Road, Gurgaon, India – 122 002

E: [email protected]; T: 0124-424 2430-436

Kadam Environmental Consultants w w w . ka d a m en v i r o . c o m

Envi ronment for Deve lopment

http://www.kadamenviro.com/

EIA Report for Addition in the Existing Plant by M/s. Deepak ...

Documents

Transcript of EIA Report for Addition in the Existing Plant by M/s. Deepak ...